HMH Go Math

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Represent and Interpret Data

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf: Students who are searching for Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data pdf can get them here. Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data includes all the important lessons which helps to improve your math skills. If you want to get the highest marks in the exam then you must practice HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data. We have covered all the topics in this chapter with brief explanation.

Represent and Interpret Data Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf

Before you start solving the problems we request you go through all the topics covered in this chapter. Students who want to become a master in math must work hard from the primary level itself. So, Download Free Pdf Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Represent and Interpret Data. This helps you to improve your skills in math and become and champ in that subject. Test your knowledge by solving the problems Grade 3 Go Math Answer Chapter Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test. The topics covered in this chapter are given below.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Organize Data

Lesson 2: Use Picture Graphs

Lesson 3: Make Picture Graphs

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Use Bar Graphs

Lesson 5: Make Bar Graphs

Lesson 6: Solve Problems Using Data

Lesson 7: Use and Make Line Plots

Chapter 2 Review/Test

Organize Data Page No 91

Problem Solving Organize Data

Use the Favorite School Subject tables for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 1

Question 1.
The students in two third-grade classes recorded their favorite school subject. The data are in the tally table. How many fewer students chose science than chose social studies as their favorite school subject?
Think: Use the data in the tally table to record the data in the frequency table. Then solve the problem.
social studies: 12 students
science: 5 students
12 – 5 = 7
So, 7 fewer students chose science.

Subject Number
Math ____________
Science 5
Language Arts ____________
Reading ____________
Social Studies 12

Answer:

Subject Number
Math 11
Science 5
Language Arts 7
Reading 9
Social Studies 12

Question 2.
What subject did the least number of students choose?
___________

Answer: Science

Explanation:

We can answer the question by using the above tally table. The table shows the least number of students is 5. Thus the answer is Science.

Question 3.
How many more students chose math than language arts as their favorite subject?
_______ more students

Answer: 4

Explanation:

If we look at the above table, there are 11 students who chose Math and 7 students who chose the language arts

To know the students who chose math than language arts we have to subtract 11 and 7
= 11 – 7
= 4
Thus the students chose math than language arts as their favorite subject are 4

Math Grade 3 Answer Key Lesson 2.1 More Practice/Homework Question 4.
Suppose 3 students changed their vote from math to science. Describe how the frequency table would change.

Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be an equal number of students who chose math and who chose science

Explanation:

If we look at the graph there are 11 students who voted for Math and 5 students who voted for Science
If 3 students changed their vote from math to science then the new graph will be

11- 3= 8
i.e., Actual No. of Science Students + New Students who changed from Math to Science
= 5 + 3
= 8

Organize Data Lesson Check Page No 92

Question 1.
The tally table shows the cards in Kyle’s sports card collection.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 2
How many hockey and football cards does Kyle have combined?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 12
d. 13

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Given,
Kyle has 5 hockey cards and 8 football cards
To know total no. of hockey and football cards Kyle have combined
We have to add 5 + 8 = 13
Therefore the total no. of cards that Kyle has combined is 13

Spiral Review

Question 2.
There are 472 people in the concert hall. What is 472 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 600

Answer: 500

If the digit to the right is more or greater than 5, then the digit in the rounding place will be increased to 1.
472 is greater than 450
So, 472 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So the answer is option c.

Question 3.
Max and Anna played a video game as a team. Max scored 463 points and Anna scored 329 points. How many points did they score in all?
Options:
a. 892
b. 792
c. 782
d. 134

Answer: 792

Explanation:

Given that,
Max scored 463 points and,
Anna scored 329 points
To know the total points they scored
We need to add both Max and Anna points
i.e., 436 + 329 = 792

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Question 4.
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection. Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection. How many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy?
Options:
a. 84
b. 94
c. 116
d. 184

Answer: 84

Explanation:

Given,
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection
Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection
To find how many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy
We have to find the difference between Judy and Todd baseball cards
= 573 – 489 = 84

Question 5.
Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business. How many miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks?
Options:
a. 810 miles
b. 820 miles
c. 910 miles
d. 920 miles

Answer: 920 miles

Explanation:

We observe that Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business
Total number of miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks is?
542 + 378 = 920 miles
Thus the answer to the above question is option d.

Use Picture Graphs Page No 97

Use the Math Test Scores picture graph for 1–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 3

Question 1.
How many students scored 100? How can you find the answer?

Answer: To find the number of students who scored 100, count each star as 4 students. So, 20 students scored 100.

Question 2.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 4 stand for?
________ students

Answer: It represents 2 students.

Explanation:

The full star stands for 4 students
That means the half star is equal to two stars.

Question 3.
How many students in all scored 100 or 95?
________ students

Answer: 32 Students

Explanation:

No. of students who scored 100 = 5 stars
Each star = 4 students
i.e., 5 × 4 = 20 students
No. of students who scored 95 = 3
Each star = 4 students
That means 3 × 4 = 12
Total No. of students in all scored 100 or 95
12 + 20 = 32
Thus the answer is 32 students

Question 4.
How many more students scored 90 than 85?
________ students

Answer: 10 more students

Explanation:

Students who scored 90 = 3 and a half star = 4 + 4 + 4 + 2
Students who score 85 = 1 star = 4
That means students scored 90 than 85 are
14 – 4 = 10 students

Question 5.
How many students in all took the test?
________ students

Answer: 50 Students

Explanation:

Students who scored 100 (5 stars) = 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 20 student
Students who scored 95 (3 stars) = 4 + 4 + 4 = 12 students
Students who scored 90 (3 and a half star) = 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 = 14 students
Students who score 85 (1 star) = 4 students
Total No. of students who took test = 20 + 12 + 14 + 4 = 50 students

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose the students who scored 85 and 90 on the math test take the test again and score 95. How many stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 4 Stars and half of a star

Explanation:

Students who scored 90 = 3 and a half star
Students who score 85 = 1 star
That means students scored 90 than 85 = 4 and a half star
Thus 4 and a half star stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Lesson 2.2 Answers Question 7.
If 2 more students took the math test and both made a score of 80, what would the picture graph look like?
Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be another row below 85. There would be half of a star next to 80.

Explanation:

There would be 5 lines and the 5th line will contain a half star

Use Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 98

Question 1.
Karen asked her friends to name their favorite type of dog.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 5
How many people chose poodles?
Options:
a. 10
b. 6
c. 4
d. 3

Answer: 6

Explanation:

If we look at the graph, there are three bones for poodles.
Each bone represents 2 people, which means 3 bones represent 6 people.
2 + 2 + 2 = 6 people chose poodles

Question 2.
Henry made a picture graph to show what toppings people like on their pizza. This is his key.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 6 = 6 people.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 7 stand for?
Options:
a. 2 people
b. 6 people
c. 9 people
d. 12 people

Answer: 12 people

Explanation:

By seeing the picture graph we can say that
Each pizza = 6 people
Then 2 pizzas = 6 + 6
= 12 people
S, the correct answer is option D

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
5 2 3
+ 2 9 5
———
Options:
a. 900
b. 800
c. 700
d. 600

Answer: 800

Explanation:

Sum of 523 and 295
= 818
As 818 is 850 the estimated sum of 523 and 295 is 800

Thus the correct answer is 800

Question 4.
Estimate the difference.
6 1 0
– 1 8 7
——-
Options:
a. 800
b. 600
c. 500
d. 400

Answer: 400

Explanation:

Subtract 610 and 187
We get 413
413 is less than 450 and is nearer to 400
So, the estimated difference of 610 and 187 is 400

Question 5.
What is 871 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 900
b. 880
c. 870
d. 800

Answer: 870

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the number will be decreased by 1
So, the number 871 rounded to the nearest ten is 870

Question 6.
What is 473 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 570

Answer: 500

Explanation:

473 is greater than 450 so it must be increased
473 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So, the correct answer is an option (C)

Make Picture Graphs Page No 103

Ben asked his classmates about their favorite kind of TV show. He recorded their responses in a frequency table. Use the data in the table to make a picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 8
Follow the steps to make a picture graph.
Step 1 Write the title at the top of the graph.
Step 2 Look at the numbers in the table. Tell how many students each picture represents for the key.
Step 3 Draw the correct number of pictures for each type of show.
Use your picture graph for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 9

Question 1.
What title did you give the graph?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Favorite TV Show

Question 2.
What key did you use?
________

Answer: Each ■ = 3 students

Question 3.
How many pictures did you use to represent sports?
_______ pictures

Answer: 2 pictures

Problem Solving

Question 4.
How many pictures would you draw if 12 students chose game shows as their favorite kind of TV show?
________ pictures

Answer: 4 pictures

Go Math Grade 3 Lesson 2.3 Answer Key Question 5.
What key would you use if 10 students chose cartoons?
■ = ______ students

Answer: ■ = 2 students

Explanation:

If 10 student chose cartoons, we can use a key that is a factor of 10
■■■■■ = 10
and each ■ = 2 students

Make Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 104

Question 1.
Sandy made a picture graph to show the sports her classmates like o play. How many fewer students chose baseball than chose soccer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 10
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Students chose Soccer = 9 and a half ball
Students chose Baseball = 6 balls
Given each ball = 2 students
So, students chose soccer = 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+1
=19 students
Students chose baseball = 2+2+2+2+2+2
= 12 students
students chose baseball than chose soccer = 19 – 12
= 7 students

Question 2.
Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music. He plans to use one musical note to represent 2 people. How many notes will he use to represent that 4 people chose country music?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Given, Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music
One musical note = 2 people
For 4 people =?
2 + 2 people = 2 musical notes

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the sum.
4 9 0
+ 2 3 4
———
Options:
a. 256
b. 624
c. 664
d. 724

Answer: 724

Addition of 490 and 234 = 724

Question 4.
Sophie wrote odd numbers on her paper. Which number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote?
Options:
a. 5
b. 11
c. 13
d. 20

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Examples of odd numbers are 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15….
20 is an even number
So, the number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote is 20
Thus the correct answer is 20

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review/Test Question 5.
Miles ordered 126 books to give away at the store opening. What is 126 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 230
b. 200
c. 130
d. 100

Answer: 100

Explanation:

126 here 1 is rounded which is in the hundred place
If the number is greater than 150 then it would equal 200
But it is less than 150, so, 126 rounded to the nearest hundred is 100
Thus the correct option is D

Question 6.
Estimate the difference.
4 2 2
– 2 8 4
——–
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 200
d. 700

Answer: 100

Explanation:

The subtraction of 422 and 284 is 138
138 is less than 150, so the estimated difference of 422 and 284 is 100.
Thus the correct answer is option (A)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 105

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 11

Question 1.
A __________ uses numbers to record data.
_________

Answer: Frequency table

Question 2.
A __________ uses small pictures or symbols to show and compare information.
_________

Answer: Picture Graph

Concepts and Skills

Use the Favorite Season table for 3-6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 12

Question 3.
Which season got the most votes?
_________

Answer: Summer

From the above table, we can say that the highest number of votes is for Summer i.e., 28

Question 4.
Which season got 3 fewer votes than winter?
_________

Answer: Spring

Explanation:

Number of votes for Winter = 22
Number of votes for Spring = 19
22 – 19 = 3
So, Spring season got 3 fewer votes than winter

Question 5.
How many more students chose summer than fall?
________ students

Answer: 14 Students

Explanation:

Number of students chose summer = 28
Number students chose fall = 14
To know the students chose summer than fall
We have to subtract votes for summer and fall
28 – 14 = 14
Therefore 14 more students chose summer than fall

Question 6.
How many students chose a favorite season?
________ students

Answer: 83 students

Explanation:

Number of students chose summer =  28
Number of students chose winter = 22
Number of students chose spring = 19
Number of students chose fall = 14
Total Number of students chose favorite season = 28+22+19+14 = 83
The correct answer is 83 students

Use the Our Pets picture graph for 7-9.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 7.
How many students have cats as pets?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for cats = 5
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students

Lesson 2.3 Interpreting Graphs Answer Key Question 8.
Five more students have dogs than which other pet?
__________

Answer: Bird

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4
2+2+2+2 = 8 students
13 – 8 = 5 students
Thus the answer is bird

Question 9.
How many pets in all do students have?
_________ students

Answer: 37 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw = 2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4 = 2+2+2+2 = 8 students
Number of paws for cats = 5 = 2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students
Number of paws for fish = 3 = 2+2+2 = 6 students
Total pets in all do students have = 13+8+10+6
= 37 students

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 106

Use the Favorite Summer Activity picture graph for 10-14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 14

Question 10.
Some students in Brooke’s school chose their favorite summer activity. The results are in the picture graph at the right. How many students chose camping?
________ students

Answer: 50 students

Explanation:

Total students chose camping = 5
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
10+10+10+10+10 = 50

Question 11.
How many more students chose swimming than canoeing?
_______ students

Answer: 30 students

Explanation:

Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose swimming than canoeing = 60 – 30
= 30 students

Question 12.
Which activity did 15 fewer students choose than camping?
__________

Answer: Biking

Explanation:

Total students chose camping = 5
10+10+10+10+10 = 50 students
Total students chose biking = 3 and a half picture
10+10+10+5 = 35
Biking is the activity did 15 fewer students choose than camping

Question 13.
How many pictures would you draw for biking if each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 5 students?
_______

Answer: 7 pictures

Explanation:

You would draw 7 pictures
If you look at the graph there are 35 students who chose biking
So, to represent 35 students when each picture represents 5 students, we will need 7 pictures
i.e., 5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 35 students

Lesson 2.3 Interpreting Graphs Worksheet Answers Question 14.
How many more students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing?
_________ students

Answer: 45 students

Explanation:

First of all, we need to find how many students chose swimming and camping combined
Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose camping = 5
10+10+10+10+10 = 50 students
60+50 = 110 students
Next, we need to find how many students chose biking and canoeing
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose biking = 3 and a half picture
10+10+10+5 = 35
Add both, we get
30+35 = 65 students
Then, we need to subtract
110 – 65 = 45 students
Therefore the students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing = 45 students

Use Bar Graphs Page No 111

Use the After-Dinner Activities bar graph for 1–6.

The third-grade students at Case Elementary School were asked what they spent the most time doing last week after dinner. The results are shown in the bar graph at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 16

Question 1.
How many students spent the most time watching TV after dinner?
3 students

Answer: 3 students

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can see the activities of the students after dinner
Students spent the most time watching TV after dinner is between 2 and 4 i.e., 3 students

Question 2.
How many students in all answered the survey?
_________ students

Answer: 29 students

Explanation:

Total students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time doing homework after dinner = 12
Students who spent the most time watching TV after dinner = 3
Students who spent the most time playing a game after dinner = 8
Total students in all answered the survey = 6 + 12 + 3 + 8
= 29 students

Question 3.
How many students in all played a game or read?
__________ students

Answer: 14 students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time playing a game after dinner = 8
Total students in all played a game or read = 6 + 8
= 14 students

Question 4.
How many fewer students read than did homework?
__________ students

Answer: 6 fewer students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time doing homework after dinner = 12
To find the students read than did homework = 12 – 6
= 6 students

Bar Diagram 3rd Grade Math Question 5.
How many more students read than watched TV?
________ students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time watching TV after dinner = 3
To find the students read than watched TV = 6 – 3
= 3 students

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose 3 students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework. Where would the bar for reading end?
It would end at _________

Answer: Halfway between 8 and 10

Grade 3 Go Math Answer key Chapter 2 bar graph solution image_1

Explanation:

According to the graph, Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
If 3 more students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework, the total students would be 9 i.e., 6 + 3

Use Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 112

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 17
The bar graph shows the number of sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart yesterday. How many tuna sandwiches were sold?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 18
d. 20

Answer: 18

Explanation:

According to the bar graph, tuna sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart are between 16 to 20
The no. of tuna sandwiches were sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart = 18
So, the correct answer is option (C)

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is 582 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 580
c. 590
d. 600

Answer: 580

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the digit will be increased by 1.
582, 8 is rounded here.
2 < 5 so 582 rounded to the nearest ten is 580

Question 3.
Savannah read 178 minutes last week. What is 178 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 280
c. 200
d. 180

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Savannah read 178 minutes last week
178 is greater than 150, so the number 178 rounded to the nearest hundred is 200

Question 4.
Estimate the difference.
3 7 1
– 9 9
——-
Options:
a. 500
b. 400
c. 300
d. 200

Answer: 300

Explanation:

The difference between 371 and 99 is 272
272 is near to 300. Because 272 is greater than 250.
So, the estimated difference between 371 and 99 is 300

Bar Diagram Math 3rd Grade Question 5.
Estimate the difference.
6 2 5
– 2 4 8
———
Options:
a. 800
b. 500
c. 400
d. 300

Answer: 400

Explanation:

The difference between 625 and 248 is 377
377 rounded to the nearest hundred is 400
Therefore the estimated difference between 625 and 248 is 400.

Make Bar Graphs Page No 117

Ben asked some friends to name their favorite breakfast food. He recorded their choices in the frequency table at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 18

Question 1.
Complete the bar graph by using Ben’s data.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 19

Answer:

Pancakes = 12 votes
Oatmeal = 4

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Bar Graph image_1

Use your bar graph for 2–5.

Question 2.
Which food did the most people choose as their favorite breakfast food?
__________

Answer: Cereal

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can say that most of the people chose Cereals as their favorite food.
Number of votes for cereals = 14

Question 3.
How many people chose waffles as their favorite breakfast food?
_________ people

Answer: 8 people

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose Waffles as their favorite breakfast food is 8.

Question 4.
How did you know how high to draw the bar for pancakes?
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Since 12 people chose pancakes, I made the top of the bar end at the line for 12

Question 5.
Suppose 6 people chose oatmeal as their favorite breakfast food. How would you change the bar graph?
Type below:
___________

Answer: I would make the bar for oatmeal end halfway between 4 and 8.

Solution key for Go math Grade 3 Chapter 2 bar graph img_2

Make Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 118

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 20

Question 1.
Gary asked his friends to name their favorite pizza topping. He recorded the results in a bar graph. How many people chose pepperoni?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 1

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose pepperoni is 6
So, the correct answer is option (a)

Question 2.
Suppose 3 more friends chose mushrooms. Where would the bar for mushrooms end?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

We notice that the vertical bar for mushrooms ends at 1
1 person chose mushrooms
If 3 more friends chose mushrooms, the bar would end at 4
Then the answer is 1 + 3 = 4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
4 5 8
+ 2 1 4
———
Options:
a. 700
b. 600
c. 300
d. 200

Answer: 700

Explanation:

Round 458 up to 500
Round 214 down to 200
Now, the estimated sum will be 500 + 200 = 700
So, the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
Matt added 14 + 0. What is the correct sum?
Options:
a. 140
b. 14
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: 14

Explanation:

Any number added by 0 is itself. So the sum of 14 + 0 = 14
The correct answer is Option B

Question 5.
There are 682 runners registered for an upcoming race. What is 682 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 600
b. 680
c. 700
d. 780

Answer: 700

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 682 rounded to the nearest hundred 700

The correct answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 187 new students this year at Maple Elementary. What is 187 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 190
d. 200

Answer: 190

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, the number 187 rounded to the nearest ten is 190
Thus the correct answer is Option C

Solve Problems Using Data Page No 123

Use the Favorite Hot Lunch bar graph for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 21

Question 1.
How many more students chose pizza than chose grilled cheese?
Think: Subtract the number of students who chose grilled cheese, 2, from the number of students who chose pizza, 11.
11 – 2 = 9

Answer: 9 more students

Question 2.
How many students did not choose chicken patty?
__________ students

Answer: 21 students

Explanation:

Number of students who chose hot dog = 8
Number of students who chose Pizza = 11
Number of students who chose grilled cheese = 2
Number of students who chose Chicken Patty = 5
Total Number of students who did not choose the chicken patty = 8 + 11 + 2 = 21

Question 3.
How many fewer students chose grilled cheese than chose hot dogs?
__________ fewer students

Answer: 6 fewer students

Explanation:

Number of students who chose hot dog = 8
Number of students who chose grilled cheese = 2
Subtract the number of students who chose grilled cheese from the number of students who chose a hot dog
= 8 – 2 = 6
Therefore, 6 fewer students chose grilled cheese than chose hot dogs

Use the Ways to Get to School bar graph for 4–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 22
Question 4.
How many more students walk than ride in a car to get to school?
________ more students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

No. of students walk to get to school = 7
No. of students ride in a car to get to school = 4
Now, subtract the no. of students walk from no. of students ride in a car
We get, 7 – 4 = 3

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review Test Question 5.
How many students walk and ride a bike combined?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of students walk to get to school = 7
Number of students ride a bike to get to school = 3
To know how many students walk and ride a bike combined
We have to add Number of students walk and ride a bike
= 7 + 3 = 10

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Is the number of students who get to school by car and bus greater than or less than the number of students who get to school by walking and biking? Explain.
Options:
a. greater
b. less

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:

4 + 12 = 16; 7 + 3 = 10; 16 > 10.

Question 7.
What if 5 more students respond that they get to school by biking? Would more students walk or ride a bike to school? Explain.
________

Answer: Bike

Explanation:

7 students walk; 3 + 5 = 8 students bike

7 < 8

Solve Problems Using Data Lesson Check Page No 124

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 23

Question 1.
How many fewer votes were for bench repair than for food drive?
Options:
a. 9
b. 10
c. 16
d. 11

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
To find votes were for bench repair than for food drive
We need to subtract Number of votes for bench repair from Number of votes for food drive
i.e., 13 – 3 = 10

Question 2.
How many votes were there in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 4
c. 32
d. 34

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
Number of votes for Wall Mural = 10
Number of votes for Park Pick up = 6
Total no. of votes = 13 + 10 + 3 + 6 = 32

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
6 5 0
– 1 8 9
——–
Options:
a. 461
b. 479
c. 539
d. 571

Answer: 461

Explanation:

Here we have to subtract 650 from 189
650 – 189 = 461

Question 4.
Greyson has 75 basketball cards. What is 75 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 60
b. 70
c. 80
d. 90

Answer: 80

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 75 rounded to the nearest ten is 80

Question 5.
Sue spent $18 on a shirt, $39 on a jacket, and $12 on a hat. How much did she spend in all?
Options:
a. $79
b. $69
c. $57
d. $51

Answer: $69

Explanation:

Given
Sue spent $18 on a shirt
Sue spent $39 on a jacket and $12 on a hat
Total amount she spent in all = 18 + 39 + 12
= $69
Thus the correct answer is option B

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Question 6.
There are 219 adults and 174 children at a ballet. How many people are at the ballet in all?
Options:
a. 45
b. 293
c. 383
d. 393

Answer: 393

Explanation:

Given that there are 219 adults and 174 children in a ballet
To know how many people are at the ballet
We have to add no. of adults with no. of children
That means 219 + 174 = 393
Thus the correct answer is Option D

Use and Make Line Plots Page No 129

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 24

Question 1.
How many shirts sold for $12?
4 shirts

Answer: 4 shirts

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that the no. of shirts sold for $12 is 4

Question 2.
At which price were the most shirts sold?
$ ________

Answer: $13

Explanation:

The table shows that the most number of shirts sold for $13

Question 3.
How many shirts in all were sold?
_________ shirts

Answer: 17 shirts

Explanation:

Number of shirts for $11 = 1
Number of shirts for $12 = 4
Number of shirts for $13 = 6
Number of shirts for $14 = 4
Number of shirts for $15 = 0
Number of shirts for $16 =  2
Total no. of shirts sold in all = 1 + 4 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 17

Question 4.
How many shirts were sold for $13 or more?
_________ shirts

Answer: 12 shirts

Explanation:

Number of shirts for $13 = 6
Number of shirts for $14 = 4
Number of shirts for $15 = 0
Number of shirts for $16 =  2
Total no. of shirts sold for $13 or more = 6 + 4 + 2
= 12 shirts

Problem Solving

Use the line plot above for 5–6.

Question 5.
Were more shirts sold for less than $13 or more than $13? Explain.
________

Answer: more than $13; 6 > 5

Explanation:

No. of shirts sold for less than $13 = 5
No. of shirts sold for more than $13 = 6
More shirts are sold for more than $13

Question 6.
Is there any price for which there are no data? Explain.
$ ________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

There are no Xs above $15, there were no shirts sold for $15

Use and Make Line Plots Lesson Check Page No 130

Question 1.
Pedro made a line plot to show the heights of the plants in his garden. How many plants are less than 3 inches tall?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 10
d. 16

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of plants of 1 inch = 6
Number of plants of 2 inches = 4
So, the number of plants less than 3 inches tall = 6 + 4
= 10 plants
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 25

Question 2.
Find the sum.
6 4 2
+ 2 5 9
———
Options:
a. 383
b. 801
c. 891
d. 901

Answer: 901

Explanation:

Sum of 642 and 259 is 901
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 3.
Find the difference.
4 6 0
– 3 0 9
———
Options:
a. 61
b. 151
c. 161
d. 169

Answer: 151

Explanation:

To get the answer we have to subtract 309 from 460
460 – 309 = 151
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
There were 262 hamburgers cooked for the school fair. What is 262 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 200
b. 260
c. 270
d. 300

Answer: 300

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
262 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300

Represent and Interpret Data Grade 3 Question 5.
Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection. What is 517 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 510
c. 520
d. 600

Answer: 520

Explanation:

Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection
If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
517 rounded to the nearest ten is 520

Review/Test Page No 131

Question 1.
Mia made a tally table to record the different types of birds she saw at the bird feeder in the garden.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 26
For numbers 1a–1c, select True or False for each statement.
a. Mia saw twice as many sparrows as blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Use the tally provided in the above table
No. of Sparrows = 12
No. of Blackbird = 6
By this, we can say that the sparrows are twice as blackbirds
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
b. Mia saw 8 finches.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above tally table shows that the number of finches = 8
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
c. Mia saw 4 fewer jays than blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of Blackbirds = 6
No. of Jays = 4
To know whether the question is true or false
We have to subtract 4 from 6
6 – 4 = 2
So, the answer is false

Question 2.
Jake asked 25 students in his class how close they live to school. The frequency table shows the results.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table and explain how you found the answer.

Answer: 7 boys

Explanation:

Total Number of students = 25
Now we have to add the number of students from the table
4 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 = 18 students
Next, subtract 18 from the total number of students, 25, to find x
25 – 18 = 7
Therefore, the missing number x is 7

Question 2.
Part B
How many more students live about 2 miles or less from school than students who live about 3 miles from school? Show your work.
________ students

Answer: 13 students

Explanation:

Number of students who live about 1 mile = 4 boys + 5 girls = 9 students
Students who live about 2  miles = 4 students
Students who live about 3 miles = 3 boys + 2 girls = 5 students
Next, we have to add total students who live about 2 miles or less = 9 + 4 = 13 students

Review/Test Page No 132

Use the picture graph for 3–6.

Students at Barnes School are performing in a play. The picture graph shows the number of tickets each class has sold so far.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 28

Question 3.
How many tickets were sold altogether? Explain how you found the total.
________ tickets

Answer: 100 tickets

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Ms. Brown’s Class = 9 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 45 tickets
Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Now, we have to add the total number of tickets sold = 45 + 25 + 30 = 100 tickets

Question 4.
Choose the name from each box that makes the sentence true.
Five fewer tickets were sold by Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 29 class than Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 30 class.
Type below:
________

Answer: Mrs. Gold’s Class than Mr. Castro’s Class

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Subtract Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s from Mr. Castro’s Class
We get 30 – 25 = 5 tickets

Question 5.
How many more tickets were sold by Ms. Brown’s class than Mr. Castro’s class?
_______ tickets

Answer: 15 tickets

Explanation:

Each tick = 5 tickets
Number of tickets sold in Ms. Brown’s Class = 9 ✓
5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 45 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Now subtract Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s from Ms. Brown’s Class
45 – 30 = 15 tickets

Question 6.
What if Mrs. Gold’s class sold 20 more tickets? Draw a picture to show how the graph would change.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20 tickets mean 5 + 5 + 5 + 5, or 4 ✓

Chapter 2 Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review solution image_1

So we would add 4 more ticks to Mrs. Gold’s Class

Review/Test Page No 133

Use the frequency table for 7–8.

Question 7.
The Pet Shop keeps track of the number of fish it has for sale. The frequency table shows how many fish are in three tanks.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 31
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Given each circle= 2 fishes
Tank 1:
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
That means 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2 = 8 circle
Tank 2:
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
= 2+2+2+2+1 = 4 and a half circle
Tank 3:
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes = 2+2+2+2+2+2 = 6 circle

Solution key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_2

Question 7.
Part B
How many pictures did you draw for Tank 2? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: 4 and a half circle

Explanation:

Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Each circulet= 2 fishes
2+2+2+2+1
Therefore the answer is 4 and a half circle

Go Math Chapter 2 Grade 3 Answer Key Pdf Question 8.
Each tank can hold up to 20 fish. How many more fish can the Pet Shop put in the three tanks?
Options:
a. 60 fish
b. 23 fish
c. 20 fish
d. 33 fish

Answer: 23 fishes

Explanation:

Given that each tank can hold up to 20 fishes
Total number of tanks = 3
20+20+20 = 60 fishes
From the above table, we observe that
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes
Total number of fishes that all tanks contain = 12+16+9 = 37 fishes
Now, we have to subtract the number of fishes that all tanks contain from the number of fishes pet shop put in the three tanks
= 60 – 37 = 23 fishes

Review/Test Page No 134

Use the bar graph for 9–12.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 33

Question 9.
Three more students play the piano than which other instrument?
__________

Answer: Flute

Explanation:

The above bar graph shows the number of students who play musical instruments
From the graph, we observe that the number of students who play the flute is 6
And the number of students who play the piano is 9
Subtract Number of students play flute from piano
We get,
9 – 6 = 3
Thus the answer is Flute

Question 10.
The same number of students play which two instruments?
__________
__________

Answer: Drums and Guitar

Explanation:

The graphs the students who play drums and guitar are the same
Because the no. of students who play guitar = 10
And the no. of students who play drums = 10

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Ten more students play guitar than play flute.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
The statement is not correct
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
b. Nine students play piano.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The bar graph given in the above shows that the number of students who play piano is 9. So, the answer is true.

Question 11.
c. Six fewer students play flute and piano combined than play drums and guitar combined.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play drums = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
No. of students who play piano = 9
Now, add the number of students who play flute and piano = 6+9 = 15
Next, add the No. of students who play drums and guitar = 10+10 = 20
The difference between them is 5, not 6
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
d. Nine more students play piano and guitar combined than play drums.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

No. of students who play piano = 9
No. of students who play guitar = 10
Total = 10+9 = 19 students
No. of students who play drums = 10
Subtract No. of students who play drums from total students who play piano and guitar combined
That means 19 – 10 = 9
Therefore the  answer is true

Question 12.
There are more students who play the trumpet than play the flute, but fewer students than play the guitar. Explain how you would change the bar graph to show the number of students who play the trumpet.
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 students who play the flute and 10 students who play guitar
The no. of students who play trumpet must be between 6 and 10 i.e., 7, 8, or 9 students.

Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_5

In the above example, we show the number of students who play the trumpet is 8

Review/Test Page No 135

Use the frequency table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 34

Question 13.
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the bar graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 35

Answer:

Chapter 2 Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review image_3

Question 13.
Part B
How do you know how long to make the bars on your graph? How did you show 15 votes for broccoli? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

By reading Karen’s frequency table we can see that the number of votes for each favorite vegetable.
15 lies between 10 and 20. So, the bar should be drawn all the way to the midpoint between 10 and 20.

Question 14.
How many more votes did the two most popular vegetables get than the two least popular vegetables? Explain how you solved the problem.
________ votes

Answer: 35 votes

Explanation:

The two most popular vegetables are carrots and corn
And the number of votes for carrots and corn are 40 and 20
40+20 = 60 votes
The two least popular vegetables are broccoli and green beans
And the number of votes for broccoli and green beans are 15 and 10
15+10 = 25 votes
Now, Subtract the number of votes for broccoli and green beans from a number of votes for carrots and corn
60-25 = 35 students

Review/Test Page No 136

Use the line plot for 15–16.

The line plot shows the number of goals the players on Scot’s team scored.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 36

Question 15.
For numbers 15a–15d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Three players scored 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

One player scored 2 goals, one player scored 4 goals and one player scored 3 goals
So, the answer is true

Question 15.
b. Six players scored fewer than 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

From the figure, we can say that 4 players scored 1 goal and 2 players scored 0
4+2 =6
So, the answer is true

Question 15 (request help)
c. There are 8 players on the team.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

We need to count all X = 11

Question 15
d. Five players scored more than 1 goal.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

More than 1 goal means 2, 3 or 4 goals
We observe that 3 players who scored 2 goals, 1 player who scored 3 goals, 1 player who scored 4 goals
Now we have to add the players who scored more than 1 goal
3+1+1 = 5
Therefore 5 players scored more than 1 goal

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Test Pdf Question 16.
What if two more people played and each scored 3 goals? Describe what the line plot would look like.
Type below:
__________

Answer: We have to add two more X on the line plot 3

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Review solution Image_4

Use the line plot for 17–18.

Robin collected shells during her vacation. She measured the length of each shell to the nearest inch and recorded the data in a line plot.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 37

Question 17.
How many shells were 6 inches long or longer?
_________ shells

Answer: 11 shells

Explanation:

5 shells were 6 inches long
2 shells were 7 inches long
1 shell was 8 inches long
3 shells were 9 inches long
Total = 5+2+1+3 = shells
Thus the answer is 11 shells

Question 18.
How many more shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long?
________ shells

Answer: 2 shells

Explanation:

Robin collects 3 shells which were 5 inches long and 1 shell was 8 inches long.
To know how many shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long
We have to subtract the number of shells was 8 inches long from the number of shells were 5 inches long
i.e., 3 – 1 = 2 shells

In this chapter, you can the bar graphs, picture graphs, and line plots. These are graphs that are the most interesting and easiest part of this chapter. A brief explanation of the topics is discussed in the Solution Key of Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data.

Here we have provided the exercise questions along with the answers to help in practicing the chapter. You can find the different and simple methods of solving the problems in Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Extra Practice. Hence make use of all the links and score well in the exams. If you any queries you can leave comments in the comment section below and we will respond as early as possible.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Represent and Interpret Data Read More »

go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-6-understand-division

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf Understand Division

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf: Download pdf of Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division here. The Go Math Answer Key of Grade 3 chapter 6 Understand Division includes topics like repeated subtraction, related multiplication and division facts, number of equal groups, and so on. So, the students who are preparing for the exams can get the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division pdf for free cost.

Understand Division Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf

Check out the topics covered in the Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter Understand Division from the below section. Parents can guide your child by making our Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key as reference. Students who are willing to score good marks in exams are suggested to practice the problems given in our Go Math Answer Key. Access the links given below and Download Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 6 Solution Key pdf.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Model Division

Lesson 2: Size of Equal Groups

Lesson 3: Number of Equal Groups

Lesson 4: Model with Bar Models

Lesson 5: Algebra • Relate Subtraction and Division

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Investigate • Model with Arrays

Lesson 7: Algebra • Relate Multiplication and Division

Lesson 8: Algebra • Write Related Facts

Lesson 9: Algebra • Division Rules for 1 and 0

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Model Division Page No 305

Question 1.
Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes. Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes. How many jump ropes did each customer buy?
__________

Answer: 3 jump ropes

Explanation:

Given that there are Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes
Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes
To know the number of jump roses that each customer bought
You must place each jump ropes until all the jump ropes are used.
That means 18 jump ropes to all 6 customers
= 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Therefore each customer bought 3 jump ropes

Question 2.
Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album. Each page of the album holds 4 pictures. How many pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
__________

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:

Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album
Each page of the album holds 4 pictures
Make it into the equal groups and put 4 pictures in each page
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Hiro need 9 pages for his pictures

Question 3.
Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the same number of crayons in each section. How many crayons does Katia put in each section of the storage bin?
__________

Answer: 7 crayons

Explanation:

Katia has 42 crayons in a box
She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections
Make 42 crayons as a group and place 1 crayon in each section. Then you get 7 crayons in each section
42 ÷ 6 = 42/6 = 7
Therefore 7 crayons do Katia put in each section of the storage bin

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Understand Division Question 4.
Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of the 3 class parent helpers. There are 24 cards. How many cards will each helper get if the students give an equal number of cards to each helper?
__________

Answer: 8 cards

Explanation:

Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of the 3 class parent helpers
Total number of cards = 24
Make 3 equal groups and place each card for 3 class parent helpers
You get 8 cards for each helper
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Question 5.
Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers equally among 5 of his friends. How many stickers does each friend get?
__________

Answer: 4 stickers

Explanation:

Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers equally among 5 of his friends
Give each baseball sticker to each friend and repeat the process until you finish all the stickers
So, each friend gets 4 baseball stickers.
20 ÷ 5 = 4 stickers

Model Division Page No 306

Question 1.
Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags. She puts 5 apples into each bag. How many bags does Maria use for all the apples?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags
She puts 5 apples into each bag
That means each bag contains 5 apples
Now, Divide the apples into equal groups and place them in each bag
15 ÷ 5 = 3
Therefore Maria uses 3 bags to put 15 apples.

Question 2.
Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway. He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows. How many bricks will Tom’s neighbor place in each row?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given: Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway
He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows
Now place each brick in all 8 rows  equally and repeat until the bricks are over
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, you get 4 bricks in each row
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Find the unknown factor.
7 × _ = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 56
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Division Method img_1

So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
How many students practiced the piano more than 3 hours a week?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 1
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 10

Answer: 6

Explanation:

3 students practiced the piano for 4 hours
2 students practiced the piano for 5 hours and
1 student practiced the piano for 6 hours
= 3 + 2 + 1 = 6
The above line plot shows that there are 6 students who practiced the piano for more than 3 hours

Go Math Grade 3 Pdf Download Question 5.
Count equal groups to find how many there are.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 2
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 12

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 4 circles and each circle is divided into 3 equal groups
So, multiply the number of circles by equal groups
= 4 × 3 = 12
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Which is another way to group the factors?
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. (3 + 2) + 5
b. (3 × 2) + 5
c. 3 × (2 + 5)
d. 3 × (2 × 5)

Answer: 3 × (2 × 5)

Explanation:

The another way to group (3 × 2) × 5 is 3 × (2 × 5)
Because there is no change in the symbol and number
So, the correct answer is option D

Size of Equal Groups Page No 311

Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 __________
2. 21 7 __________
3. 28 7 __________
4. 32 4 __________
5. 9 3 __________
6. 18 3 __________
7. 20 5 __________
8. 16 8 __________
9. 35 5 __________
10. 24 3 __________

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 5
2. 21 7 3
3. 28 7 4
4. 32 4 8
5. 9 3 3
6. 18 3 6
7. 20 5 4
8. 16 8 2
9. 35 5 7
10. 24 3 8

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 15
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 5 in each group

2. No. of counters = 21
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

3. No. of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

4. No. of counters = 32
Number of equal groups = 4
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

5. No. of counters = 9
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter in each group, you get 3 in each group

6. No. of counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 6 in each group

7. No. of counters = 20
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

8. No. of counters = 16
Number of equal groups = 8
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 2 in each group

9. No. of counters = 35
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 7 in each group

10. No. of counters = 24
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

Question 11.
Alicia has 12 eggs that she will use to make 4 different cookie recipes. If each recipe calls for the same number of eggs, how many eggs will she use in each recipe?
__________

Answer: 3 eggs

Explanation:

The total number of eggs Alicia has = 12
she will use it to make 4 different cookie recipes
Make 4 groups and place 12 eggs in each group
You get 3 eggs in each group
12/4 = 3 eggs

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Pdf Question 12.
Brett picked 27 flowers from the garden. He plans to give an equal number of flowers to each of the 3 people. How many flowers will each person get?
__________

Answer: 9 flowers

Explanation:

Given,
Brett picked 27 flowers from the garden
He plans to give an equal number of flowers to each of 3 people
Give each flower to 3 people until 27 flowers complete
So, Each person get 9 flowers
27 ÷ 3 = 9 flowers

Size of Equal Groups Page No 312

Question 1.
Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of the 3 pencil holders. How many pencils will he put in each pencil holder?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Ryan has 21 pencils
He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders
Split it into 3 groups and share each pencil with each group
You get 7 pencils for each of 3 groups
21/3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for dinner. She sets the same number of plates on each table. How many plates does Corrine set on each table?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given,
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner
She sets the same number of plates on each table
Make a group of 6 tables and place 1 plate for each group
You get 4 plates for each table
24/6 = 4 plates
So, the correct answer is Option B

Question 3.
Each table has 4 legs. How many legs do 4 tables have?
Options:
a. 1
b. 8
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Given that Each table has 4 legs
4 tables have x number of legs
x = 4 × 4 = 16
Therefore 4 tables have 16 legs

Question 4.
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves. How many CDs does she have in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 30
c. 35
d. 45

Answer: 45

Given,
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves
How many CDs does she have in all = x
To know the number of CDs in all we have to multiply no. of stacks, no. of CDs on each of 3 shelves
x = 3 × 5 × 3 = 15 × 3 = 45
So, the answer is option D

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × _= 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?

Number of packs 1 2 3 4 5
Number of yo-yos 3 6 9 12 ?

Options:
a. Add 2.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Multiply by 3.
d. Add 12.

Answer: Multiply by 3.

Explanation:

Add 3 yo-yos for each pack and multiply no. of pans by 3

Number of Equal Groups Page No 317

Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 __________ 7
3. 30 __________ 5
4. 16 __________ 4
5. 12 __________ 6
6. 36 __________ 9
7. 18 __________ 3
8. 15 __________ 5
9. 28 __________ 4
10. 27 __________ 3

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 5 7
3. 30 6 5
4. 16 4 4
5. 12 2 6
6. 36 4 9
7. 18 6 3
8. 15 3 5
9. 28 7 4
10. 27 9 3

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 24
Number in each group = 8
24/8 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

2. No. of counters = 35
Number in each group = 7
35/7 = 5
So, the number of equal groups = 5

3. No. of counters = 30
Number in each group = 5
30/5 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

4. No. of counters = 16
Number in each group = 4
16/4 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

5. No. of counters = 12
Number in each group = 6
12/6 = 2
So, the number of equal groups = 2

6. No. of counters = 36
Number in each group = 9
36/9 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

7. No. of counters = 18
Number in each group = 3
18/3 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

8. No. of counters = 15
Number in each group = 5
15/5 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

9. No. of counters = 28
Number in each group = 4
28/4 = 7
So, the number of equal groups = 7

10. No. of counters = 27
Number in each group = 3
27/3 = 9
So, the number of equal groups = 9

Math Workbook Grade 3 Answer Key Question 11.
In his bookstore, Toby places 21 books on shelves, with 7 books on each shelf. How many shelves does Toby need?
__________

Answer: 3 shelves

Explanation:

Toby places 21 books on shelves, with 7 books on each shelf
No. of shelves does Toby need = x
x = 21/7 = 3
Thus Toby needs 3 shelves

Question 12.
Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks of 4 on his desk. How many stacks of quarters are on his desk?
__________

Answer: 8 stacks

Explanation:

Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks of 4 on his desk
No. of stacks of quarters on his desk = y
y × 4 = 32
y = 32/4 = 8 stacks
No. of stacks of quarters on his desk = 8 stacks

Number of Equal Groups Page No 318

Question 1.
Ramon works at a clothing store. He puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8. How many stacks does Ramon make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Ramon puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8
Split the pair of jeans to 8 groups of the stack
You get 3 pair of jeans for each stack
24/8 = 3
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride. Only 6 people can ride on each wagon. If each wagon is full, how many wagons are needed for all 36 people?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride.
Only 6 people can ride on each wagon
Split 36 people into 6 groups
That means 36/6 = 6 Wagons
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Which multiplication sentence does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Number of Equal Groups img 3
Options:
a. 4 × 5 = 20
b. 4 × 6 = 24
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer: 4 × 7 = 28

Explanation:

There are 4 rows and 7 columns
rows × columns = 4 × 7 = 28
Thus the answer is option C

Question 4.
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project. There are 30 nails in each box. How many nails does Austin buy in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 34
c. 70
d. 120

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Given,
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project
There are 30 nails in each box
No. of nails does Austin buy in all = 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
4 × 30 = 120
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which describes the number sentence?
8 + 0 + 8
Options:
a. odd + odd = odd
b. Identity Property of Addition
c. even + even = even
d. Commutative Property of Addition

Answer: Identity Property of Addition

Explanation:

In math, identity is a number, n, that when added to other numbers, gives the same number, n. The additive identity is always zero. This brings us to the identity property of addition, which simply states that when you add zero to any number, it equals the number itself.

Question 6.
Each month for 6 months, Kelsey completes 5 paintings. How many more paintings does she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 6 months
Kelsey completes 5 paintings
x no. of paintings she needs to complete before she has completed 38 paintings
6 × 5 = 30 paintings
x + 30 = 38
x = 38 – 30
x = 8
So, the correct answer is option C

Model with Bar Models Page No 323

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 4

Answer: 27 ÷ 3 = 9 or 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Explanation:

There are 27 counters and each circle has 9 groups. There are 3 groups of 9 counters.
27 ÷ 3 = 27/3 = 9
27 ÷ 9 = 27/9 = 3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 5
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 8 = 2 or 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 2 counters. Continue circling groups of 2 until all 16 counters are in the group.
So, Divide Total number of counters by number of equal groups
16 ÷ 8 = 16/8 = 2
Next, Divide total number of counters by no. of counters in each group.
16 ÷ 2 = 16/2 = 8

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 6
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 4 counters. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 16 counters are in the group
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
And then divide no. of counters by no. of counters in each group = 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 7
Type below:
___________

Answer: 18 ÷ 3 = 6 or 18 ÷ 6 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of Equal groups = 3
Number of counters in each group = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups
18 ÷ 3 = 18/3 = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of counters in each group
18 ÷ 6 = 18/6 = 3

Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a division equation for the bar model.

Question 5.
There are 15 postcards in 3 equal stacks. How many postcards are in each stack?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 8
________ postcards

Answer: 5 postcards, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Explanation:

Total number of postcards = 15
Number of equal stacks = 3
Number of postcards in each stack = x
x = No. of postcards/ No. of equal stacks
x = 15/3
x = 5
Thus each stack contains 5 postcards

Question 6.
There are 21 key rings. How many groups of 3 key rings can you make?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 9
________ groups

Answer: 7 groups, 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Divide the 21 key rings into 7 to make 7 groups with 3 key rings each group
21 ÷ 3 = 21/3 = 7 groups

There are 7 groups of 3 key rings.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Jalyn collected 24 stones. She put them in 4 equal piles. How many stones are in each pile?
________ stones

Answer: 6 stones

Explanation:

Given,

Jalyn collected 24 stones
She put them in 4 equal piles
No. of stones in each pile = x
Divide total no. of stones by 4 equal piles
24 ÷ 4 = 24/4 = 6
There are 6 stones in each pile

Question 8.
Tanner has 30 stickers. He puts 6 stickers on each page. On how many pages does he put stickers?
________ pages

Answer: 5 pages

Explanation:

Tanner has 30 stickers
Tanner puts 6 stickers on each page
Now, Divide Number of stickers by number of stickers on each page
= 30 ÷ 6 = 30/6 = 5 pages

Model with Bar Models Page No 324

Question 1.
Jack and his little sister are stacking 24 blocks. They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks. How many blocks are in each stack?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Total number of blocks = 24
They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks
To know the blocks in each stack, we have to divide no. of blocks by number of equal stacks
24 ÷ 3 = 24/3 = 8 blocks
There are 8 blocks in each stack
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 2.
Melissa made 45 greeting cards. She put them in 5 equal piles. How many cards did she put in each pile?
Options:
a. 9
b. 8
c. 7
d. 6

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Given,
Melissa made 45 greeting cards
She put them in 5 equal piles
To know the number of cards she put in each pile
We have to divide number of cards by no. of equal piles
= 45 ÷ 5 = 45/5 = 9 cards
Thus there are 9 cards in each pile
So, the correct answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope. She puts stamps on 7 envelopes. How many stamps does Angie use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope
She puts stamps on 7 envelopes
To find Number of stamps Angie use, we have to divide no. of stamps on envelopes by no. of stamps on each envelope
= 7 ÷ 1 = 7

Question 4.
A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car holds 4 people. How many people are on the ride if all the cars are full?
Options:
a. 34
b. 32
c. 28
d. 24

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,
A carnival ride has 8 cars
Each car holds 4 people
1 car = 4 people
8 cars = x
x × 1 = 4 × 8
x = 32
32 people are on the ride if all the cars are full

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 10

Question 5.
How many families have 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The line plot shows that there are 6 families who have 1 computer at home

Question 6.
How many families have more than 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of Families have 2 computers at home = 3
Number of Families have 3 computers at home = 4
Number of Families have 4 computers at home = 1
Number of Families have more than 1 computer at home = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 329

Write a division equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 11

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 16

Step 2:

Subtract with 4 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 4

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups 4 in 16
So 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Sixteen divided by four equals four

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 12
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.

You jumped back 3 four times
There are 4 groups of 3 in 12
12 ÷ 3 = 4

Go Math Chapter 6 Answer Key Grade 3 Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 13
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 10

Step 2:

Count back by 2s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 2.

You jumped back 2 five times
There are 5 groups of 2 in 10
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 14
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 20

Step 2:

Subtract with 5 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 5

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 5 in 20
So 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Twenty divided by five equals four

Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.

Question 5.
28 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 28

Step 2:

Subtract with 7 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 7

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 7 in 28
So 28 ÷ 7 = 4
Twenty eight divided by seven equals four

Question 6.
18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3

Step 1:

Start at 18

Step 2:

Subtract with 6 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 6

Since you subtract 3 times
There are 3 groups of 6 in 18
So 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Eighteen divided by six equals three

Question 7.
8)\( \bar{ 4 0 }\)
________

Answer: 5

HMH Go Math solution Key Grade 3 Chapter Division image_2

Explanation:

Since you subtract 5 times
There are 5 groups of 8 in 40
40 divided by 8 equals 5

Question 8.
9)\( \bar{ 3 6 }\)
________

Answer: 4

Go Math Chapter 6 Answer Key Grade 3 Division image_1

Explanation:

You subtract 36 and 9 by 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 in 36
So, 36 divided by 9 equals 4

Question 9.
Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils. She gives 9 pencils to each of her children for school. How many children does Mrs. Costa have?
________ children

Answer: 2 children

Explanation:

Given,
Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils
She gives 9 pencils to each of her children for school
Divide total number of pencils by no. pencils to each of her children for school
18 ÷ 9 = 2 pencils

Question 10.
Boël decides to plant rose bushes in her garden. She has 24 bushes. She places 6 bushes in each row. How many rows of rose bushes does she plant in her garden?
________ rows

Answer: 4 rows

Explanation:

Boel has 24 bushes
she places 6 bushes in each row
To know the number of rows of rose bushes does she plant in her garden
We have to divide the total number of bushes by bushes in each row
= 24 ÷ 6 = 24/6 = 4

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 330

Question 1.
Which division equation is shown?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 15
Options:
a. 3 × 4 = 12
b. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
c. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
d. 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Answer: 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

Count starts at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 6s as many times as you can until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back
You jumped back 2 times
There are 2 jumps from 12 to 0
So the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Isabella has 35 cups of dog food. She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day. For how many days will the dog food last?
Options:
a. 6 days
b. 7 days
c. 8 days
d. 9 days

Answer: 7 days

Explanation:

Given that,

Isabella has 35 cups of dog food
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day
To find the number of days will the dog food last
We have to divide number of cups by the number of cups of food each day
= 35 ÷ 5 = 35/5 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There are 6 oranges in each bag. How many oranges does Ellen buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 24
d. 30

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Given:
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges
There are 6 oranges in each bag
Total number of oranges = no. of bags × no. of oranges in each bag
= 4 × 6 = 24
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns. How many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns
For one month Samuel mows 3 lawns
For 7 months Samuel mows = x
x = 7 × 3 = 21
Now, we need to know how many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns
Subtract 21 from 29
= 29 – 21 = 8
So the answer is option D

Use the graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 16

Question 5.
How many hours did Eli volunteer?
Options:
a. 4 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 9 hours
d. 10 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Eli volunteered 9 hours
So, the correct answer is option C

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Review/Test Pdf Question 6.
Madi volunteered 2 hours less than Jill. At what number should the bar for Madi end?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 12

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The figure shows that Jill has volunteered 10 hours
If Madi has volunteered 2 hours less than Jill
= 10 – 2 = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option C

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 331

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
Question 1.
You _________ when you separate into equal groups.
_________

Answer: Divide

When you divide, you separate into equal groups.

Concepts and Skills

Use counters or draw a quick picture on your MathBoard.
Make or circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:

2. Number of counters = 6
Number of equal groups = 2
Number in each group =  __
= 6/2 = 3

3. Number of counters = 30
Number of equal groups = __
Number in each group = 5
= 30/5 = 6

4. Number of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Number in each group = __
= 28/7 = 4

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 19
Type below:
___________

Answer: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 or 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Explanation:

The number of counters is 8 and a circle group of 4 counters.
Continue circling group of 4 until all the 8 counters are in the group
Divide Number of counters by Number of equal groups
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4
Divide Number of counters by number in each group
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 20
Type below:
___________

Answer: 15 ÷ 3 = 5 or 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 15
Number of groups = 3
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of counters by number of groups
= 15 ÷ 3 = 5
Divide number of counters by number in each group
= 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Write a division equation.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 21
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 36

Step 2:

Subtract with 9 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 9

You subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 with 36
So, 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 22
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 21

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.
You jumped back by 21 seven times
There are 7 jumps of 3 in 21

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 332

Question 9.
Victor plants 14 seeds in some flowerpots. If he puts 2 seeds in each pot, how many flowerpots does he use?
_________ flowerpots

Answer: 7 flowerpots

Explanation:

Victor plants 14 seeds in some flowerpots
If he puts 2 seeds in each pot
Number of flowerpots he uses = x
x = 14/2
x = 7
So, Victor used 7 flowerpots

Question 10.
Desiree had 35 stickers. She gave each of 3 friends the same number of stickers. She now has 20 stickers left. She then gives the same number of stickers to each of another 5 friends. How many stickers did she give each of her 3 friends? Each of her 5 friends?
Type below:
___________

Answer: 5 stickers for 3 friends; 4 stickers for 5 friends

Explanation:

Given,
Desiree had 35 stickers
She gave each of 3 friends the same number of stickers
She now has 20 stickers left
To know how many stickers she gave to her friends
We have to subtract the number of stickers left from total number of stickers
35 – 20 = 15
That means she gave 15 stickers to her 3 friends equally
15 ÷ 3 = 5 stickers
So, each friend gets 5 stickers
Next, she gave remaining 20 stickers to 5 friends equally
20 ÷ 5 = 4
So, each friend gets 4 stickers

Question 11.
Jayden modeled a division equation with some counters. What division equation could Jayden have modeled?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 23
Type below:
___________

Answer: 14 ÷ 2 = 7 or 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counter = 14
Number in each group = 7
Number of equal groups = 2
So, the division equation is the number of counters by the number of equal groups = 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Or, the Number of counters by number in each group = 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Test Pdf Question 12.
Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food. There were 4 cans in each pack. How many packs of cat food did Lillian buy?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 24
_________ packs

Answer: 6 packs

Explanation:

Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food
There were 4 cans in each pack
Number of packs of cat food did Lillian buy
24 ÷ 4 = 6 packs

Model with Arrays Page No 337

Use square tiles to make an array. Solve

Question 1.
How many rows of 4 are in 12?
______ rows

Answer: 3 rows

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 12

Step 2:
Make a row of 4 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
3 rows of 4 are in 12

Question 2.
How many rows of 3 are in 21?
______ rows

Answer: 7 rows

■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 21

Step 2:

Make a row of 3 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 3 tiles as you can
We get 3 tiles in each row
So, 7 rows of 3 are in 21

Question 3.
How many rows of 6 are in 30?
______ rows

Answer: 5 rows

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

First of all the count number of tiles = 30

Step 2:

Make a row of 6 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 6 tiles as you can
We get 6 tiles in each row
So, there are 5 rows of 6 in 30

Question 4.
How many rows of 9 are in 18?
______ rows

Answer: 2 rows

Make an array. Then write a division equation.

Question 5.
20 tiles in 5 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 6.
28 tiles in 7 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 28
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
For 28 tiles we get 7 rows
So, the division equation is 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
18 tiles in 9 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 18 ÷ 9 = 2

■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■

Explanation:

Number of tiles = 18
Number of rows = 9
Now we have to make a row of 2 tiles until we complete 18 tiles
So, you get 2 tiles in 9 rows
18 ÷ 9 = 2 tiles

Question 8.
36 tiles in 6 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 6 = 6

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 36
Number of rows = 6
Now you have to make a row of 36 tiles in 6 rows
You get 6 tiles in each row
That means there are 6 tiles each in a row
So, the division equation is 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Problem Solving

Question 9.
A dressmaker has 24 buttons. He needs 3 buttons to make one dress. How many dresses can he make with 24 buttons?
______ dresses

Answer: 8 dresses

Explanation:

Given: A dressmaker has 24 buttons
He needs 3 buttons to make one dress
Number of dresses he can make with 24 buttons = y
y × 3 = 24
y = 24/3
y = 8

Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 6 Review Test Question 10.
Liana buys 36 party favors for her 9 guests. She gives an equal number of favors to each guest. How many party favors does each guest get?
______ party favors

Answer: 4 party favors

Explanation:

Liana buys 36 party favors for her 9 guests.
She gives an equal number of favors to each guest.
To know how many party favors a guest get
We must Divide the number of 36 party favors by 9 guests
= 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Model with Arrays Page No 338

Question 1.
Mr. Canton placed 24 desks in 6 equal rows. How many desks are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows
Each row has x number of desks
Divide the number of desks by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
Which division equation is shown by the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 12 ÷ 1 = 12

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

The number of counters is 12 and the number of rows is 3
To know number counters in each row
We have to divide the number of counters by the number of rows
= 12 ÷ 3 = 4
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves. How many sports trophies does Amy have in all?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 12
d. 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves
To know the total sports trophies does Amy have in all 3 shelves
We have to multiple number 2 × 4 × 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
What is the unknown factor?
9 × p = 45
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The unknown factor is p
9 × p = 45
p = 45/9 = 5
Therefore p = 5
Thus the answer is option B

Question 5.
Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each. How many quarters does Sam have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 12
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each
Each stack has 4 quarters
So, 7 stacks has 7 × 4 = 28
Thus 7 stacks have 28 quarters

Question 6.
How can you skip count to find how many counters in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 26
Options:
a. 3 groups of 2
b. 3 groups of 3
c. 9 groups of 2
d. 18 groups of 2

Answer: 9 groups of 2

Explanation:

Total number of Counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 9
Number in each group = 2
So, there are 9 groups of 2s
Thus the correct answer is option C

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 343

Complete the equations.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 27

Answer:

5 rows of 4 = 20
5 × 4  = 20
20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

The above figure shows that, there are 5 rows of 4 circles
Total number of circles = 20
The related facts of 20, 5 and 4 are
5 × 4 = 20; 5 rows of 4 = 20; 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 28
4 rows of ______ = 24
4 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:

4 rows of 6 = 24
4 × 6 = 24
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:

Number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 4
24 ÷ 4 = 6
The related facts of 24, 6 and 4 are 24 ÷ 4 = 6; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 29
3 rows of ______ = 24
3 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:

3 rows of 8 = 24
3 × 8 = 24
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 3
Divide number of counters by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the related multiplication and division facts of 24, 3 , 8 are 3 × 8 = 24; 24 ÷ 3 = 8

Complete the equations.

Question 4.
4 × ______ = 28   28 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:
The related facts of 28 and 4 are 28 ÷ 4 = 7 and 4 × 7 = 28

Question 5.
6 × ______ = 36    36 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown Number be x
6 × x = 36
x = 36/6 = 6
The related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 6 are 36 ÷ 6 = 6; 6 × 6 = 36

Question 6.
5 × ______ = 35    35 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 7, 5

Explanation:

X represents the unknown factor
5 × x = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
Therefore the related multiplication and division facts 35, 5 and 7 are 5 × 7 = 35; 35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 7.
7 × ______ = 21  21 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

7 × x = 21
x = 21/7 = 3
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 7, 21 are 7 × 3 = 21; 21÷ 7 = 3

Question 8.
9 × ______ = 27  27 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

27 ÷ 9 = 3
The related multiplication and division facts of 27 and 9 are 9 × 3 = 27 and 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Question 9.
2 × ______ = 16  16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

16 ÷ 2 = 8
The related multiplication and division facts of 16 and 2 are 2 × 8 = 16; 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 10.
4 × ______ = 36 36 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = 9
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 4 are 4 × 9 = 36; 36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 11.
8 × ______ = 40 40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
8 × x = 40
x = 40/8 = 5
The related facts of 40 and 8 are 8 × 5 = 40; 40 ÷ 8 = 5

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Mr. Martin buys 36 muffins for a class breakfast. He places them on plates for his students. If he places 9 muffins on each plate, how many plates does Mr. Martin use?
___________ plates

Answer: 4 plates

Explanation:

Number of muffins = 36
He places 9 muffins on each plate
Divide number of muffins by number of muffins on each plate
36 ÷ 9 = 4 plates

Question 13.
Ralph read 18 books during his summer vacation. He read the same number of books each month for 3 months. How many books did he read each month?
___________ books

Answer: 6 books

Explanation:

Given that Ralph read 18 books during his Summer vacation
He read the same number of books each month for 3 months
To find the number of books he read each month we have to divide the total number of books by the number of books for 3 months
18 ÷ 3 = 6 books

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 344

Question 1.
Which number will complete the equations?
6 × □ = 24
24 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

24 ÷ 6 = 4
The related multiplication and division facts of 6 and 24 is 6 × 4 = 24; 24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Alice has 14 seashells. She divides them equally between her 2 sisters. How many seashells does each sister get?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Alice has 14 seashells
She divides them equally between her 2 sisters
To know the number of seashells each sister get
We have to divide number of seashells by the number of sisters
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus the answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour. They both work for 7 hours over 2 days. How many cars did Sam and Jesse wash?
Options:
a. 70
b. 35
c. 24
d. 14

Answer: 70

Explanation:

Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour
They both work for 7 hours over 2 days
To find the total number of cars they washed
we need to multiply 5 × 7 × 2 = 35 × 2 = 70
So, the answer is option A

Question 4.
Keisha skip-counted to find how many counters in all. How many equal groups are there?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 30
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 4 groups.
So, the answer is option B

Question 5.
The key for a picture graph showing the number of books students read is: Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books. How many books did Nancy read if she has Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 32 by her name?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books
There are 2 and half books = 2 + 2 + 1 = 5
Thus the answer is 5 i.e., option C

Question 6.
Jan surveyed her friends to find their favorite season. She recorded IIII III for summer. How many people chose summer as their favorite season?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 9
d. 13

Answer: 8

Explanation:

IIII = 5
III = 3
IIII III = 5 + 3 = 8
So, the people who chose summer as their favorite season are 8
Option B is the correct answer

Write Related Facts Page No 349

Write the related facts for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 33

Answer:

2 × 6 = 12
6 × 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 12
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 6
So, the related facts of 6, 2 and 12 are 2 × 6 = 12, 6 × 2 = 12, 12 ÷ 2 = 6 and 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5× 3 = 15
3×5 = 15
15 ÷ 3 = 5
15÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 15
Number of rows = 5
Number of counters in each row = 3
The related facts of 5, 3 and 15 are 5× 3 = 15, 3×5 = 15, 15 ÷ 3 = 5 and 15÷ 5 = 3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 4 = 8
4× 2 = 8
8 ÷ 2 = 4
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 8
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 4
The related facts of 8, 2, 4 are 2 × 4 = 8, 4× 2 = 8, 8 ÷ 2 = 4 and 8 ÷ 4 = 2

Write the related facts for the set of numbers.

Question 4.
3, 7, 21
Type below:
_________

Answer:

3 × 7 = 21
7 × 3 = 21
21 ÷ 3 = 7
21 ÷ 7 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 21
The related facts of 3, 7, 21 are 3 × 7 = 21, 7 × 3 = 21, 21 ÷ 3 = 7 and 21 ÷ 7 = 3

Question 5.
2, 9, 18
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 9 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 ÷ 2 = 9
18 ÷ 9 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 18
The related facts of 2, 9, 18 are 2 × 9 = 18, 9 × 2 = 18, 18 ÷ 2 = 9 and 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Question 6.
4, 8, 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:

4 × 8 = 32
8 × 4 = 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
32 ÷ 4 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 32
The related facts of 4, 8, 32 are 4 × 8 = 32, 8 × 4 = 32, 32 ÷ 8 = 4 and 32 ÷ 4 = 8

Complete the related facts.

Question 7.
4 × 9 = _______
9 × _______ = 36
36 ÷ _______ = 4
_______ ÷ 4 = 9

Answer: The related facts of 4, 9 and 36 are given below

4 × 9 = 36
9 × 4 = 36
36 ÷ 9 = 4
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 8.
_______ × 7 = 35
_______ × 5 = 35
_______ ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5 _______

Answer:

5 × 7 = 35
7 × 5 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5= 7

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
x × 7 = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
5 × 7 = 35

x × 5 = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
7 × 5 = 35

x ÷ 7 = 5
x = 5 × 7 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5

35 ÷ 5 = x
x = 35/5 = 7
35 ÷ 5= 7

Question 9.
6 × _______ = 18
3 × 6 _______
18 ÷ _______ = 3
_______ ÷ 3 = 6

Answer:

6 × 3 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
18 ÷ 6 = 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
6 × 3 = 18

3 × 6 = x
x = 18
3 × 6 = 18

18 ÷ x = 3
x = 18/3 = 6
18 ÷ 6 = 3

x ÷ 3 = 6
x = 6 × 3 = 18
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Problem Solving 

Question 10.
CDs are on sale for $5 each. Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy as many as she can. How many CDs can Jennifer buy?
_______

Answer: 9 CDs

Explanation:

CDs are on sale for $5 each
Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy as many as she can
= 45 ÷ 5 = 9
so, the number of CDs can Jennifer buy = 9

Grade 3 Chapter 6 Understand Multiplication and Division Question 11.
Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper. He cuts it into sections that are each 3 feet long. How many sections does Mr. Moore have?
_______ sections

Answer: 7 sections

Explanation:

Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper
He cuts it into sections that are each 3 feet long
Number of sections does Mr. Moore have = x
= 21/3 = 7
Mr. Moore has 7 sections

Write Related Facts Page No 350

Question 1.
Which number completes the set of related facts?
5 × □ = 40  40 ÷ □ = 5
□ × 5 = 40  40 ÷ 5 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

i. 5 × □ = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
ii. 40 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 40/5 = 8
iii. □ × 5 = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
iv. 40 ÷ 5 = □
40/5 = □
□ = 8
So, the answer is 8

Question 2.
Which equation is not in the same set of related facts as 4 × 7 = 28?
Options:
a. 7 × 4 = 28
b. 4 + 7 = 11
c. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
d. 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Answer: 4 + 7 = 11

Explanation:

The related facts of 4, 7 and 28 are 4 × 7 = 28, 7 × 4 = 28, 28 ÷ 4 = 7, 28 ÷ 7 = 4
But 4 + 7 = 11 is not set of related multiplication and division equations.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks. How many miles does Beth run in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 16 miles
b. 28 miles
c. 100 miles
d. 160 miles

Answer: 160 miles

Explanation:

Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks
Each week Beth runs 20 miles
For 8 weeks = x miles
x = 8 × 20
x = 160 miles
So, the answer is 160 miles

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 5
d. 10

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves. There are 9 books on each shelf. How many books in all are in Uri’s bookcase?
Options:
a. 14
b. 36
c. 45
d. 54

Answer: 45

Explanation:

Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves
There are 9 books on each shelf
Number of books in 5 shelves = y
y = 9 × 5 = 45
Thus the answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 6 batteries in one package. How many batteries will 6 packages have?
Options:
a. 12
b. 18
c. 24
d. 36

Answer: 36

Explanation:

There are 6 batteries in one package
Number of batteries in 6 packages = x
x = 6 × 6 = 36
Thus the Number of batteries in 6 packages = 36

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 355

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 36

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is that number
So, 3/1 = 3 is the quotient

Question 2.
8 ÷ 8 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number other than 0 equals 1. The quotient is always 1
8/8 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 3.
________ = 0 ÷ 6

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Zero divided by any number is always 0. The quotient is 0.
0/6 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 4.
2 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number equals 1. The quotient is always 1
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Question 5.
________ = 9 ÷ 1

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is that number
9/1 = 9
So, the quotient is 9

Question 6.
0 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/2 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 7.
0 ÷ 3 = ________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/3 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 8.
________ = 0 ÷ 4

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is 0
0/4 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 9.
7)\( \bar{ 7  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is always 1.
7/7 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 10.
1)\( \bar{ 6  }\)
________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is the same number.
6/1 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 11.
9)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number remains 0.
0/9 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 12.
1)\( \bar{ 5  }\)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient
5/1 = 5
Therefore the quotient is 5

Question 13.
1)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any thing is 0
0/1 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 14.
4)\( \bar{ 4  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number gives the quotient as 1.
4/4 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 15.
1)\( \bar{ 10 }\)
________

Answer: 10

The number which is divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient.
10/1 = 10
Thus the quotient is 10

Question 16.
2)\( \bar{ 2  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is 1.
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Problem Solving

Question 17.
There are no horses in the stables. There are 3 stables in all. How many horses are in each stable?
________

Answer: 0 horses

Explanation:

If there are no horses then there will be nothing in the stables.
Zero divided by any number is 0
0/3 = 0

Question 18.
Jon has 6 kites. He and his friends will each fly 1 kite. How many people in all will fly a kite?
________

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

John has 6 kites
He and his friends will each fly 1 kite
= 6/1 = 6
So, 6 people will fly the kites

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 356

Question 1.
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans. She places each pair on its own hanger. How many hangers does Candace use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 6
d. 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given,
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans
She places each pair on its own hanger
That means one pair of jeans for one hanger
To find the number of hangers we need to divide the total number of hangers by each pair
6 ÷ 1 = 6
So, option C is the correct answer

Question 2.
There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages. Which division equation describes how many birds are in each cage?
Options:
a. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
b. 4 ÷ 4 = 1
c. 4 ÷ 1 = 4
d. 0 × 4 = 0

Answer: 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Explanation:

There are no birds so nothing to divide. Zero divided by anything is 0.
So, the answer is 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 7 plates on the table. There are 0 sandwiches on each plate. How many sandwiches are on the plates in all?
7 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 70

Answer: 0

Explanation:

There are 7 plates on the table
There are 0 sandwiches on each plate
Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which shows a way to break apart the array to find the product?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 37
Options:
a. (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
b. (2 × 8) + (1 × 8)
c. (4 × 7) + (1 × 7)
d. (3 × 6) + (3 × 3)

Answer: (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)

Explanation:

There are 3 rows and 7 columns
The columns are divided into 2 parts 5 and 2.
By using the distributive property we can write it as (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
Thus the answer is option A

Question 5.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 38
Options:
a. Add 5.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 1.
d. Multiply by 6.

Answer:

Multiply by 6.

Explanation:

Multiple 6 with a number of vans.
By seeing the above table we can say that it is the multiple of 6.
So, the answer is option D

Question 6.
Use the graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 39
How many more cans did Sam bring in than Lee?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Number of cans sam brings = 18
Number of cans Lee bring = 9
To know number of cans Sam bring in than Lee we have to subtract
Number of cans of Lee from Number of cans of Sam = 18 – 9 = 9
By using the above graph we can say that number of cans Sam bring in than Lee is 9.
Thus the correct answer is option D

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 ÷ 1 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is always the same number. The quotient is 1.
So, the above equation is false.

Question 1.
b. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. 7 ÷ 7 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number remains 1. So, the given statement is true.

Question 1.
d. 6 ÷ 1 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 will be the same number. Thus the statement given above is true.

Question 2.
Elizabeth has 12 horses on her farm. She puts an equal number of horses in each of 3 pens. How many horses are in each pen?
Circle a number that makes the sentence true.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 40 horses in each pen.
_________

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

There are HMH Go Math Chapter 6 Grade 3 Answer Key Review solution img_6 horses in each pan

Question 3.
Chris plants 25 pumpkins seeds in 5 equal rows. How many seeds does Chris plant in each row?
Make an array to represent the problem. Then solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 41
_______ seeds
Explain:
_________

Answer: 5 seeds

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 6 Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Total number of seeds = 25
Number of equal rows = 5
25 ÷ 5 = 5 seeds

Page No. 358

Question 4.
Becca spent 24 minutes walking around a track. It took her 3 minutes to walk each time around the track. How many times did Becca walk around the track?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 42
Make equal groups to model the problem. Then explain how you solved the problem.
_______ times

Answer: 24 ÷ 3 = 8 times

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 key review solution image_7

Question 5.
There are 7 cars in an amusement park ride. There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars. An equal number of people ride in each car. How many people ride in one car?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 43
_______people

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

Number of cars = 7
There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars
Divide the total number of people by the number of cars
You get, 42 ÷ 7 = 6 people

Question 6.
Select the equations that represent the array. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 44
Options:
a. 3 × 5 = ■
b. 2 × ■ = 12
c. ■ ÷ 3 = 5
d. 5 × ■ = 15
e. 12 ÷ 3 = ■
f. 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Answer: 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Explanation:

Related facts are a set of related multiplication and division equations.

Number of rows = 3
Number of blocks in each row = 5
Total Number of blocks = 15
So, the relation between these 3 numbers are 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Review/Test Page No 359

Question 7.
Eduardo visited his cousin for 28 days over the summer. There are 7 days in each week. How long, in weeks, was Eduardo’s visit?
Part A
Draw jumps on the number line to model the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 45
Type below:
___________

Answer:

HMH Go math grade 3 chapter 6 answer key review solution image_2

Starts at 0
Count by 7 as many times as you can
Count the number of times you jumped back 7
You have jumped 4 times
So, there are 4 groups of 7 in 28
28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
Part B
Write a division equation to represent the model.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 8.
A workbook is 64 pages long. If each chapter is 8 pages long, how many chapters are there?
_________ chapters

Answer: 8 chapters

Explanation:

A workbook is 64 pages long
If each chapter is 8 pages long
Divide the number of pages by number of pages in each chapter
= 64 ÷ 8 = 64/8 = 8
Therefore there are 8 chapters in the workbook

Question 9.
There are 56 apples packed in 7 baskets with the same number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in each basket?
For numbers, 9a–9d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the equation represents the problem.
a. 56 + 7 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 + 7 = 63 ≠ 8
So, the answer is no

Question 9.
b. 7 × ■ = 56
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

7 × ■ = 56
■ = 56/7 = 8
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
c. 56 ÷ ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

56 ÷ ■ = 8
■ = 56/8 = 7
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
d. 56 − ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 − ■ = 8
■ = 64 ≠ 7
So, the answer is no

Question 10.
Stefan has 24 photos to display on some posters. Select a way that he could display the photos in equal groups on the posters. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
b. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
c. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
d. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
e. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
f. 7 photos on each of 4 posters

Answer: A, C, E

A. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
6 x 4 = 24 photos ✓

B. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
7 x 3 = 21 ≠ 24 photos

C. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
4 x 6 = 24 photos ✓

D. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
5 x 5 = 25 ≠ 24 photos

E. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
3 x 8 = 24 photos ✓

F. 7 photos on each of 4 posters
7 x 4 = 28 ≠ 24 photos

Review/Test Page No 360

Question 11.
Debbie made this array to model a division equation. Which equation did Debbie model? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 46
Options:
a. 14 ÷ 7 = 2
b. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
c. 28 ÷ 7 = 4
d. 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Answer: 28 ÷ 4 = 7

Explanation:

Total Number shaded blocks = 28
Number of equal rows = 4
To write the division equation
we have to divide number of blocks by number of equal rows
28 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 12.
Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted. How many gloves did Mrs. Edwards knit?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 47
__________ gloves

Answer: 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Explanation:

Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of fingers by number in each group
= 40 ÷ 5 = 8
Number of equal groups = 8

Question 13.
Make true equations. Select a number to complete the equation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 48
7 ÷ 7 = ________
7 ÷ 1 = ________
0 ÷ 7 = ________

Answer:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
0 ÷ 7 = 0

Explanation:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
Any number divided by the same numbers is always 1. So the quotient is 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as quotient.
0 ÷ 7 = 0
Zero divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Question 14.
The coach separated the 18 players at lacrosse practice into 3 different groups. How many players were in each group?
________ players

Answer: 6 in each group

Explanation:

Total number of players = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
To find the number in the equal group you have to divide the total number of players by number of equal groups
= 18 ÷ 3 = 6
Therefore there are 6 players in each group

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 15.
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 49
Type below:
________

Answer: 32 ÷ 8 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 32

Step 2:

Subtract with 8 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 8
Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 8 in 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
Thirty two divided by eight equals four

Question 16.
Write related facts for the array. Explain why there are not more related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 50
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 rows of 6 squares.
The related facts are:
6 x 6 = 36; 36 ÷ 6 = 6
An array represents a multiplication because it has rows and columns and the total number of cells is the product of its rows and columns.
Also, the division is related to multiplication.
So, the only related facts are multiplication and division.

Question 17.
Darius bakes 18 muffins for his friends. He gives each of his friends an equal number of muffins and has none left over.
Part A
Draw a picture to show how Darius divided the muffins and complete the sentence.
Darius gave muffins to ________ friends.
Type below:
________

Answer:

If one muffin for 18 friends

18 = 1 × 18

Go math grade 3 key chapter 6 understand division review solution image _ 3a

If 2 muffins for 9 friends

18 = 2 × 9

Chapter 6 Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 review solution image_3b

If 3 muffins for 6 friends

18 = 3 × 6

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 answer key review solution image_3c

Six muffins for 3 friends

18 = 6 × 3

If 9 muffins for 2 friends

Answer key for HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Review solution image_3d

So, Darius gave muffins to 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 friends

Question 17.
Part B
Could Darius have given all of his muffins equally to 4 of his friends? Explain why or why not.
Type below:
________

Answer: No

No, because if he divides 18 muffins to 4 people, then they get 4 muffins each, and two are not given.
4 × 4 + 2 = 18

Review/Test Page No 362

Question 18.
Circle numbers to complete the related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 51 × 8 = 72   72 ÷ Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 52 = 8
______                                              _______

Answer: 9 × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ 9 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Review solution img_5a × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ Chapter 6 Go Math HMH Answer Key Grade 3 Review solution img_5b = 8

Question 19.
Use the numbers to write a related multiplication and division facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 53
Type below:
__________

Answer: 45 ÷ 9 = 5; 45 ÷ 5 = 9

Explanation:

The multiplication and division facts for 45, 9 and 5 are
45 ÷ 5 = 9
45 ÷ 9 = 5
9 × 5 = 45

Question 20.
Tyrone took 16 pennies from his bank and put them in 4 equal stacks. How many pennies did Tyrone put in each stack? Show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 54
__________ pennies

Answer: 4 pennies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key Review solution image_4

16 ÷ 4 = 4 pennies

Explanation:

Total number of pennies = 16
Number of equal stacks = 4
Divided number of pennies by number of equal stacks to know the pennies in each stack
16 ÷ 4 = 4

After solving the exercise and homework problems you can also try the questions provided at the end and middle of the chapter. Also, Check Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Extra Practice to improve your math skills. This helps to know your knowledge over this chapter.

We have presented a detailed explanation of the problems to make you understand in an easy manner. Click on the links and start preparing for your exams. If you have any queries regarding Go Math Answer Key chapter 6 you can post your comments in the below comment box.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf Understand Division Read More »

go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-3-understand-multiplication

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Understand Multiplication

Lesson 1: Count Equal Groups

Lesson 2: Algebra • Relate Addition and Multiplication

Lesson 3: Skip Count on a Number Line

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Problem Solving • Model Multiplication

Lesson 5: Model with Arrays

Lesson 6: Algebra • Commutative Property of Multiplication

Lesson 7: Algebra • Multiply with 1 and 0

Chapter 3 Review/Test

Count Equal Groups Page No 143

Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.

Question 1.
2 groups of 2 4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 1

Answer: 4

Explanation:
There are two groups of 2
There are 2 two’s.
We skip count by 2’s. (2, 4)
So, there are 4 in all.

Question 2.
3 groups of 6 ________

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Draw 6 counters in each group.
There are 3 equal groups.
skip count by six until you say 3 numbers.
There are 3 equal groups with 6 counters in each group.
So, there are 18 counters in all.

Question 3.
5 groups of 3 ________

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Draw 3 counters in each group.
There are 5 equal groups.
Now, skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers.
There are 5 equal groups with 3 counters in each group.
So, there are 15 counters in all.

Question 4.
4 groups of 5 ________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Draw 5 counters in each group.
There are 4 equal groups.
Skip count by 5’s until you say 4 numbers.
There are 4 equal groups with 5 counters in each group.
So, there are 20 counters in all.

Count equal groups to find how many.

Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Answer Key Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 2
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 3, 12

Explanation:
There are three counters in each group.
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 3’s until you say 4 numbers. (3,6,9,12)
So, there are 4 groups of 3, 12 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 3
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 4, 16

Explanation:
There are 4 counters in each group
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 4’s until you say 4 numbers. (4,8,12,16)
There are 4 groups of 4, 16 in all

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. She makes 4 cheese sandwiches. How many slices of cheese does Marcia use in all?
_________ slice of cheese

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Draw 2 counters (cheese) in each group.
There are 4 equal groups (sandwiches).
We skip count by 2’s until you say 4 numbers (4,8)
There are 8 slices of cheese.

Question 8.
Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen. He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each of 5 salads. How many tomatoes does he use?
_________ tomatoes

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Draw 3 counters (tomatoes) in each group.
There are 5 equal groups (salads).
We skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers (3,6,9,12,15)
There are 15 tomatoes in all.

Count Equal Groups Lesson Check Page No 144

Question 1.
Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each bracelet has 3 beads. How many beads does Jen use?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 4
Options:
a. 12
b. 9
c. 6
d. 3

Answer: b

Explanation:
There are 3 beads in each group.
There are 3 equal groups (bracelets).
Now, skip count by 3’s until you say three numbers (3,6,9)
Jen use a total of 9 beads.

Question 2.
Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card needs 2 stamps. How many stamps does Ian need?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 5
Options:
a. 2
b. 5
c. 10
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
There are 5 equal groups (cards) with two counters (stamps) in each group.
Now, skip count by 2’s until you say five numbers (2,4,6,8,10)
Ian need a total of 1o stamps.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 384 people at a play on Friday night. There were 512 people at the play on Saturday night. Which is the best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights?
Options:
a. 900
b. 800
c. 700
d. 500

Answer: a

Explanation:
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
384 —-> 400
512  —-> 500
Step 2: Add the rounded numbers
400 + 500 = 900
The best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights are 900.

Question 4.
Walking the Dog Pet Store has 438 leashes in stock. They sell 79 leashes during a one-day sale. How many leashes are left in stock after the sale?
Options:
a. 459
b. 441
c. 369
d. 359

Answer: d

Explanation: Use place value to subtract
Subtract 438 – 79
Estimate 450 – 100 =

Step 1
Subtract the ones.
8 < 9, so regroup.
3 tens 8 ones = 2 tens ____ ones
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - i
On subtracting the ones place decimals, we get 9

Step 2
Subtract the tens.
2 < 3, so regroup.
4 hundreds 2 tens = 3 hundreds _____ tens
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - ii
On subtracting the ones and tens place decimals, we get 59

Step 3:
Subtract the hundreds
Then, add to check your answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iii  GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iv

Question 5.
The Lakeside Tour bus traveled 490 miles on Saturday and 225 miles on Sunday. About how many more miles did it travel on Saturday?
Options:
a. 500 miles
b. 400 miles
c. 300 miles
d. 100 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
490 —-> 500
225 —-> 200
Step 2: Subtract the rounded numbers.

(i) Working each column from right to left
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - i
(ii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - ii
(iii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iii
(iv) 5 minus 2 is 3
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iv

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Question 6.
During one week at Jackson School, 210 students buy milk and 196 students buy juice. How many drinks are sold that week?
Options:
a. 496
b. 406
c. 396
d. 306

Answer: b

Explanation:
Use place value to add two addends.
Add 210 + 196
Estimate 200 + 200

Step 1:
Add the ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - i

Step 2:

Add the tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - ii

Step 3:
Add the hundreds. Regroup the tens as hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - iii

Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149

Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Question 1.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 6
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
3 × 5 = 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Addition Sentence:
There are 5 counters in each group.
There are 3 groups.
Now, add equal groups
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
Multiplication Sentence:
Since there are same number of counters in each circle, you can multiply to find how many in all.
Use multiplication method to find the total counters in equal groups.
Factor x Factor = Product
5    x     3       =  15
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149 Answer 1 - i

Question 2.
3 groups of 4
_____ + _____ + _____ = ______
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 4 + 4 + 4  = 12
3 x 4 = 12

Explanation: Addition Sentence
Draw 4 counters in each group.
There are total 3 groups.
Now, the addition sentence is 4 + 4 + 4 = 12

Multiplication sentence
Draw 4 counters in each circle or group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply groups and counters to find how many there are altogether.
3 x 4 = 12
factor x factor = product

Question 3.
4 groups of 3
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = ______
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12
4 x 3 = 12

Explanation:
Addition Sentence
Draw 3 counters in each group.
There are total 4 groups.
Now, the addition sentence is 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12

Multiplication sentence
Draw 3 counters in each circle or group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
4 x 3 = 12
factor x factor = product

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Answer Key Question 4.
5 groups of 2
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = ______
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 10
5 x 2 = 10

Explanation:
Addition Sentence
Draw 2 counters in each group.
There are total 5 groups.
Now, the addition sentence is 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 12

Multiplication sentence
Draw 2 counters in each circle or group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
5 x 2 = 12
factor x factor = product

Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.

Question 5.
7 + 7 + 7 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 = 21
3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
7 + 7 + 7 = 21
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  7 =  21

Question 6.
3 + 3 + 3 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 = 9
3 x 3 = 9

Explanation:
3 + 3 + 3 = 9
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  3 =  9

Problem Solving

Question 7.
There are 6 jars of pickles in a box. Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How many jars of pickles does he have in all? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.
_____ × _____ = ______ jars

Answer: 3 x 6 = 18 jars

Explanation:
Draw 3 boxes as Pickle boxes.
Draw 6 counters in each box to show jars.
Now, find the number of counters (jars).
Since, there are same number of jars in each pickle box, you can multiply to find how many in all.
3 groups of 6 = 3 x 6 = 18

Question 8.
Each day, Jani rides her bike 5 miles. How many miles does Jani ride in all in 4 days? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.
_____ × _____ = ______ miles

Answer: 4 x 5 = 20 miles

Explanation:
Draw 4 circles to show 4 days.
Draw 5 counters to show miles.
Now, find the total no of miles ride by Jani in 4 days.
Since, Jani rides same number of miles each day, you can multiply to find how many in all.
4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5 = 20

Relate Addition and Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150

Question 1.
Which is another way to show
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3?
Options:
a. 5 × 3
b. 4 × 3
c. 8 × 3
d. 6 × 3

Answer: d

Explanation:
The given question is in the form of addition sentence. Now, we can find the no of counters and groups using it.
Draw 6 circles to show equal groups.
Then, draw 3 counters in each circle.
When you combine equal groups, you can multiply to find how many in all.
No. of equal groups x no of counters = total no of counters
6 x 3 = 18

Question 2.
Use the model. How many counters are there in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 7
Options:
a. 8
b. 10
c. 12
d. 14

Answer: b

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see there are two equal groups.
There are 5 counters in each group.
Now, multiplication sentence to find the number of counters.
No. of equal groups x No. of counters in each group = Total no. of counters
2 x 5 = 10

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A school gave 884 pencils to students on the first day of school. What is 884 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 800
b. 880
c. 890
d. 900

Answer: d

Explanation:
We need to round 884 to nearest hundred.
Now, look at the digit to the right which is 8.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 5 - i
8 > 5
So, the hundreds digit increases by one.
Write 9 as the hundreds digit.
Write zeros as the tens and ones digits.
So, 884 rounded to nearest hundred is 900

Question 4.
Find the difference.
6 3 2
– 2 7 4
———
Options:
a. 906
b. 442
c. 358
d. 354

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step-1:
Working each column from right to left.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - i
Step-2:
Subtract the ones. Since, 2 < 4 , you must regroup.
3 tens 2 ones = 2 tens ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - ii

Step-3:
Subtract the tens. Since 2 < 7, you must regroup.
6 hundreds 2 tens = 5 hundreds ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iii
Step-4:
Subtract the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iv
Step-5:
Add to check answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - v

Question 5.
The line plot below shows how many points Trevor scored in 20 games.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 8
In how many games did Trevor score at least 18 points?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: d

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, four s above 19, 3 s above 20.
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 10 games.

Question 5.
In how many games did Trevor score 18 points or fewer?
Options:
a. 7
b. 10
c. 13
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 and below 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, five s above 17, two s above 16, three s above 15 .
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 13 games.

Question 6.
Darrien read 97 pages last week. Evan read 84 pages last week. How many pages in all did the boys read?
Options:
a. 13
b. 171
c. 181
d. 271

Answer: c

Explanation:
Add 97 and 84
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - i
Step 2:
Add tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - ii
Step 3:
Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - iii

Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups. Find the product.

Question 1.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 9
6 × 3 = 18

Answer: 18

Explanation:
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 6 jumps on the number line. So, there are 6 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 6 x 3 = 18

Grade 3 Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Question 2.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 10
3 × 5 = _______

Answer: 15

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155 Answer 8 - i
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 5 jumps on the number line. So, there are 5 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 3 x 5 = 15.

Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.

Question 3.
2 groups of 6
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 11
______ × _____ = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
1 jump on the number is considered as 1 group.
There are 2 jumps on a number line. So, there are 2 groups.
The length of each jump is 2.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6’s.
Multiply 2 x 6 = 12.

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Allie is baking muffins for students in her class. There are 6 muffins in each baking tray. She bakes 5 trays of muffins. How many muffins is she baking in all?
________ muffins

Answer: 30 Muffins

Explanation:
There are 5 baking trays with 6 muffins in each tray.
Consider 1 tray as 1 jump and 1 muffin as length of each jump.
Now, use a number line to find how many muffins allie baked in all.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.
No. of jumps made = 5
Length of each jump = 6
Multiply. 5 x 6 = 30
So, Allie bakes 30 muffins in all.

Question 5.
A snack package has 4 cheese sticks. How many cheese sticks are in 4 packages?
________ cheese sticks

Answer: 16 Cheese sticks

Explanation:
There are 4 packages with 4 cheese sticks in each package.
Consider 1 package as 1 jump and 1 cheese stick as length of each jump.
Now, use a number line to find how many cheese sticks are in 4 packages.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 4s by drawing jumps on the number line.
No. of jumps made = 4
Length of each jump = 4
Multiply. 4 x 4 = 16
So, there are 16 cheese sticks in 4 packages.

Skip Count on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 156

Question 1.
Louise skip counts by 4 on a number line to find 5 x 4. How many jumps should she draw on the number line?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 9

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given no. of skip counts on a number line = 4
Product = no. of jumps x length of each jump
Given product = 5 x 4
From the given data, we can say that no of jumps = 5
So, no of jumps drawn on the number line = 5.

Question 2.
Theo needs 4 boards that are each 3 feet long to make bookshelves. How many feet of boards does he need altogether?
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 7 feet
c. 4 feet
d. 3 feet

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given no. of boards = 4
Length of each board = 3 feet
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Product = 4 x 3 = 12
So, Theo needs 12 feet of boards altogether.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
5 1 8
+ 2 5 1
Options:
a. 200
b. 700
c. 800
d. 900

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use Compatible numbers.
518 —-> 500
251 —-> 300
Perform addition
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 9 - i

Question 4.
Which number would you put in a frequency table to show Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 12?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: d

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 11 - i

Question 5.
A manager at a shoe store received an order for 346 pairs of shoes. What is 346 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 350
c. 340
d. 300

Answer: d

Explanation:
Round 346 to nearest hundred.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 12 - i
Since 4 < 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same. i.e, 3
Now, write zeros to the right of the rounding place (tens and ones place)
So, 346 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300.

Go Math Chapter 3 Review Test 3rd Grade Question 6.
Toby is making a picture graph. Each picture of a book is equal to 2 books he has read. The row for Month 1 has 3 pictures of books. How many books did Toby read during Month 1?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, each picture  = 2 books
Row for month 1 = 3 pictures of books = 3 x 2 = 6
So, Toby read 6 books during month 1.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 157

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 1.
When you combine equal groups, you can _______________ to find how many in all.
_________

Answer: Multiply

Explanation:
When equal groups are combined together, multiplication operation is performed to find the total.

Question 2.
The answer in a multiplication problem is called the _________________ .
_________

Answer: Product

Explanation:
The Product is the answer to a multiplication problem.

Question 3.
The numbers you multiply are called the ______________ .
_________

Answer: factors

Explanation:
The numbers which are multiplied are called factors.

Concepts and Skills

Count equal groups to find how many.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 14
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
3 groups of 3; 9 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
Each group has three counters.
So, the total no of counters are 9 in all.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 15
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
4 groups of 5; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 4 equal groups.
Each group has five counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
2 groups of 10; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 10 counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Question 7.
3 groups of 9
_______ + _______ + _______ = _______ ; _______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 9 + 9 + 9 = 27; 3 x 9 = 27

Explanation:
Draw 3 circles as groups.
Draw 9 counters in each circle.
Now, find the number of counters.
Addition Sentence: 3 groups of 9 = 9 + 9 + 9 = 27
Multiplication Sentence: 3 groups of 9 = 3 x 9 = 27

Question 8.
5 groups of 7
Type below:
________
Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 = 35; 5 x 7 = 35

Explanation:
Draw 5 circles as groups.
Draw 7 counters in each circle.
Now, find the number of counters.
Addition Sentence: 5 groups of 7 = 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 = 35
Multiplication Sentence: 5 groups of 7 = 5 x 7 = 35

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups.
Find the product.

Question 9.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
_______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 6 x 3 = 18

Explanation:
Given, 6 groups of 3
No. of jumps = 6
Length of each jump = 3
Product = No. of jumps x length of each jump = 6 x 3 = 18

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 158

Question 10.
Beth’s mother cut some melons into equal slices. She put 4 slices each on 8 plates. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of melon slices she put on the plates.
Type below:
_________

Answer:  8 x 4 = 32

Explanation:
Given data,
There are 8 groups which is shown as plates.
Each group has 4 counters which is shown as slices.
Since there are equal no. of slices in each plate, we can multiply to find the total number of melon slices.
Now, we can write multiplication sentences as 8 x 4 = 32.

Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 3 Review Test Question 11.
Avery had 125 animal stickers. She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends. How many animal stickers did she have left? What number of sentences did you use to solve?
_________ stickers left

Answer: Multiplication and Subtraction Sentence, 75

Explanation:
Given the total number of animal stickers = 125
She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends.
Use multiplicative sentences to find no. of stickers given to her friends.
Product = 5 x 10= 50
Total no. of stickers given to her friends = 50
Now, the Total no. of stickers she left with = 125 – 50 = 75.

Question 12.
Matt made 2 equal groups of marbles. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of marbles.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
_________

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see
There are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 8 marbles.

Question 13.
Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon. She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long. How much ribbon does she have now?
__________ inches of ribbon

Answer: 25 inches of ribbon

Explanation:
Given, Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon.
She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long.
Use multiplication sentence to find length of 5 inches = 3 groups of 5
Product = 3 x 5 = 15 inches
Now, add to find how much ribbon lindsey has in all.
15 + 10 = 25
Total length of ribbon = 25 inches.

Question 14.
Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks. How many days is it until Jack’s birthday? Describe how you could use a number line to solve
__________ days

Answer:  28

Explanation:
Given, Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks.
Since each week has 7 days, length of each jump = 7
Use number line to find the no. of days.
No. of jumps = 4
Now, begin at o. Skip count by 7’s by drawing jumps on the number line.
Multiply no. of jumps and length of each jump
4 x 7 = 28
So, jack’s birthday is in 28 days.

Problem Solving Model Multiplication Page No 163

Draw a diagram to solve each problem.

Question 1.
Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows. There are 5 blocks in each row. How many blocks are there in all?
15 blocks

Answer: 15 blocks

Explanation:
Given, Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.
Each row contain 5 blocks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of blocks in all.
Write 5 in each box to show 5 blocks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of blocks in all.
3 x 5 = 15 blocks
So, there are 15 blocks in all.

Question 2.
Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his kitchen floor. There are 2 rows with 9 tiles in each row. How many tiles are there in all?
___________ tiles

Answer: 18 tiles

Explanation:
Given, Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his kitchen floor.
There are 2 rows.
Each row contain 9 tiles.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of tiles in all.
Write 9 in each box to show 9 tiles in each of the 2 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of tiles in all.
2 x 9 = 18 tiles
So, there are 18 tiles in all.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Review/Test Answer Key Question 3.
In Jillian’s garden, there are 3 rows of carrots, 2 rows of string beans, and 1 row of peas. There are 8 plants in each row. How many plants are there in all?
___________ plants

Answer: 48 plants

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 rows of carrots, 2 rows of string beans, and 1 rows of peas.
Total no. of rows = 6
There are 8 plants in each row.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of plants in all.
Write 8 in each box to show 8 plants in each of the 6 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of plants in all.
6 x 8 = 48 plants
So, there are 48 plants in all.

Question 4.
In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows with 7 desks in each row. How many desks are there in all?
_________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 rows.
Each row contain 7 desks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of desks in all.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 desks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of desks in all.
3 x 7 = 21 desks
So, there are  21 desks in all.

Question 5.
Maya visits the movie rental store. On one wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves. On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of 4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?
___________ DVDs

Answer: 46 DVD’s

Explanation:
Given, there are 2 walls.
On one wall, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf has 6 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on one wall.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 DVDs on each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on one wall.
5 x 6 = 30 DVDs
So, there are 30 DVD’s on one wall.
On another wall, there are 4 shelves.
Each shelf has 4 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on another wall.
Write 4 in each box to show 4 DVDs on each of the 4 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on another wall.
4 x 4 = 16 DVDs
So, there are 16 DVD’s on another wall.
Now, find the total no. of DVD’s on both all the walls.
Add. 30 + 16 = 46 DVDs.
So, there are 46 DVD’s in all.

Question 6.
The media center at Josh’s school has a computer area. The first 4 rows have 6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers. How many computers are there in all?
___________ computers

Answer: 28 computers

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 rows.
Each row contain 6 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 computers in each of the 4 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of computers in all.
4 x 6 = 24 computers
So, there are 24 computers in all.
There is another fifth row with 4 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
No. of computers in fifth row = 4 x 1 = 4 computers.
Add the computers in all rows to find how many in all.
24 + 4 = 28
So, there are 28 computers in all.

Model Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 164

Question 1.
There are 5 shelves of video games in a video store. There are 6 video games on each shelf. How many video games are there in all?
Options:
a. 35
b. 30
c. 20
d. 11

Answer: b

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf contain 6 video games.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of video games in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 video games in each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of shelves in all.
5 x 6 = 30 shelves
So, there are 30 shelves in all.

3rd Grade Go Math Chapter 3 Test Question 2.
Ken watches a marching band. He sees 2 rows of flute players. Six people are in each row. He sees 8 trombone players. How many flute or trombone players does Ken see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are 6 flute players in each row.
There are 2 rows.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of flute players in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 flute players in each of the 2 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of flute players in all.
2 x 6 = 12 flute players
Given, there are 8 trombone players.
Now, add flute and trombone players
12 + 8 = 20
So, there are 20 flute or trombone players.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 438 and 382?
Options:
a. 720
b. 810
c. 820
d. 910

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - i
Step 2:
Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - ii
Step 3:
Add the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - iii

Question 4.
Estimate the sum.
6 2 2
+ 8 4
———
Options:
a. 500
b. 600
c. 700
d. 800

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers.
622 —-> 600
84  —–> 100
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 14 - i

Question 5.
Francine uses 167 silver balloons and 182 gold balloons for her store party. How many silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use?
Options:
a. 15
b. 345
c. 349
d. 359

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, Silver balloons = 167
Gold balloons = 182
Add Silver and gold balloons to find total in all.
Step 1: Add ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - i
Step 2: Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - iii
So, total no. of silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use = 349

Question 6.
Yoshi is making a picture graph. Each picture of a soccer ball stands for two goals he scored for his team. The row for January has 9 soccer balls. How many goals did Yoshi score during January?
Options:
a. 18
b. 16
c. 11
d. 9

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, each picture = 2 goals
Row for January = 9 soccer balls
Consider each picture as 9 soccer balls.
Now, find the goals did Yoshi score during January.
9 x 2 = 18
So, 18 goals did Yoshi score during January.

Model with Arrays Page No 169

Write a multiplication sentence for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 19
3 × 7 = 21

Answer: 3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 3 rows with 7 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 20
2 × 5 = _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 5 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 5 = 10

Draw an array to find the product.

Question 3.
4 × 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 2 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 4 rows with 2 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 4 x 2 = 8

Question 4.
4 × 4 = _______

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 4 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 4 rows with 4 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 4 x 4 = 16

Question 5.
3 × 2 = _________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 3 rows of 2 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 3 rows with 2 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 2 = 6

Question 6.
2 × 8 = _______

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 2 rows of 8 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 8 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 8 = 16

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Lenny is moving tables in the school cafeteria. He places all the tables in a 7 × 4 array. How many tables are in the cafeteria?
_________ tables

Answer: 28 tables

Explanation:
Given array = 7 x 4
Now, make an array with 7 rows of 4 tiles.
Draw an array and find the no. of tables.
Multiply. 7 x 4 = 28
So, there are 28 tables in the cafeteria.

Question 8.
Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir. She has the singers stand in 3 rows. There are 8 singers in each row. How many singers are there in all?
_________ singers

Answer: 24 singers

Explanation:
Given, no. of singers in each row = 8
No. of rows = 3
Now, make an array with 3 rows of 8 singers.
Find the no. of singers by multiplying no. of rows with singers.
Multiply. 3 x 8 = 24 singers.
So, there are 24 singers in all.

Model with Arrays Lesson Check Page No 170

Question 1.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 21
Options:
a. 2 × 3 = 6
b. 6 × 3 = 18
c. 3 × 4 = 12
d. 3 × 5 = 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 5 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 5 = 15

Question 2.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 22
Options:
a. 3 × 9 = 27
b. 3 × 8 = 24
c. 3 × 7 = 21
d. 4 × 5 = 20

Answer: a

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 9 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 9 = 27

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the table to find who traveled 700 miles farther than Paul during summer vacation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 23
Options:
a. Andrew
b. Bonnie
c. Susan
d. Tara

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the table, we can say that paul travelled 233 miles.
Now, use break apart strategy to find sums.
Paul –>      233 = 200 + 30 + 3
Andrew –> 380 = 300 + 80+ 0
Bonnie –>  790 = 700 + 90+ 0
Tara –>      933 = 900 + 30+ 3
Susan –>   853 = 800 + 50+ 3
From the above sums, we can say that Tara travelled farther miles than Paul.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Review Test Answers Question 4.
Use the bar graph to find what hair color most students have.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 24
Options:
a. Brown
b. Black
c. Blond
d. Red

Answer: a

Explanation:
The title shows hair color for students.
The length of bar tells the no. of students had each color.
Now, Find out the which color maximum no. of students have.
We can see that the brown color is the highest.

Question 5.
Spencer ordered 235 cans of tomatoes to make salsa for the festival. What is 235 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 200
b. 230
c. 240
d. 300

Answer: c

Explanation:
Round 235 to nearest ten.
The digit to the right of rounding place is 5.
So, the digit in the rounding place is increased by one.
Write zero to the round of rounding digit.
Now, it becomes 240.

Question 6.
Which bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. Cheese
b. Pepperoni
c. Vegetable
d. Sausage

Answer: a

Explanation:
Make a bar graph.
Step 1:
Write a title at the top to tell what the graph is about. Label the side of the graph to tell about the bars. Label the bottom of the graph to explain what the numbers tell.
Step 2:
Choose numbers for the bottom of the graph so that most of the bars will end on a line. Since the least number is 1 and the greatest number is 5, make the scale 0-5.
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar to show the number for each pizza topping.
From the bar graph, we can say that the cheese bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data.

Commutative Property of Multiplication Page No 175

Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to write a related multiplication sentence.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 26
5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Answer: 5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 5 rows.
There are two tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 5 x 2 = 10
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 2 x 5 = 10.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 27
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
6 x 4 = 24
4 x 6 = 24

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 6 rows.
There are 4 tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 6 x 4 = 24
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 6 = 24.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 28
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
3 x 4 = 12
4 x 3 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
There are 4 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 3 x 4 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 3 = 12.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 29
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
2 x 6 = 12
6 x 2 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 6 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 6 x 2 = 12.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
A garden store sells trays of plants. Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants. How many plants are in one tray?
___________ plants

Answer:
16 plants

Explanation:
Given,there are 8 plants.
Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants.
Now, by using multiplicative sentence or commutative property, we can find the no. of plants in one tray.
Multiplicative Sentence : 2 x 8 = 16 plants
Commutative property of multiplication: 8 x 2 = 16
So, there are 16 plants in one tray.

Question 6.
Jeff collects toy cars. They are displayed in a case that has 4 rows. There are 6 cars in each row. How many cars does Jeff have?
________ cars

Answer:
24 cars

Explanation:
Given, toy cars are displayed in 4 rows.
There are 6 cars in each row.
Now, by using multiplicative sentences or commutative property, we can find the no. of cars in each row.
Multiplicative Sentence : 6 x 4 = 24 cars.
Commutative property of multiplication: 4 x 6 = 24 cars.

Commutative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 176

Question 1.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 8 × 4 = 8 × 4
b. 4 × 2 = 2 × 4
c. 2 × 8 = 4 × 4
d. 2 + 4 = 2 × 4

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the given options, 4 x 2 = 2 x 4 is an example of commutative property of multiplication.

Question 2.
What factor makes the number sentence true?
7 × 4 = ■ × 7
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 7
d. 28

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the question, we can see that 7 x 4 = 28;
Then 4 x 7 = 28

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on Thursday and 159 miles on Friday. About how many miles did she drive altogether the two days?
Options:
a. about 150 miles
b. about 200 miles
c. about 300 miles
d. about 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:

Given, miles driven by Ms. Williams on Thursday = 149
Miles driven by Ms. Williams on Friday = 159
By using compatible numbers, we can find the no. of miles did she drive altogether the two days.
149 —> 150
159 —> 150

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 16 - i
So, the no. of miles driven altogether is about 300 miles.

Question 4.
Inez has 699 pennies and 198 nickels. Estimate how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Options:
a. about 500
b. about 600
c. about 700
d. about 900

Answer: a

Explanation:

Given, there are 699 pennies and 198 nickels.
Now, estimate to find how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Use compatible numbers to compute it.
699 —> 700
198 —> 200
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 17 - i
So, Inez has 500 more pennies than nickels.

Question 5.
This year, the parade had 127 floats. That is 34 fewer floats than last year. How many floats were in the parade last year?
Options:
a. 161
b. 151
c. 103
d. 93

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, the no. of floats this year = 127
No. of floats last year is 34 greater than this year.
Now, estimate the no. of floats in the parade last year
Perform Addition operation
Step 1: Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - i

Step 2: Add tens.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - iii

The total no. of floats in the parade last year = 161

Question 6.
Jeremy made a tally table to record how his friends voted for their favorite pet. His table shows Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 30 next to Dog. How many friends voted for dog?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 10
d. 12

Answer: d

Explanation:
Count the tally marks. It shows 12. So, the no. of friends voted for dog = 12

Multiply with 1 and 0 Page No 181

Find the product.

Question 1.
1 × 4 = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 4 = 4

Question 2.
0 × 8 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero
So, 0 x 8 = 0

Question 3.
0 × 4 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 4 = 0

Question 4.
1 × 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 6 = 6

Question 5.
3 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 3 x 0 = 0

Question 6.
0 × 9 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 9 = 0

Question 7.
8 × 1 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 8 x 1 = 6

Question 8.
1 × 2 = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 2 = 2

Question 9.
0 × 6 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 6 = 0

Question 10.
4 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 4 x 0 = 0

Question 11.
7 × 1 = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 7 x 1 = 7

Question 12.
1 × 5 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 5 = 5

Question 13.
3 × 1 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 3 x 1 = 3

Question 14.
0 × 7 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 7 = 0

Question 15.
1 × 9 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 9 = 9

Question 16.
5 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 5 x 0 = 0

Question 17.
10 × 1 = _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 10 x 1 = 10

Question 18.
2 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 2 x 0 = 0

Question 19.
5 × 1 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 5 x 1 = 5

Question 20.
1 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 21.
0 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 22.
1 × 3 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 3 = 3

Question 23.
9 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 9 x 0 = 0

Question 24.
1 × 1 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 1 = 1

Problem Solving

Question 25.
Peter is in the school play. His teacher gave 1 copy of the play to each of 6 students. How many copies of the play did the teacher hand out?
_________ copy

Answer: 6 copies

Explanation:
Given, No. of students = 6
Copies given to each student = 1
No. of copies of the play did teacher hand out = 1 x 6 = 6

Question 26.
There are 4 egg cartons on the table. There are 0 eggs in each carton. How many eggs are there in all?
_________ eggs

Answer: 0 eggs

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 egg cartons
There are 0 eggs in each carton
No. of eggs in all = ?
0 x 4 = 0 eggs.
No. of eggs in all = 0

Multiply with 1 and 0 Lesson Check Page No 182

Question 1.
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks, how many bicycles are there in all?
Options:
a. 80
b. 8
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: d

Explanation:
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack.
There are 8 bicycle racks.
No. of bicycles in all = 8 x 0 = 0

Question 2.
What is the product?
1 × 0 = _______
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: a

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday. How many miles did he drive in all?
Options:
a. 29 miles
b. 255 miles
c. 365 miles
d. 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, no. of miles driven on Monday = 197
no. of miles driven on Tuesday = 168
Perform addition to find the no. of miles driven in all

Question 4.
What multiplication sentence does the array show?
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Options:
a. 1 × 6 = 6
b. 3 × 2 = 6
c. 2 × 6 = 12
d. 5 + 1 = 6

Answer: a

Explanation:
The given array shows 1 row with 6 tiles.
So, a multiplication sentence can be written as 1 x 6 = 6

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Multiply with 1 and 0 img 31

Question 5.
How many cars were washed on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 55
b. 80
c. 90
d. 120

Answer: b
Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that no. of cars washed on Friday = 25
No. of cars washed on Saturday = 55
Total no. of cars washed on Friday and Saturday = 80

Question 6.
How many more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday?
Options:
a. 95
b. 30
c. 25
d. 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that cars washed on Saturday = 55
Cars washed on Sunday = 40
55-40 = 15
15 more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 183

Question 1.
There are 3 boats on the lake. Six people ride in each boat. How many people ride in the boats? Draw circles to model the problem and explain how to solve it.
_________ people

Answer: 18 boats

Explanation:
Given, no. of boats on the lake = 3
No. of people ride in each boat = 6
Total no. of people ride in the boats = 3 groups of 6
3 x 6 = 18
So, 18 people ride in the boats.

Question 2.
Nadia has 4 sheets of stickers. There are 8 stickers on each sheet. She wrote this number sentence to represent the total number of stickers.

4 × 8 = 32

What is a related number sentence that also represents the total number of stickers she has?
Options:
a. 8 + 4 =■
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
c. 8 × 8 = ■
d. 8 × 4 = ■

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 sheets of stickers.
Each sheet has 8 stickers.
Given total no. of stickers represented as = 4 x 8 = 32
By using the commutative property of multiplication, a related number sentence can be represented as 8 x 4 = 32

3rd Grade Math Book Answers Chapter 3 Review Test Question 3.
Lindsay went hiking for two days in Yellowstone National Park. The first jump on the number line shows how many birds she saw on the first day. She saw the same number of birds the next day.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 32
Write the multiplication sentence that is shown on the number line.
______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
Given, the total no. of jumps = 2
From the figure, we can see that there are two jumps which begins at 0 and skip count by 8’s.
Product = No. of jumps x Length of each jump.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 8 = 16

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 184

Question 4.
Paco drew an array to show the number of desks in his classroom. Write a multiplication sentence for the array.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 33
________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
In the given array, there are three rows.
Each row has 7 desks.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of desks in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21 desks

Question 5.
Alondra makes 4 necklaces. She uses 5 beads on each necklace. For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to tell if the number sentence could be used to find the number of beads Alondra uses.
a. 4 × 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Explanation: Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (multiplication) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
So, the answer is yes

Question 5.
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is no.

Question 5.
c. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Given, Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is yes.

Question 5.
d. 5 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
Using commutative property of multiplication, it can be written as 5 x 4, but given question is 5 + 4.
So, the answer is no.

Question 6.
John sold 3 baskets of apples at the market. Each basket contained 9 apples. How many apples did John sell? Make a bar model to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 34
_______ apples

Answer:27 apples

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 baskets of apples.
Each basket contains 9 apples.
Draw a bar model with 3 boxes to show 3 baskets.
Write 9 in each box to show 9 apples.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find No. of apples john sold.
3 x 9 = 27 apples.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 185

Question 7.
Select the number sentences that show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 × 2 = 2 × 3
b. 4 × 9 = 4 × 9
c. 5 × 0 = 0
d. 6 × 1 = 1 × 6
e. 7 × 2 = 14 × 1

Answer: a

Explanation:
Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order of the factors, the product stays the same.
So, 3 x 2 = 2 x 3 is the answer.

Question 8.
A waiter carried 6 baskets with 5 dinner rolls in each basket. How many dinner rolls did he carry? Show your work.
___________ dinner rolls

Answer: 30 dinner rolls

Explanation:
Given, there are 6 baskets.
Each basket has 5 dinner rolls.
No. of dinner rolls = 6 x 5 = 30 dinner rolls.

Question 9.
Sonya needs 3 equal lengths of wire to make 3 bracelets. The jump on the number line shows the length of one wire in inches. How many inches of wire will Sonya need to make the 3 bracelets?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 35
_________ inches

Answer: 18 inches

Explanation:
Given, Length of one wire = jump on the number line
From the figure, we can see that length of wire = 6 inches
3 equal lengths of wire is required for 3 bracelets.
So, no. of jumps = 3
length of each jump = 6 inches
Multiply. 3 x 6 = 18
So, sonya need 18 inches of wire to make 3 bracelets.

Question 10.
Josh has 4 dogs. Each dog gets 2 dog biscuits every day. How many biscuits will Josh need for all of his dogs for Saturday and Sunday?
__________ biscuits

Answer: 16 biscuits

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 dogs.
Each dog gets 2 biscuits every day.
No. of biscuits required for all dogs every day = 4 x 2 = 8
No. of biscuits need for all dogs for Saturday and Sunday = 8 x 2 = 16 biscuits.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 186

Question 11.
Jorge displayed 28 cans of paint on a shelf in his store.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 36
Select other ways Jorge could arrange the same number of cans. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 2 rows of 14
b. 1 row of 28
c. 6 rows of 5
d. 8 rows of 3
e. 7 rows of 4

Answer: e

Explanation:
Given, There are 28 cans of paint on a shelf in a store.
In the given array, there are 4 rows with 7 cans in each row.
So, there are 4 rows of 7.
By using commutative property of multiplication, it can be arranged in 7 rows of 4.

Question 12.Choose the number that makes the statement true. The product of any number and Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 37 is zero.

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and zero is zero.
So, the answer is 0.

Question 13.
James made this array to show that 3 × 5 = 15.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 38
Part A
James says that 5 × 3 = 15. Is James correct? Draw an array to explain your answer.
a. yes
b. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: Draw an array to show 5 rows with 3 tiles in each row.
Then, Multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of tiles in each row
5 x 3 = 15

Question 13.
Part B
Which number property supports your answer?
________

Answer: Commutative Property of Multiplication

Explanation:
Commutative Property of Multiplication supports this answer. Because, it states that the product of any tow factors in reverse order remains the same.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 187

Question 14.
Julio has a collection of coins. He puts the coins in 2 equal groups. There are 6 coins in each group. How many coins does Julio have? Use the number line to show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 39
________ coins

Answer: 12 coins

Explanation:
There are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 coins in each group.
Find total no. of coins by using number line.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.
So, no. of jumps = 2
Length of each jump = 6
Multiply. 2 x 6 = 12
Total no. of coins Julio have = 12

Question 15.
Landon collects trading cards.
Part A
Yesterday, Landon sorted his trading cards into 4 groups. Each group had 7 cards. Draw a bar model to show Landon’s cards. How many cards does he have?
________ trading cards

Answer: 28 trading cards

Explanation:
No. of groups = 4
Each group has 7 cards.
Draw a bar model to show the cards.
Draw 4 boxes in the bar model.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 cards.
Since, there are equal groups, multiply to find the no. of cards.
Multiply. 4 x 7 = 28 cards.

Question 15.
Part B
Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards today. Each pack has 8 cards. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many cards Landon buys today. Then find how many cards Landon has now. Show your work.
Type below:
_________

Answer:52 cards

Explanation:
Given, Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards
Each pack has 8 cards.
Multiplication Sentence = 3 x 8 = 24.
Total no. of cards = 28 + 24 = 52 cards.

Question 16.
A unicycle has only 1 wheel. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many wheels there are on 9 unicycles.
_______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 9 x 1 = 9

Explanation:
Given, there are 9 unicycles.
Each unicycle has only one wheel.
So, Multiplication Sentence can be written as 9 x 1 = 9.

Question 17.
Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems. He can use 8 × 5 to find the total amount of time he spent on the problems.
For numbers 17a–17d, choose Yes or No to show which are equal to 8 × 5.
a. 8 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5
As there are 8 problems with 5 minutes spent on each, the total time can be find out using multiplication sentence.
So, the answer is no.

Question 17.
b. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
But given option 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25.
So, the answer is no

Question 17.
c. 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 40
So, the answer is yes

Question 17.
d. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 40
So, the answer is yes.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 188

Question 18.
Lucy and her mother made tacos. They put 2 tacos on each of 7 plates.
Select the number sentences that show all the tacos Lucy and her mother made. Mark all that apply.
Options:
A. 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14
B. 2 + 7 = 9
C. 7 + 7 = 14
D. 8 + 6 = 14
E. 2 × 7 = 14

Answer: a,e

Explanation:
Total no. of tacos = 2
Each taco has 7 plates.
Addition Sentence can be written as 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14
Multiplication Sentence can be written as 2 x 7 = 14

Question 19.
Jayson is making 5 sock puppets. He glues 2 buttons on each puppet for its eyes. He glues 1 pompom on each puppet for its nose.
Part A
Write the total number of buttons and pompoms he uses. Write a multiplication sentence for each.
Eyes, Noses
_________ buttons _________ pompoms

Answer: Eyes
10 buttons,
5 x 2 = 10

Noses
5 pompoms
5 x 1 = 5

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 sock puppets
Each puppet has 2 buttons for its eyes
Each puppet has 1 pompom for its nose
Total no. of buttons
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 2 = 10
Total no. of pompoms
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 1 = 5

Question 19.
Part B
After making 5 puppets, Jayson has 4 buttons and 3 pompoms left. What is the greatest number of puppets he can make with those items if he wants all his puppets to look the same? Draw models and use them to explain.
_________ puppets

Answer: 2 puppets

Explanation:
Given, there are no. of puppets = 5
There are 4 buttons and 3 pompoms.
Each puppet requires 2 buttons and 1 pompom.
So, he can make 2 puppets with the left items.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Understand Multiplication Read More »

go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-7-division-facts-and-strategies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf Division Facts and Strategies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf: Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies includes the fundamentals of divisions in various methods. So, the students who want to improve the skills in maths must solve the questions given in the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key. Get Free Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies pdf link from here.

Division Facts and Strategies Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf

Learn the basic concepts of division and multiplication from our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies. Before practicing the problems go through the topics covered in this chapter. Click on the below-attached links and start solving the sums. We have provided a clear cut explanation for each and every problem in an easy way. So, make use of Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key pdf and score good marks.

Lesson 1: Divide by 2

Lesson 2: Divide by 10

Lesson 3: Divide by 5

Lesson 4: Divide by 3

Lesson 5: Divide by 4

Lesson 6: Divide by 6

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 7: Divide by 7

Lesson 8: Divide by 8

Lesson 9: Divide by 9

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Two-Step Problems

Lesson 11: Order of Operations

Chapter 7 Review/Test

Divide by 2 – Page No. 369

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 1

Answer: 12 ÷ 2 = 6 or 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 12
Number of equal groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 6
The division equation is the number of counters by number in each group = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
Next, divide number of counters by number of rows = 12 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 2
Type below:
__________

Answer: 18 ÷ 2 = 9 or 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 9
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of groups = 18 ÷ 2 =9
Next divide number of counters by number in each group = 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 3
Type below:
__________

Answer: 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

No. of counters = 10
Number of groups = 5
No. of counters in each group = 2
The division equation is 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick picture to help.

Question 4.
______ = 14 ÷ 2

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
So, the quotient is 7

Question 5.
______ = 4 ÷ 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

4/2 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 6.
16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

16/2 = 8
The quotient is 8

Question 7.
2)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

18/2 = 9
The quotient is 9

Question 8.
2)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

12/2 = 6
So, the quotient is 6.

Question 9.
2)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
The quotient is 7

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Mr. Reynolds, the gym teacher, divided a class of 16 students into 2 equal teams. How many students were on each team?
______ students

Answer: 8 students

Explanation:

Number of students = 16
Number of equal teams = 2
Number of students in each team = x
To find the number of students in each team we need to divide the number of students by number of equal teams
= 16 ÷ 2 = 8 students

Question 11.
Sandra has 10 books. She divides them into groups of 2 each. How many groups can she make?
______ groups

Answer: 5 groups

Explanation:

Given,
Sandra has 10 books
She divides them into groups of 2 each
Divide the number of books by the number of books in each group
= 10 ÷ 2 = 5 groups
Therefore Sandra makes 5 groups.

Divide by 2 – Page No. 370

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets. She puts an equal number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in a basket?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given that, Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets
She puts an equal number of apples in each basket
Divide number of apples by number of baskets = 12 ÷ 2= 6
So, she puts 6 apples in each basket.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical. Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows. How many students are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical
Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows
To find the number of students in each row
We have to divide the number of students by number of equal rows
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
2 × 6
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 12
d. 18

Answer: 12

Question 4.
Jayden plants 24 trees. He plants the trees equally in 3 rows. How many trees are in each row?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 9
d. 27

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Given,
Jayden plants 24 trees
He plants the trees equally in 3 rows
To know the number of trees in each row we have to divide number of trees by number of trees
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 5.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 3.
d. Subtract 3.

Answer: Add 3

Explanation:

By seeing the above pattern we can say that every number is added by 3
9 + 3 = 12 + 3 = 15 + 3 = 18 + 3 = 21 + 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
A tricycle has 3 wheels. How many wheels are there on 4 tricycles?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 12
d. 15

Answer: 12

Explanation:

Given,
A tricycle has 3 wheels
number of wheels are there on 4 tricycles = x
x = 4 × 3 = 12
So, the correct answer is option C

Divide by 10 – Page No. 375

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 10 img 4

Answer: 2, 2

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
10 × x = 20
x = 20/10 = 2
20/10 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 2.
10 × ______ = 70   70 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
10 × x = 70
x = 70/10 =  7
Since division is the opposite of multiplication, you can use a multiplication table to find a quotient

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Review Question 3.
10 × ______ = 80   80 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
10 × a = 80
a = 80/10 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_6

Question 4.
10 × ______ = 30   30 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

y be the unknown factor
10 × y = 30
y = 30/10 = 3
First, we need to check whether the divisor or dividend is the related multiplication fact or not.
Next check whether the divisor or the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not. If both are the same then the quotient is the unknown factor.

Go Math Solution Key Divide by 10 Img_4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
60 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_1

Question 6.
______ = 40 ÷ 4

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Go Math grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 10 img_8

Question 7.
20 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Question 8.
50 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Go math grade 3 answer key divide by 10 img_7

Question 9.
90 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 solution key divide by 10 img_11

Question 10.
10 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

10/10 = 1
Any number divided by the same number is always 1. So, the quotient is 1.

Question 11.
______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

HMH Go Math Key grade 3 divide by 10 img_5

Question 12.
40 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40/10 = 4
So, the quotient is 4

Question 13.
10)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40 ÷ 10 = 40/10 = 4
10 cancels 40 by 4 times. So, the quotient is 4

Question 14.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Question 15.
10)\(\bar { 1 0 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

100 ÷ 10 = 100/10 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Pencils cost 10¢ each. How many pencils can Brent buy with 90¢?
______ pencils

Answer: 9 pencils

Explanation:

Given:
Pencils cost 10¢ each
Number of pencils can Brent buy with 90¢ = x
x × 10¢ = 90¢
x = 90/10 = 9
Thus Brent can buy 9 pencils with 90¢

Question 18.
Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens. If the pens come in packs of 10, how many packs does she need to buy?
______ packs

Answer: 8 packs

Explanation:

Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens
The pens come in packs of 10
No. of packs she needs to buy =?
Divide the number of pens by number of pens in one pack
= 80 ÷ 10 = 8
Therefore Mrs. Marks needs to buy 8 packs.

Divide by 10 – Page No. 376

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes. She has 60 beads to use. How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 50
d. 70

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given, Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes
She has 60 beads to use
How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Divide the number of beads by the number of beads on each necklace
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Review Test Answer Key Question 2.
A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase. How many vases does the florist need to arrange 40 flowers?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 30
d. 50

Answer: 4

Explanation:

A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase
Number of vases the florist need to arrange 40 flowers
To find the number of vases that florist need
We have to divide the number of flowers by number of flowers in each vase
= 40 ÷ 10 = 4
Thus the florist needs 4 vases to arrange 40 flowers

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × p = 14
Options:
a. 21
b. 7
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

P is the unknown factor
7 × p = 14
p = 14/7
p= 2
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day. Each box holds 6 rolls. How many rolls in all did the bakery sell?
Options:
a. 24
b. 46
c. 240
d. 320

Answer: 240

Explanation:

Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day
Each box holds 6 rolls
To find the number of rolls in all did bakery sell, we have to multiply no. of boxed in 1 day with a number of rolls in each box
= 40 × 6 = 240 rolls
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row. How many stamps does Mr. Samuels buy?
Options:
a. 11
b. 14
c. 21
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row.
To know the number of stamps Mr. Samuels buy, we have to multiply no. of rows with the number of stamps in each row
= 7 × 4 = 28
Therefore, Mr. Samuels buy 28 stamps.

Question 6.
There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center. The students tour the center in groups of 8. How many groups of students are there?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 64

Answer: 7

Explanation:

There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center.
The students tour the center in groups of 8.
The number of groups =?
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each group = 56 ÷ 8 = 7
So, the answer is option B

Divide by 5 – Page No. 381

Use count up or count back on a number line to solve.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 5

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 40

Step 2:

Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
You jumped 8 times to reach 0.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Go Math Chapter 7 Review Test 3rd Grade Answer Key Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 6
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Start at 25
  • Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.
  • Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
  • You jumped 5 times to reach 0.
  • Thus, 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 3.
_______ = 10 ÷ 5

Answer: 2

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 10
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10
You counted by 5 two times. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Question 4.
_______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30
You counted by 10 three times. 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Question 5.
14 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 7

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 14
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
You counted by 2 seven times.
Thus 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Question 6.
5 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 1

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 5
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5
You counted by 5 one time. 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 is the quotient.

Question 7.
45 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 45
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45
You counted by 5 nine times. 45 ÷ 5 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 8.
_______ = 60 ÷ 10

Answer: 6

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 60
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60
You counted by 10 six times. 60 ÷ 10 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Test Answer Key Pdf Question 9.
_______ = 15 ÷ 5

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
You count 15 by 5 three times. 15 ÷ 5 = 3
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 10.
18 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 18
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18.
You count by 2 nine times. So, 18 ÷ 2 = 9

Question 11.
_______ = 0 ÷ 5

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Question 12.
20 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 4

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20
You count by 5 four times. Thus 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 13.
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 25.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
That means you counted 5 times to reach 25. 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 7 Review/Test Answer Key Question 14.
_______ = 35 ÷ 5

Answer: 7

  • Start at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 35.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 35.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
You counted 5s seven times to reach 35. 35 ÷ 5 = 7
Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 15.
5)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

20 ÷ 5 = 4

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 20.

5, 10, 15, 20
You counted 5s four times.
20 ÷ 5 = 4. 4 is the quotient.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

70 ÷ 10 = 7

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 70.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 70.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70.
You counted 10s seven times. So, the quotient is 7.

Question 17.
5)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

15 ÷ 5 = _

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 18.
5)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

  • Start at 40
  • Count up by 5s until you reach40.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8. The quotient is 8.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit. A machine makes 30 wheels at a time. How many packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels?
_______

Answer: 6 packages

Explanation:

A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit.
A machine makes 30 wheels at a time.
Divide the number of wheels by the number of wheels in each kit
= 30 ÷ 5 = 6 packages
6 packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels.

Question 20.
A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll. How many bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons?
_______

Answer: 9 bags

Explanation:

A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll.
Let Number of bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons = y
Divide the total number of hair ribbons by number of hair ribbons in each bag
45 ÷ 5
y = 45/5 = 9
Therefore 9 bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons.

Divide by 5 – Page No. 382

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set. How many sets can be completed using 35 boxcars?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set
Number of sets can be completed using 35 boxcars = x
To know the number of sets we need to divide no. of boxcars by no. of boxcars with each train set
35 ÷ 5 = 7 sets
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
A machine makes 5 buttons at a time. Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons. How many doll shirts can be finished with 5 buttons?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 5

Answer: 1

Explanation:

A machine makes 5 buttons at a time
Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons
Divide 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 doll shirt can be finished with 5 buttons

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor. How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month?
Options:
a. $40
b. $35
c. $30
d. $25

Answer: $30

Explanation:

Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor
How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month = x
To know how much she earns in one month, we have to multiply number of days with the income she earns per day
= $5 × 6 = $30
Thus Julia earns $30 if she runs errands for 6 days in one month.

Question 4.
Marcus has 12 slices of bread. He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich. How many sandwiches can Marcus make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Marcus has 12 slices of bread
He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich
Divide no. of slices of bread by slices of bread for each sandwich
= 12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus Marcus makes 6 sandwiches.

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 7

Question 5.
How many students have no pets?
Options:
a. 0
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

The above line plot shows that there are no pets is 4

Question 6.
How many students answered the question “How many pets do you have?”
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 14
d. 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:

Number of students who have 0 pets = 4
Number of students who have 1 pet = 5
Number of students who have 2 pets = 2
Number of students who have 3 pets = 0
Number of students who have 4 pets = 3
Number of students who have 5 pets = 1
Total = 4 + 5 + 2 + 0 + 3 + 1 = 15 students

Divide by 3 – Page No. 387

Find the quotient. Draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 8

Answer: 4

Question 2.
24 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Divide by 3 solution image_1

Question 3.
_______ = 6 ÷ 3

Answer: 2

Grade 3 HMH Go Math Chapter 7 key divide by 3 image_2

6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 4.
40 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 divide by 3 image_3

40 ÷ 5 = 8

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
_______ = 15 ÷ 3

Answer: 5

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 15.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.

So, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 6.
_______ = 21 ÷ 3

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 21
  • Count the number of times you count up to 21.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21.
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus, the quotient is 7

Question 7.
16 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 2 until you reach 16.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 16.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16.
16 ÷ 2 = 8
The quotient is 8.

Question 8.
27 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 27
  • Count the number of times you count up to 27.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 9.
0 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
9 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 3

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 9.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 9.

3, 6, 9.
9 ÷ 3 = 3
the quotient is 3.

Question 11.
_______ = 30 ÷ 3

Answer: 10

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up to 30.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Thus quotient is 10.

Question 12.
_______ = 12 ÷ 4

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 4s until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

4, 8, 12
12 ÷ 4 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 13.
3)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

12 ÷ 3 = 4
The quotient is 4.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

15 ÷ 3 = _

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.
15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 15.
3)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 24
  • Count the number of times you count up to 24.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24.
The quotient is 8.

Question 16.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times. So, the quotient is 3.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils. She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class. How many third-grade classes are there?
_______

Answer: 4 classes

Explanation:

The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils
She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class
Divide the number of packs by number of packs for each class
= 12  ÷ 3 = 12/3 = 4 classes.

Question 18.
Mike has $21 to spend at the mall. He spends all of his money on bracelets for his sisters. Bracelets cost $3 each. How many bracelets does he buy?
_______

Answer: 7 bracelets

Explanation:

Mike has $21 to spend at the mall
Bracelets cost $3 each
Divide total cost Mike spend by the cost of each bracelet
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the answer is 7 bracelets.

Divide by 3 – Page No. 388

Lesson Check

Question 1.
There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups. How many counters are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups
Number of counters in each group = x
x = Number of counters by number of groups
x = 18 ÷ 3 = 6 counters

Question 2.
Josh has 27 signed baseballs. He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves. How many baseballs are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Josh has 27 signed baseballs
He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves
Number of baseballs are on each shelf = no. of signed baseballs ÷ baseballs equally on 3 shelves
= 27 ÷ 3 = 9 baseballs

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each bicycle has 2 wheels. How many wheels do 8 bicycles have?
Options:
a. 10
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Each bicycle has 2 wheels
Number of wheels do 8 bicycles have = x
x = 8 × 2 = 16 wheels
option B is the correct answer

Question 4.
How many students watch less than 3 hours of TV a day?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 9
Options:
a. 3
b. 7
c. 8
d. 13

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Number of students who watch 0 hours of TV a day = 1
Number of students who watch 1 hour of TV a day = 2
Number of students who watch 2 hours of TV a day = 4
Total number of students who watch less than 3 hours = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7

Question 5.
Which of the following is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 18
b. 6 × 3 = 15 + 3
c. 3 × 6 = 6 × 3
d. 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Answer: 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Explanation:

The distributive property of multiplication states that when a number is multiplied by the sum of two numbers, the first number can be distributed to both of those numbers and multiplied by each of them separately, then adding the two products together for the same result as multiplying the first number by the sum.
6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4) is the example of the Distributive Property

Go Math Grade 3 Free Download Chapter 7 Test Answers Question 6.
Which unknown number completes the equations?
3 × □ = 21   21 ÷ 3 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 18

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Let □ is the unknown factor
Check whether it is related fact for both multiplication and division
3 × □ = 21
□ = 21/3 = 7
The related multiplication and division facts of 21, 7 and 3 is 3 × 7 = 21 and 21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option C

Divide by 4 – Page No. 393

Draw tiles to make an array. Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 4 img 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Question 2.
20 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Chapter 7 key Grade 3 divide by 4 image_1

20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 3.
12 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 3

HMH Go math chapter 7 grade 3 key divide by 4 image_2

12 ÷ 4 = 3

Question 4.
10 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 4 image_3

10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

24 ÷ 3
3 divides 24 by 8 times
So, the quotient is 8

Question 6.
______ = 8 ÷ 2

Answer: 4

Explanation:

2 divides 8 by four times. So, the quotient is 4.

Question 7.
32 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

4 divides 32 eight times. So the quotient is 8.

Question 8.
______ = 28 ÷ 4

Answer: 7

Explanation:

4 divides 28 seven times. You can also check the multiplication table to find the quotient.

28 ÷ 4 = 7

Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 9.
4)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 36 nine times.

36 ÷ 4 = 9

So, the quotient is 9.

Question 10.
4)\(\bar { 8 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

8 ÷ 4 = 2

4 divides 8 two times. So, the quotient is of 8 and 4 is 2.

Question 11.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4
24/4 = 6
Thus the quotient is 6

Question 12.
3)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

30 ÷ 3
30/3 = 10
The quotient is 10

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = 20/5
5 divides 20 four times
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 14.
32 ÷ 4 = p
p = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

P is the unknown number.
P = 32 ÷ 4
P = 32/4 = 8
Therefore the unknown number p is 8.

Question 15.
40 ÷ 10 = □
□ = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ = 40 ÷ 10
10 dives 40 four times. Thus the unknown number is 4.

Question 16.
18 ÷ 3 = x
x = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

X = 18 ÷ 3
= 18/3 = 6
Thus the unknown value x is 6.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class. She puts them in 4 equal groups. How many students are in each group?
______

Answer: 7 students

Explanation:

Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class.
She puts them in 4 equal groups.
Divide number of students by number of equal groups
= 28 ÷ 4
= 7
Therefore there are 7 students in each group.

Question 18.
Andy has 36 CDs. He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section. How many sections can he fill?
______

Answer: 9 CDs

Explanation:

Andy has 36 CDs.
He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section.
Divide the total number of CDs by number of CDs in each section
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Andy can fill 9 sections.

Divide by 4 – Page No. 394

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard. He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag. How many bags does he need?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given:

Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard
He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag
Number of bags he needs = x
Divide the number of grapefruits by number of grapefruits in each bag
x = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus Darion needs 4 bags to put grapefruits.

Question 2.
Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself. How many markers will Tori and each of her friends get?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself
Total number of markers = 32
Number of equal groups = 3 friends and Tori = 3 + 1 = 4
To find the number of marks do they get, we need to divide the number of markers by number of people
= 32 ÷ 4 = 8
Therefore each friend gets 8 markers.
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
3 × 7
Options:
a. 18
b. 21
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 21

Explanation:

We find the product of 7 and 3 by simply calculating 7 times 3 which equals 21.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28
Options:
a. Multiply by 4.
b. Add 4.
c. Multiply by 2.
d. Subtract 4.

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

We can see that sequence is formed by adding 4 each time
8
8 + 4 = 12
12 + 4 = 16
16 + 4 = 20
20 + 4 = 24
24 + 4 = 28
The pattern is formed by adding 4 to the previous number.
By seeing this we can say that it is the multiple of 4.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 2 × 9
b. 2 × 4 = 5 + 3
c. 4 × 5 = 5 × 4
d. 2 × 5 = 5 + 5

Answer: 4 × 5 = 5 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the perfect example of Commutative Property of Multiplication is 4 × 5 = 5 × 4.
Option C is the correct answer.

Go Math 3rd Grade Pdf Chapter 7 Answer Key Math Question 6.
Jasmine has 18 model horses. She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves. How many model horses are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 15
d. 21

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Jasmine has 18 model horses
She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves
To find the model horses are on each shelf we have to write the division equation
= number of model horses by number of equal shelves
= 18 ÷ 3 = 6 model horses
Therefore there are 6 model horses are on each shelf.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 399

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 6 img 11

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 42
Let _ be x
6 × x = 42
x = 42/6 = 7
Next use factors to divide 42 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 2.
6 × ______ = 18 18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 18
Let x represents the unknown factor
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
Next use factors to divide 18 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
6 ÷ 2 = 3
18 ÷ 6 = 3

Question 3.
4 × ______ = 24 24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
4 × _ = 24
4 × x = 24
x =24/4 = 6
x = 6
Next use factors to divide 24 and 4
Factors of 4 are 2, 2
So, first divide by 2
24 ÷ 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Question 4.
6 × ______ = 54 54 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × x = 54
x = 54/6 = 9
x = 9
Next use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Next divide by 2
8 ÷ 2 = 4
Thus 24 ÷ 6 = 4

Question 6.
48 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 48 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
48 ÷ 3 = 16
Next divide by 2
16 ÷ 2 = 8
Thus 48 ÷ 6 = 8

Question 7.
______ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number will be 1. So, the quotient of 6/6 = 1.

Question 8.
12 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 12 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
Next divide by 2
4 ÷ 2 = 2
Thus 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 9.
6)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

36 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 10.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 11.
6)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

30 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
Thus 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 12.
1)\(\bar { 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

6 ÷ 1 = 6
Any number divided by 1 will be always the same number. So, the quotient is 6

Question 13.
p = 42 ÷ 6
p = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 14.
18 ÷ 3 = q
q = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

18 ÷ 3 = q
q = 18 ÷ 3
q = 18/3
3 divides 18 by 6 times. So, the quotient is 6

Question 15.
r = 30 ÷ 6
r = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

r = 30 ÷ 6
r = 30/6
6 divides 30 by 5 times. So, the quotient is 5

Question 16.
60 ÷ 6 = s
s = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

60 ÷ 6 = s
s = 60/6
6 divides 60 by 10 times. So, the quotient is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read. If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book?
______

Answer: 6 pages

Explanation:

Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read
If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book
Let the number of days Lucas take to finish the book = a
a × 6 = 36
a = 36/6 = 6 days
Thus Lucas take 6 days to finish the book

Question 18.
Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore. If books cost $6 each, how many books can he buy?
______

Answer: 4 books

Explanation:

Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore
Each book costs $6
Number of books he can buy = x
x × 6 = 24
x = 24/6
x = 4
Therefore Juan can buy 4 books.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 400

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ella earned $54 last week babysitting. She earns $6 an hour. How many hours did Ella babysit last week?
Options:
a. 6 hours
b. 7 hours
c. 8 hours
d. 9 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

Ella earned $54 last week babysitting
She earns $6 an hour
To find:
How many hours did Ella babysit last week
Divide Ella earned last week by she earns for an hour
= $54 ÷ $6 = 9 hours
Thus Ella babysits last week for 9 hours.

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
6 × □ = 42 42 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

□ be the unknown factor
6 × □ = 42
□  = 42/6 = 7
The factors of 6 and 42 is 7
Use a related multiplication fact here
42 ÷ 6 = □
□ = 7
42 ÷ 6 = 7
So, the correct answer is  option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class. He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity. How many teams can Coach Clarke make?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 54

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class
He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity
Number of teams can Coach Clarke make = x
Divide Number of students by the number of students in each team
48 ÷ 6 = 8
Thus Coach Clarke can make 8 teams.

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Eva reads 3 books. How many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Eva reads 3 books per month
For 7 months = 3 × 7 = 21
We need to find how many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books
Subtract the number of books she read for 7 months from a number of books
= 30 – 21 = 9 books
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Each cow has 4 legs. How many legs will 5 cows have?
Options:
a. 9
b. 16
c. 20
d. 24

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Each cow has 4 legs
Number of legs will 5 cows have = x
x = 5 × 4 = 20 legs
Thus 5 cows will have 20 legs.

Question 6.
Find the product.
3 × 9
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 18
d. 12

Answer: 27

Explanation:

We find the product of 3 and 9 by simply calculating 9 times 3 which equals 27.
You can also find the answer by checking the multiplication table.
Thus the answer is option B.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 401

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how to find 20 ÷ 4 by making an array.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 5 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 5 tiles as you can
We get 5 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 2.
Explain how to find 30 ÷ 6 by making equal groups.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

Go Math Grade 3 chapter 7 answer key mid chapter image_1

By seeing the picture we can see that there are 6 groups of 5 each.

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 3.
10 × _____ = 50
_____ = 50 ÷ 10

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be y
10 × y = 50
y = 50/10 = 5
In order to find the quotient, we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient
That means 5 is the quotient.

Question 4.
2 × _____ = 16
_____ = 16 ÷ 2

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 16
p = 16/2 = 8
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
Therefore, 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 5.
2 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 2

Answer: 10, 10

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 20
p = 20/2 = 10
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 2 = 10
Therefore, the unknown factor and quotient are 10.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Test Common Core Division Question 6.
5 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 5

Answer: 4, 4

Let the unknown factor be y
5 × y = 20
y = 20/5 = 4
In order to find the quotient, we have to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 5 = 4
That means 4 is the quotient.

Find the quotient.

Question 7.
_____ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

6/6 = 1
The number which is divided by the same number will be always 1. Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 8.
21 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

3 divides 21 seven times.
Thus the quotient of 21 ÷ 3 is 7.

Question 9.
_____ = 0 ÷ 3

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
36 ÷ 4 = _____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

4 divides 36 nine times.
So, the quotient is 9.

Question 11.
5)\(\bar { 3 5 }\)
_____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

35 ÷ 5

5 divides 35 seven times. Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 24 six times. So, the quotient is 6.

Question 13.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6 = x
Let x represents the unknown number.
6 divides 56 nine times.
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times.
So, the quotient is 3 and the remainder is 0.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 402

Question 15.
Carter has 18 new books. He plans to read 3 of them each week. How many weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books?
_____ weeks

Answer: 6 weeks

Explanation:

Given,
Carter has 18 new books
He plans to read 3 of them each week.
Number of weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books = x
To find x we need to divide the number of new books by number of books he planned to read each week
That means 18 ÷ 3 = 6 weeks

Question 16.
Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast. She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles. She will put an equal number of berries on each waffle. How many berries will Gabriella put on each waffle?
_____ berries

Answer: 8 berries

Explanation:

Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast
She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles
Total number of berries = 25 + 15 = 40
Number of strawberries she puts on each waffle = 25 ÷ 5 = 5
Number of blueberries she puts on each waffle = 15 ÷ 5 = 3
Total number of berries she puts on each waffle = 5 + 3 = 8 berries

Question 17.
There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride. Each car in the ride can hold 10 people. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of cars needed to hold all 60 people.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 60 ÷ 10 = 6

Explanation:

Given that, There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride.
Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
To write the equation we need to divide the number of people by Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Therefore, 6 cars are needed to hold all 60 people.

Question 18.
Alyssa has 4 cupcakes. She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins. How many cousins does Alyssa have?
_____ cousins

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Alyssa has 4 cupcakes
She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins
Divide the number of cupcakes by number of cupcakes she gave for each of her cousins
= 4 ÷ 2 = 2 cousins

Divide by 7 – Page No. 407

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 7 img 12

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x.
7 × x  = 42
x = 42/7 = 6
Now to find the quotient first check whether the dividend the product are related multiplication and division facts are not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
42 ÷ 7 = 6

Question 2.
7 × _____ = 35 35 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

7 × y = 35
y = 35/7 = 5
Thus the unknown factor is 5.
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not. If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 3.
7 × _____ = 7 7 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

The number divided by the Same number will be 1. So, the quotient and the unknown factor is 1.

Question 4.
5 × _____ = 20 20 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor.
5 × a = 20
a = 20/5 = 4.
Check whether the dividend the product are related to the multiplication and division facts are not. If both are same  then the quotient is equal to the unknown factor I.e., 4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
7)\(\bar { 2 1 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

21 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 21 three times.
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 6.
7)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 2

Explanation:

14 divides 7 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 7.
6)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
_____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

48 ÷ 6 = x
6 divides 48 8 times. Thus the unknown number or quotient of 48 and 6 is 8.

Question 8.
7)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

63 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 63 nine times. So, the quotient is 9.

Question 9.
_____ = 35 ÷ 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

7 divides 35 five times. Thus the quotient of 35 and 7 is 5.

Question 10.
0 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So the quotient is 0.

Question 11.
_____ = 56 ÷ 7

Answer: 8

Explanation:

7 divides 56 eight times. Thus the quotient of 56 and 7 is 8.

Question 12.
32 ÷ 8 = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 divides 32 four times. Thus the quotient of 32 and 8 is 4.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
56 ÷ 7 = e
e = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

56 ÷ 7 = e
e = 56 ÷ 7
= 56/7
e = 8
Thus the unknown value of e is 8.

Question 14.
k = 32 ÷ 4
k = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

k = 32 ÷ 4
k = 32/4 = 8
The unknown number k is 8.

Question 15.
g = 49 ÷ 7
g = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Given, g = 49 ÷ 7
7 divides 49 seven times.
g = 49/7 = 7
Therefore g = 7.

Question 16.
28 ÷ 7 = s
s = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

s = 28 ÷ 7
s = 28/7 = 4
Thus the unknown value s  is 4.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Twenty-eight players sign up for basketball. The coach puts 7 players on each team. How many teams are there?
_____

Answer: 4 teams

Explanation:

Total number of players = 28
The coach puts 7 players on each team.
To find the number of teams divide total number of players by number of players in each team.
= 28 ÷ 7 = 4
Therefore total number of teams = 4

Question 18.
Roberto read 42 books over 7 months. He read the same number of books each month. How many books did Roberto read each month?
_____

Answer: 6 books

Explanation:

Roberto read 42 books for 7 months.
Number of books he read per month = 42 ÷ 7 = 6 books.
Therefore he reads 6 books per month.

Divide by 7 – Page No. 408

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog. He earns $7 each time he walks the dog. How many times did Elliot walk his neighbor’s dog last month?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog.
He earns $7 each time he walks the dog
Divide Elliot earned $49 last month by he earned each time
49 ÷ 7 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
7 × □ = 63 63 ÷ 7 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 × □ = 63
□  = 63/7 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes. She makes 3 smoothies. Altogether, how many strawberries does Maria use in the smoothies?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 24

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes
She makes 3 smoothies
For each smoothie, she puts 6 strawberries
For 3 smoothie she puts y strawberries
y = 6 × 3 = 18
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets. She uses 8 beads for each bracelet. How many beads does she use in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 32
d. 40

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets
She uses 8 beads for each bracelet
Multiply number of bracelets with number of beads for each bracelet
8 × 4 = 32

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
2 × 5 = 5 × □
Options:
a. 10
b. 5
c. 2
d. 1

Answer: 2

Explanation:
2 × 5 = 5 × □
According to the commutative property of multiplication a × b = b × a
So, 2 × 5 = 5 × 2
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which division equation is related to the following multiplication equation?
3 × 4 = 12
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 4 = 3
b. 8 ÷ 2 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Answer: 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Explanation:
The related multiplication and division fact of 3 × 4 = 12 is 12 ÷ 4 = 3.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 13

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor.
8 × x = 32
x = 32/8 = 4
So the unknown factor = 4
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, 4 is the quotient.

Question 2.
3 × ______ = 27 27 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

Let y be the unknown factor.
3 × y = 27
y = 27/3 = 9
y = 9
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 3.
8 × ______ = 8 8 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

8 × x = 8
x = 8/8 = 1
The number divided by the same number is always 1. Thus the quotient of 8 ÷ 8 = 1.

Question 4.
8 × ______ = 72 72 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

8 × x = 72
x = 72/8 = 9
Check if the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 8

Answer: 3

Explanation:

24 ÷ 8
8 divides 24 three times. So, the quotient of 24 ÷ 8 is 3.

Question 6.
40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

40 ÷ 8 = 5 because 8 divides 40 five times.
Thus the quotient is 5.

Question 7.
______ = 56 ÷ 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

56 ÷ 8
8 divides 56 seven times. So, the quotient of 56 and 8 is 7.

Question 8.
14 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 14 two times. thus the quotient of 14 ÷ 2 = 7.

Question 9.
8)\(\bar { 6 4 }\)
______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

64 ÷ 8 = 8
8 divides 64 eight times. So, the quotient of 64 ÷ 8 = 8.

Question 10.
7)\(\bar { 2 8 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

28 ÷ 7
7 divides 28 four times.
28/7 = 4
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 11.
8)\(\bar { 1 6 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

16 ÷ 8 = x
x = 16/8 = 2
8 divides 16 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 12.
8)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

48 ÷ 8 = y
y = 48/8 = 6
8 divides 48 six times. So, the quotients is 6.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
16 ÷ p = 8
p = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

p is the unknown number
16 ÷ p = 8
Make p as the subject.
We get p = 16/8 = 2.
p = 2

Question 14.
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

□ is the unknown number
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 25/5 = 5
Therefore the value □ is 5.

Question 15.
24 ÷ a = 3
a = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
24 ÷ a = 3
a = 24 ÷ 3 = 8
So, the value of a is 8.

Question 16.
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation:

K is the unknown number
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = 8 × 10
k = 80

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Sixty-four students are going on a field trip. There is 1 adult for every 8 students. How many adults are there?
______

Answer: 8 adults

Explanation:

Total number of students going for trip = 64
There are 1 adult for every 8 students
Total number of adults = x
x × 8 = 64 × 1
x = 64/8 = 8
Therefore there are 8 adults for every 8 students.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Answer Key Question 18.
Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play. If the tickets cost $8 each, how many tickets does Mr. Chen buy?
______

Answer: 4 tickets

Explanation:

Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play.
The tickets cost $8 each.
To find the number of tickets that Mr. Chen buys we need to divide the total cost of tickets by the cost of each ticket.
= 32/8 = 4
Thus the cost of each ticket is $4.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair. Each pie costs $8. How many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair
Each pie costs $8.
To know how many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair
We have to divide 72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus Mrs. Wilke buys 9 pies for the school fair.

Question 2.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
8 × □ = 40
40 ÷ □ = 8
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

8 × □ = 40
□ = 40/8 = 5
So, the answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 20
d. 30

Answer: 30

Explanation:
(3 × 2) × 5
6 × 5 = 30
Thus the answer is option D.

Question 4.
Which of the following has the same product as 4 × 9?
Options:
a. 3 × 8
b. 9 × 4
c. 5 × 6
d. 7 × 2

Answer: 9 × 4

Explanation:
Among all the 4 options 9 × 4 is the same product as 4 × 9
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Find the unknown factor.
8 × □ = 32
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 32

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 × □ = 32
□ = 32/8 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Which multiplication sentence represents the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 14
Options:
a. 1 × 8 = 8
b. 4 + 4 = 8
c. 2 × 4 = 8
d. 4 × 3 = 12

Answer: 2 × 4 = 8

Explanation:

There are 2 rows and each row contains 4 arrays
The sentence that represents the array is 2 × 4 = 8
So, the correct answer is option C.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 419

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 9 img 15

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
First, divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
So, the quotient is 4.

Question 2.
30 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 30/3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
So, 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 3.
_______ = 81 ÷ 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
81 ÷ 3 = 27
Next divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 4.
27 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Next divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 5.
9 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
Next divide by 3
3 ÷ 3 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 6.
_______ = 63 ÷ 7

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 divides 63 nine times. Thus the quotient of 63 ÷ 7 is 9.

Question 7.
36 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide 36 by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide 12 by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus the quotient of 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 8.
_______ = 90 ÷ 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
90 ÷ 3 = 30
Next divide 30 by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 9.
9)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
63 ÷ 3 = 21
Next divide 21 by 3
21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 10.
9)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
Again divide 6 by 3
6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 11.
7)\(\bar { 4 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 49 seven times.
49 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
9)\(\bar { 4 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
45 ÷ 3 = 15
Next divide 15 by 3
15 ÷ 3 = 5
So, 5 is the quotient.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
48 ÷ 8 = g
g = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

g is the unknown number
g = 48 ÷ 8
g = 48/8 = 6
Thus g = 6.

Question 14.
s = 72 ÷ 9
s = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

s is the unknown number
s = 72 ÷ 9
9 divides 72 eight times.
s = 72/9 = 8
s = 8.

Question 15.
m = 0 ÷ 9
m = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

m is the unknown number.
0 divided by any number is 0.
m = 0 ÷ 9 = 0
So. m = 0

Question 16.
54 ÷ 9 = n
n = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

n is the unknown number.
54 ÷ 9 = n
9 divides 54 six times.
n = 54/9 = 6
n = 6

Problem Solving

Question 17.
A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each. There are 72 oranges in the crate. If all trays are filled, how many trays are there?
_______

Answer: 8 trays

Explanation:

A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each.
Each tray holds 9 oranges.
There are 72 oranges in the crate.
To find the number of trays divide the total number of oranges by number of oranges in one tray.
= 72 ÷ 9 = 8
Therefore there are 8 trays.

Question 18.
Van has 45 new baseball cards. He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page. How many pages does he fill?
_______

Answer: 5 pages

Explanation:

Given that Van has 45 new baseball cards.
He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page.
Number of pages he filled = x
x × 9 = 45
x = 45/9 = 5 pages.
Therefore Van has filled 5 pages.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 420

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs. She places 9 chairs at each table. How many tables have 9 chairs?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs.
She places 9 chairs at each table.
Divide the number of chairs by the number of chairs at each table
54 ÷ 9 = 6
Thus 6 tables have 9 chairs

Question 2.
Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table. He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows. How many glasses does he put in each row?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table.
He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows.
Number of glasses in each row = x
x = 36 ÷ 9 |
x = 4
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each month for 9 months, Jordan buys 2 sports books. How many more sports books does he need to buy before he has bought 25 sports books?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Question 4.
Find the product.
8
× 7
——
Options:
a. 49
b. 56
c. 63
d. 64

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Add 8 7 times = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 56
Thus the product of 8 and 7 is 56
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair. She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook. How many hooks will Adriana need to display all 30 pet collars?
Options:
a. 32
b. 12
c. 10
d. 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair.
She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook
Divide No. of pet collars by number in each hook
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Carla packs 4 boxes of books. Each box has 9 books. How many books does Carla pack?
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 13
d. 5

Answer: 36

Explanation:

Carla packs 4 boxes of books
Each box has 9 books
Total number of books = x
x = 4 × 9 = 36
Thus Carla packs 36 books

Problem Solving Two-Step Problems – Page No. 425

Solve the problem.

Question 1.
Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box. His mother gives him 4 more pencils. Now Jack has 28 pencils. How many pencils are in each box?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Two-Step Problems img 16

Answer: 8 pencils

Explanation:

Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box
His mother gives him 4 more pencils
Now Jack has 28 pencils
To find the number of pencils in each box subtract that 4 pencils from total pencils
= 28 – 4 = 24
Now, there are 24 pencils
To know the number of pencils in each box divide number of pencils by number of boxes
= 24 ÷ 3 = 8 pencils
There are 8 pencils in each box.

Question 2.
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes. She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom. How many tables are in her classroom?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 tables

Explanation:

Given,
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes
She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom
Number of tables in her classroom = y
Divide the total number of paintbrushes by number of paintbrushes on each table
= 48 ÷ 8 = 6 tables
Thus there are 6 tables in her classroom

Question 3.
Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case. He gives 4 games to his brother. Ricardo has 10 games left. How many video games were in each case?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 7 video games

Explanation:

Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case
He gives 4 games to his brother
Ricardo has 10 games left
To find the number of video games in each case first add the number of video games
10 + 4 = 14
Now Divide number of video games by number of cases
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7 video games
There are 7 video games in each case

Question 4.
Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends. Her mother gives her $5 more. If each gift costs $5, how many gifts can she buy?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5 gifts

Explanation:

Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends
Her mother gives her $5 more.
If each gift costs $5 then the number of gifts she buys = x
Add $20 + $5 = $25
Divide the total amount by each gift cost
25 ÷ 5 = 5
Thus Patty buys 5 gifts for her friends.

Question 5.
Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies. He received 8 of them as gifts. Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years. If he bought the same number of movies each year, how many movies did Joe buy last year?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 9 movies

Explanation:

Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies
He received 8 of them as gifts.
Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years
Subtract gifted DVDs from total collection = 35 – 8 = 27
Now, to know movies did Joe buy last year
divide 27 ÷ 3 = 9 movies
Thus Joe bought 9 movies last year.

Question 6.
Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon. She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon. How much of the original ribbon is left?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 inches

Explanation:

Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon
She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon
= 9 × 2 inches = 18 inches
Subtract 18 from 24 inches
= 24 – 18
= 6 inches
The original ribbon left is 6 inches.

Two-Step Problems – Page No. 426

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards. His father gives him $4 more. If each pack of cards costs $5, how many packs can Gavin buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards
His father gives him $4 more
= $16 + $4 = $20
Each pack of cards costs $5
Divide 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Gavin can buy 4 packs of baseball cards.

Question 2.
Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers. Each pack contains the same number of markers. Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother. Then, she has 54 markers left. How many markers were in each pack?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers
Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother.
She has 54 markers left.
Total number of markers = 54 + 10 = 64 markers
Divide total number of markers by number of packs
= 64 ÷ 8 =8
There are 8 markers in each pack.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each foot has 5 toes. How many toes will 6 feet have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 25
c. 30
d. 35

Answer: 30

Explanation:

Each foot has 5 toes
Number of toes will 6 feet have = x
x × 1 = 5 × 6
x = 30 toes
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each month for 5 months, Sophie makes 2 quilts. How many more quilts does she need to make before she has made 16 quilts?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Sophie makes 2 quilts each month
Number of quilts for 5 months = x
x = 5 × 2 = 10
She has made 16 quilts
Subtract the number of quilts for 5 months from a number of quilts
= 16 – 10 = 6 quilts
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week. How many hours will she practice in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 18 hours
b. 21 hours
c. 24 hours
d. 27 hours

Answer: 24 hours

Explanation:

Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week
Number of hours she practice in 8 weeks = y
y = 8 × 3
y = 24 hours
So, the answer is option C.

Question 6.
Find the unknown factor.
9 × □ = 36
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ is the unknown factor
9 × □ = 36
□ = 36/9
□ = 4
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Order of Operations – Page No. 431

Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order.
If not correct, write the correct order of operations.

Question 1.
45 – 3 × 5 subtract, multiply
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 17

Answer: multiply, subtract

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right

3 × 5 = 15
45 – 15 = 30

Question 2.
3 × 4 ÷ 2 divide, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, divide

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
4 ÷ 2 = 2
3 × 2 = 6
3 × 4 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 3.
5 + 12 ÷ 2 divide, add
__________

Answer: correct

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
12 ÷ 2 = 6, 5 + 6 = 11

Question 4.
7 × 10 + 3 add, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, add

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.

Question 5.
6 + 4 × 3 = n
n = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

n = 6 + 4 × 3
n = 6 + 12 = 18

Question 6.
8 − 3 + 2 = k
k = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
k = 8 − 3 + 2
k = 8 – 1 = 7

Question 7.
24 ÷ 3 + 5 = p
p = _______

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
24 ÷ 3 + 5
8 + 5 = 13
p = 13

Question 8.
12 − 2 × 5 = r
r = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
r = 12 − 2 × 5
r = 12 – 10 = 2

Question 9.
7 × 8 − 6 = j
j = _______

Answer: 50

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
j = 7 × 8 − 6
j = 56 – 6 = 50

Question 10.
4 + 3 × 9 = w
w = _______

Answer: 31

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
w = 4 + 3 × 9
w = 4 + 27
w = 31

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each. She gave the clerk $20. How much change should Shelley get?
_______

Answer: $2

Explanation:

Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each
She gave the clerk $20
Each kite = $6
Three kites = 3 × $6 = $18
$20 – $18 = $2
Thus Shelley gets $2 change

Question 12.
Tim has 5 apples and 3 bags with 8 apples in each bag. How many apples does Tim have in all?
_______

Answer: 29 apples

Explanation:

Tim has 5 apples
There are 3 bags
Each bag has 8 apples
Number of apples in 3 bags = 8 × 3 = 24 apples
Now to find the total number of apples that Tim have
Add 24 apples and extra 5 apples
We get 24 + 5 = 29 apples

Order of Operations – Page No. 432

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢. How much does she spend on buttons and a zipper for each costume?
Options:
a. 19¢
b. 33¢
c. 40¢
d. 49¢

Answer: 19¢

Explanation:

Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢.
Each button cost 3¢
Cost of 4 buttons = 4 × 3 = 12¢
Add cost of 4 buttons and zipper that costs 7¢
12¢ + 7¢ = 19¢

Question 2.
Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant. He has planted all except 3 bulbs. How many flower bulbs has Leonardo planted?
Options:
a. 12
b. 15
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 27

Explanation:

Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant
Each bag has 6 flower bulbs
5 bags have x flower bulbs
x = 5 × 6 = 30 flower bulbs
He has planted all except 3 bulbs
Subtract 3 bulbs from 30 flower bulbs
30 – 3 = 27 flower bulbs
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall. There are 10 stories in the building. How tall is the apartment building?
Options:
a. 90 feet
b. 80 feet
c. 19 feet
d. 9 feet

Answer: 90 feet

Explanation:

Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall
There are 10 stories in the building
= 10 × 9 = 90 feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 18
Options:
a. Add 3.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 3.
d. Multiply by 4

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

The above pattern shows that the number of tables is multiplied by 4.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
For decorations, Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each. How many snowflakes did Meg cut out in all?
Options:
a. 72
b. 63
c. 58
d. 56

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each
Each group has 7 snowflakes
8 groups have x snowflakes
8 × 7 = 56 snowflakes

Question 6.
A small van can hold 6 students. How many small vans are needed to take 36 students on a field trip to the music museum?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

A small van can hold 6 students
Total number of students = 36
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each van
36 ÷ 6 = 6 vans

Review/Test – Page No. 433

Question 1.
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends. Each friend received the same number of marbles. How many marbles did Ming give to each friend?
35 ÷ 7 = a
7 × a = 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Given,
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends.
Each friend received the same number of marbles
Let the number of marbles that each friend get = a
a × 7 = 35
a = 35/7 = 5
Now check whether the dividend and the product are related facts or not.
If both are same then the quotient and the unknown factor are 5
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Mrs. Conner has 16 shoes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 19
Select one number from each column to show the division equation represented by the picture.
16 ÷ \(\frac{?}{(\text { divisor })}=\frac{?}{(\text { quotient })}\)
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 20
Type below:
____________

Answer:

16 ÷ 1 = 16
1 is the divisor and 16 is the quotient

16 ÷ 2 = 8
2 is the divisor and 8 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 4 = 4
4 is the divisor and 4 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 16 = 1
16 is the divisor and 1 is the quotient.

Question 3.
Twenty boys are going camping. They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent. How many boys will sleep in each tent?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 21
______ boys

Answer: 4 boys

Explanation:

Given,
Twenty boys are going camping.
They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent.
Let the number of boys in each camp = x
x × 5 = 20
x = 20/5
x = 4
Therefore there are 4 boys in each tent.

Review/Test – Page No. 434

Question 4.
Circle a number for the unknown factor and quotient that makes the equation true.
4 ×Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 22 = 28 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 23 = 28 ÷ 4
______                                ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

4 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28  Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28 ÷ 4

Question 5.
Mrs. Walters has 30 markers. She gives each student 10 markers. How many students received the markers?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 24
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 30

Step 2:

Subtract with 10 until you reach 0.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 10.

You subtracted 10 three times.
So, there are 3 groups of students receive 10 markers.

Question 6.
Complete the chart to show the quotients.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 25
Type below:
____________

Answer:

÷ 27 36 45 54
9 3 4 5 6

Explanation:

Divide 27 ÷ 9 = 3
Divide 36 ÷ 9 = 4
Divide 45 ÷ 9 = 5
Divide 54 ÷ 9 = 6

Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 12 by 2 times. So, the quotient is 2.
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 7.
b. 24 ÷ 6 = 3
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 24 four times. So, the quotient is 4.
The above equation is False.

Question 7.
c. 30 ÷ 6 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 30 five times. The quotient is 5.
The above equation is false.

Question 7.
d. 42 ÷ 6 = 7
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 42 seven times. The quotient is 7
The given equation is True.

Question 7.
d. 48 ÷ 6 = 8
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 48 eight times. So, the quotient is 8.
The above equation is true.

Review/Test – Page No. 435

Question 8.
Alicia says that 6 ÷ 2 + 5 is the same as 5 + 6 ÷ 2. Is Alicia correct or incorrect? Explain.
____________

Answer: Alicia is correct because both the answer of equations are same

6 ÷ 2 + 5 = 3 + 5 = 8
5 + 6 ÷ 2 = 5 + 3 = 8

Question 9.
Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows. How many toy cars are in each row?
______ toy cars

Answer:  5 toy cars

Explanation:

Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows
To know the number of cars in each row
Divide the total number of toy cars by number of equal rows
= 40 ÷ 8 = 40/8 = 5
Thus there are 5 toy cars in each row

Question 10.
Bella made $21 selling bracelets. She wants to know how many bracelets she sold. Bella used this number line.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 26
Write the division equation that the number line represents.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

The count starts at 0.

Step 2:

Jump by 3 until you reach point 21

Step 3:

Count the number of jumps till you reach 21

Step 4:

Number of jumps = 7
So, the answer is 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 11.
Each picnic table seats 6 people. How many picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people? Explain the strategy you used to solve the problem.
______ picnic tables

Answer: 4 picnic tables

Explanation:

Given,
Each picnic table seats 6 people
Number of picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people = x
To find the x we have to divide no. of people by number if seats for each picnic table
x = 24 ÷ 6
x = 24/6 = 4
Therefore 4 picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people

Review/Test – Page No. 436

Question 12.
Finn bought 2 packs of stickers. Each pack had the same number of stickers. A friend gave him 4 more stickers. Now he has 24 stickers in all. How many stickers were in each pack? Explain how you solved the problem.
______ stickers

Answer: 14 stickers

Explanation:

Finn bought 2 packs of stickers
A friend gave him 4 more stickers
Now he has 24 stickers in all
Add 24 and 4
24 + 4 = 28 stickers
Divide the number of stickers by number of packs of stickers
= 28 ÷ 2 = 14 stickers
Therefore there are 14 stickers in each pack

Question 13.
Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie. How many strawberries did Ana use in each smoothie?
______ strawberries

Answer: 7 strawberries

Explanation:

Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie
Divide number of strawberries by number of strawberry smoothies
49 ÷ 7 = 7 strawberries

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14e, use the order of operation to select True or False for each equation.
a. 81 ÷ 9 + 2 = 11
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
81 ÷ 9 = 9

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
9 + 2 = 11
So, the above statement is true

Question 14.
b. 6 + 4 × 5 = 50
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right
6 + 4 = 10

Step 2:
Then multiply from left to right
10 × 5 = 50
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
c. 10 + 10 ÷ 2 = 15
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
10 + 5 = 15
So, the answer is true

Question 14.
d. 12 − 3 × 2 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
3 × 2 = 6

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
12 – 6 = 6
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
e. 20 ÷ 4 × 5 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
4 × 5 = 20

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
20 ÷ 20 = 1
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 15.
A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9. It sells 27 daffodils. How many bunches of daffodils does the shop sell?
_______ bunches

Answer: 3 bunches

Explanation:

A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9
It sells 27 daffodils
Divide the number of daffodils by number daffodils in each bunch
= 27 ÷ 9 = 3 bunches

Review/Test – Page No. 437

Question 16.
Aviva started a table showing a division pattern.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table.
Compare the quotients when dividing by 10 and when dividing by 5. Describe a pattern you see in the quotients.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

÷ 20 30 40 50
10 2 3 4 5
5 4 6 8 10

Divide by 10:

20 ÷ 10 = 2
30 ÷ 10 = 3
40 ÷ 10 = 4
50 ÷ 10 = 5

Divide by 5:

20 ÷ 5 = 4
30 ÷ 5 = 6
40 ÷ 5 = 8
50 ÷ 5 = 10

Question 16.
Part B
Find the quotient, a.
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = _____

How could you use a to find the value of n? Find the value of n.
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = _____
a = _____
n = _____

Answer: n = 14; a = 7

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = 70/10
10 divides 70 seven times. So, the quotient a is 7.

n represents the unknown number
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = 70/5 = 14
5 divides 70 fourteen times. The value of n is 14.

Question 17.
Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice. If oranges come in bags of 10, how many glasses of orange juice can he make using one bag of oranges?
_____ glasses

Answer: 5 glasses

Explanation:

Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice.
1 bag contains 10 oranges.
10 ÷ 2 = 5 glasses
Thus 5 glasses of orange juice can be made by one bag of oranges.

Review/Test – Page No. 438

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 0 ÷ 9 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be always 0. So, the quotient is 0.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
b. 9 ÷ 9 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 9 one time. Thus the quotient is 1.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
c. 27 ÷ 9 = 4
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 27 three times. So, the quotient is 3.
Thus the above equation is false.

Question 18.
d. 54 ÷ 9 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 54 six times. The quotient is 6.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
e. 90 ÷ 9 = 9
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 90 ten times. The quotient is 10.
So, the above statement is false.

Question 19.
Ellen is making gift baskets for four friends. She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets. How many prizes should she put in each basket?
_______ prizes

Answer: 4 prizes

Explanation:

Ellen is making gift baskets for 4 friends.
She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets.
Divide the number of prizes by the number of friends
= 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus she should put 4 prizes in each basket.

Question 20.
Emily is buying a pet rabbit. She needs to buy items for her rabbit at the pet store.
Part A
Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54. The cage costs $40. Each bowl costs the same amount. What is the price of 1 bowl? Explain the steps you used to solve
the problem.
$ _______

Answer: $7

Explanation:

Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54.
The cage costs $40.
Subtract the cost of cage from $54
$54 – $40 = $14
The cost of 2 bowls = $14
The cot of 1 bowl = x
x × 2 = 14
x = 14/2 = 7
Therefore the cost of each bowl = $7

Question 20.
Part B
Emily also buys food and toys for her rabbit. She buys a bag of food for $20. She buys 2 toys for $3 each. Write one equation to describe the total amount Emily spends on food and toys. Explain how to use the order of operations to solve the equation.
Type below:
____________

Answer: $26

Explanation:

Rule 1: First perform any calculations inside parentheses.
Rule 2: Next perform all multiplications and divisions, working from left to right.
Rule 3: Lastly, perform all additions and subtractions, working from left to right.
$20 + $3 × 2
$20 + $6 = $26

I wish you are all satisfied with the solutions provided in the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies. You can find different methods to solve the problems in our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice. So, the students who want to solve the divisions quickly can follow the methods given here. Go through the review links provided at the end of the chapter to test your skills.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf Division Facts and Strategies Read More »

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-9-relate-fractions-and-decimals

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Relate Fractions and Decimals

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf: Are you looking for the best Practice Books and Answer Keys for 4th-grade students? Follow Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals. Students love to solve more problems using Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Answer Key. Different types of questions with explained answers (images, text, easy steps) help the students to show interest in math. Every student love to do maths if they refer HMH 4th Grade Go Math Answer Key.

Grab practical knowledge by practicing questions on Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Solution Key. Get the pdf formatted Go math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals answer key and solve every problem as per your convenience. Download HMH Go math Grade 4 Answer Key for Free. It is easy to download and comfortable to use to crack top grades.

Relate Fractions and Decimals Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf

The best practice comes to your fingertips with Go Math Grade 4 Solutions Key. Utilize the opportunity of easy solving with the help of HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key. Various kinds of questions are provided with the best method of solving. Question, answers, and explanation all come together if you use Go Math Grade 4 answer key. Simply, click on the links below and go to the lesson you want to solve. You can instantly get a PDF of Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key and start your practice.

Lesson 1: Relate Tenths and Decimals

Lesson 2: Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Lesson 3: Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Lesson 4: Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Money

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Add Fraction Parts of 10 and 100

Lesson 7: Compare Decimals

Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 499

Relate Tenths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 1

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 2
Type below:
________

Answer:
1\(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
The model is divided into 10 equal parts. Each part represents one-tenth.
1 2/10 is 1 whole and 2 tenths.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 3
Type below:
________

Answer:
2\(\frac{3}{10}\) = 2.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 1 499

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 4
Type below:
________

Answer:
4\(\frac{8}{10}\) = 4.8

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 2 499

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
Write down 4 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.4

Compare Fractions and Decimals Lesson 1 Answer Key Question 6.
3 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
3.1

Explanation:
Multiply 3 x 10 = 30.
Add 30 + 1 = 31.
So, 31/10.
Write down 31 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
3.1

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.7

Explanation:
Write down 7 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.7

Question 8.
6 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
6.5

Explanation:
Multiply 6 x 10 = 60.
Add 60 + 5 = 65.
So, 65/10.
Write down 35 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
6.5

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.9

Explanation:
Write down 9 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.9

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet. Three are kickballs. Write the portion of the balls that are kickballs as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = 0.3 = three tenths

Explanation:
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet. Three are kickballs. So, 3/10 kickballs are available.

Question 11.
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices. She and her friends eat 14 slices. What part of the pizzas did they eat? Write your answer as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
1.4 pizzas

Explanation:
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices.
So, the total number of slices = 2 x 10 = 20.
She and her friends eat 14 slices.
So, they ate 1 whole pizza and 4 parts out of 10 slices in the second pizza.
1 4/10 = 14/10 = 1.4 pizzas

Common Core – New – Page No. 500

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs. What is this amount written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 70.0
b. 7.0
c. 0.7
d. 0.07

Answer:
c. 0.7

Explanation:
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs.
Seven CDs out of 10 CDs = 7/10 =0.7

Question 2.
Which decimal amount is modeled below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 5
Options:
a. 140.0
b. 14.0
c. 1.4
d. 0.14

Answer:
c. 1.4

Explanation:
1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Multiply 10 x 1 = 10.
Add 10 + 4 = 14.
So, 14/10 = 1.4.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which number is a factor of 13?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 4
d. 7

Answer:
a. 1

Explanation:
13 has 1 and 13 as its factors.

Question 4.
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. Which of the following could be the number of rows?
Options:
a. 2 rows
b. 3 rows
c. 4 rows
d. 6 rows

Answer:
a. 2 rows

Explanation:
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. So, 18 paintings and 4 photographs need to be divided into equal parts.
18/2 = 9; 4/2 = 2.
2 rows can be possible with 9 pictures and 2 pictures in each row.

Question 5.
How do you write the mixed number shown as a fraction greater than 1?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 6
Options:
a. \(\frac{32}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{14}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{4}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Explanation:
3\(\frac{2}{4}\) = 14/4. 14 divided by 4 is equal to 3 with a remainder of 2. The 3 is greater than 1. So, 14/4 > 1.

Question 6.
Which of the following models has an amount shaded that is equivalent to the fraction \(\frac{1}{5}\)?
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 7
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 8
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 9
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 10

Answer:
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 9

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Page No. 503

Question 1.
Shade the model to show \(\frac{31}{100}\).
Write the amount as a decimal.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 11
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 503

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{68}{100}\) = 0.68

Explanation:
68 boxes are shaded out of 100 boxes.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 13
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{100}\) = 0.08

Explanation:
8 boxes are shaded out of 100 boxes.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6\(\frac{19}{100}\) = 6.19

Explanation:
0.5 is 5 tenths and 0.50 is 5 tenths 0 hundredths. Since both 0.5 and 0.50 have 5 tenths and no hundredths, they are equivalent

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 15
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1\(\frac{83}{100}\) = 1.83

Explanation:
1 whole number(all the square boxes are shaded) and 83 square boxes shaded out from 100 boxes.

Go Math Book Grade 4 Lesson 9.2 Relate Hundredths and Decimals Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 16
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{75}{100}\)

Explanation:
75 boxes are shaded out of 100 boxes.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 17
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{47}{100}\) = 0.47

Explanation:
The point lies between \(\frac{40}{100}\) and \(\frac{50}{100}\). The number of lines in between \(\frac{40}{100}\) and \(\frac{50}{100}\) are 10. The point is placed at the 7th line. So, 40 + 7 = 47. Answer = \(\frac{47}{100}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
0.09

Explanation:
Write down 9 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros)

Question 9.
4 \(\frac{55}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
4.55

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{55}{100}\) = \(\frac{455}{100}\)
Write down 455 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 4.55 is the answer

Question 10.
\(\frac{10}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
0.10 = 0.1

Explanation:
Write down 10 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 0.10 =0.1 is the answer

Question 11.
9 \(\frac{33}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
9.33

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{33}{100}\) = \(\frac{933}{100}\)
Write down 933 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 9.33 is the answer.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Pdf Question 12.
\(\frac{92}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
0.92

Explanation:
Write down 92 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 0.92 is the answer

Question 13.
14 \(\frac{16}{100}\) = _____

Answer:
14.16

Explanation:
14 \(\frac{16}{100}\) = \(\frac{1416}{100}\)
Write down 1416 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 14.16 is the answer.

Page No. 504

Question 14.
Shade the grids to show three different ways to represent \(\frac{16}{100}\) using models.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 18
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 504

Question 15.
Describe Relationships Describe how one whole, one-tenth, and one hundredth are related.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
One whole = 1.00
One tenth: 0.1
One hundredth: 0.01
One whole is 10 times the one-tenth, and one-tenth is 10 times the one hundredth.

Question 16.
Shade the model to show 1 \(\frac{24}{100}\). Then write the mixed number in decimal form.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 19
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 504
1\(\frac{24}{100}\) = \(\frac{124}{100}\) = 1.24

Question 17.
The Memorial Library is 0.3 mile from school. Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The boy’s statement makes sense. Because The Memorial Library is 0.3 miles from the school. Digit 3 in the tenths place after the first place of decimal.
The girl’s statement makes non-sense. Because there she said 3 miles that is not equal to 0.3 miles.

Common Core – New – Page No. 505

Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 21

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 22
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{29}{100}\) = 0.29

Explanation:
0.20 names the same amount as 20/100. So, the given point is at 29/100 = 0.29

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 23
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1\(\frac{54}{100}\) = 1.54

Explanation:
From the given image, one model is one whole and another model 54 boxes shaded out of 100. So, the answer is 1\(\frac{54}{100}\) = 1.54

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 24
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4\(\frac{62}{100}\) = 4.62

Explanation:
4.60 names the same amount as 4\(\frac{60}{100}\). So, the given point is at 4\(\frac{62}{100}\) = 4.62

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{37}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.37

Explanation:
Write down 37 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.37

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{11}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
8.11

Explanation:
8\(\frac{11}{100}\) = \(\frac{811}{100}\)
Write down 811 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 8.11 is the answer.

Question 7.
\(\frac{98}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.98

Explanation:
Write down 98 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.98

Question 8.
25 \(\frac{50}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
25.50

Explanation:
25\(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{2550}{100}\)
Write down 2550 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 25.50 is the answer.

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.06

Explanation:
Write down 6 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.06

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. What fraction of a dollar is 61 pennies? Write it as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{61}{100}\) pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths

Explanation:
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. So, for 61 pennies, there are \(\frac{61}{100}\) pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths.

Question 11.
Kylee has collected 100 souvenir thimbles from different places she has visited with her family. Twenty of the thimbles are carved from wood. Write the fraction of thimbles that are wooden as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
It is easier to work with decimals then fractions because it is like adding whole numbers in a normal way.

Common Core – New – Page No. 506

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which decimal represents the shaded section of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 25
Options:
a. 830.0
b. 83.0
c. 8.30
d. 0.83

Answer:
d. 0.83

Explanation:
The model is divided into 100 equal parts. Each part represents one hundredth. 83 boxes are shaded out of 100. So, the answer is \(\frac{83}{100}\) = 0.83

Question 2.
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. What decimal represents the fraction of questions Alondra answered correctly?
Options:
a. 0.97
b. 9.70
c. 90.70
d. 970.0

Answer:
a. 0.97

Explanation:
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. So, \(\frac{97}{100}\) questions answered correctly. = 0.97

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)

Explanation:
c. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 4.
What is \(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{6}{10}\)?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 26
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{6}{10}\). From 9 parts, 6 parts are removed. So, the remaining positions are 3.

4th Grade Go Math Relate Tenths and Decimals Question 5.
Misha used \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. How many eggs did she use?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Misha used \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. \(\frac{1}{4}\) x 12 = 3 eggs.

Question 6.
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern. The first term in his pattern is 5. Which number could be in Kurt’s pattern?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 10
d. 14

Answer:
d. 14

Explanation:
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern. The first term in his pattern is 5. The pattern numbers are 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, etc. So, the answer is 14.

Page No. 509

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths.
Write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) =\(\frac{4 × ■}{10× ■}\)
Write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as a decimal.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 27
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 509
0.40

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) =\(\frac{4 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{40}{100}\)
6 tenths is the same as 6 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.40

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{70}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 509
0.70

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) =\(\frac{7 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
7 tenths is the same as 7 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.70

Question 3.
0.5
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{50}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 509
0.50

Explanation:
Write 0.5 = \(\frac{5}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) =\(\frac{5 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\)
5 tenths is the same as 5 tenths 0 hundredths and also 0.5

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{30}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 509
0.30

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) =\(\frac{3 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\)
3 tenths is the same as 3 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.30

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 5.
0.40
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 509
There are no hundredths.
0.40 is equivalent to 4 tenths.
Write 0.40 as 4 tenths = 0.4 = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{80}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
0.8

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{80}{100}\) = \(\frac{80 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
0.8

Question 7.
\(\frac{20}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 509
0.2

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{20}{100}\) = \(\frac{20 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\)
0.2

Practice: Copy and Solve Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 8.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{80}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
0.8

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{8}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) =\(\frac{8 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.8

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{20}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 509
0.2

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) =\(\frac{2 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)
2 tenths is the same as 2 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.2

Question 10.
0.1
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{50}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 7 509
0.50

Explanation:
Write 0.1 = \(\frac{1}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) =\(\frac{1 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\)
1 tenth is the same as 1 tenth 0 hundredths and also 0.1

Practice: Copy and Solve Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 11.
\(\frac{60}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 8 509
0.6

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{60 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
0.6

Question 12.
\(\frac{90}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 9 509
0.9

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{90}{100}\) = \(\frac{90 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
= 0.9

Question 13.
0.70
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 509
0.7

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 509
There are no hundredths.
0.70 is equivalent to 7 tenths.
Write 0.70 as 7 tenths = 0.7 = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Write the number as an equivalent mixed number with hundredths.

Question 14.
1 \(\frac{4}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
1 \(\frac{40}{100}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{4 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = 1 \(\frac{40}{100}\)

Question 15.
3 \(\frac{5}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
3 \(\frac{50}{100}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{5 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = 3 \(\frac{50}{100}\)

Question 16.
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
2 \(\frac{90}{100}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{9 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = 2 \(\frac{90}{100}\)

Page No. 510

Question 17.
Carter says that 0.08 is equivalent to \(\frac{8}{10}\). Describe and correct Carter’s error.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 510
8 hundredths = \(\frac{8}{100}\)
The decimal point is before the 2 numbers. So, the denominator should be 100.

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18e, choose True or False for the statement.
a. 0.6 is equivalent to \(\frac{6}{100}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 8 509
0.60 = 6 tenths.
6 tenths = \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Question 18.
b. \(\frac{3}{10}\) is equivalent to 0.30.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 509
0.30 = 3 tenths.
3 tenths = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 18.
c. \(\frac{40}{100}\) is equivalent to \(\frac{4}{10}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{40 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 18.
d. 0.40 is equivalent to \(\frac{4}{100}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 509
4 tenths and 0 hundreds = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 18.
e. 0.5 is equivalent to 0.50.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
If you add any zeros after the 5 it will be equal to 0.5. So, 0.5 is equivalent to 0.50

Inland Water
How many lakes and rivers does your state have? The U.S. Geological Survey defines inland water as water that is surrounded by land. The Atlantic Ocean, the Pacific Ocean, and the Great Lakes are not considered inland water.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 28

Question 19.
Just over \(\frac{2}{100}\) of the entire United States is inland water. Write \(\frac{2}{100}\) as a decimal.
_____

Answer:
0.02

Explanation:
Write down 2 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, \(\frac{2}{100}\) = 0.02 is the answer

Question 20.
Can you write 0.02 as tenths? Explain.
_____ tenth

Answer:
0.2 tenth

Explanation:
0.02 = \(\frac{2}{100}\) = \(\frac{2 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{0.2}{10}\)

Question 21.
About 0.17 of the area of Rhode Island is inland water. Write 0.17 as a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{17}{100}\)

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 510
1 tenth and 7 hundred.
So, write 0.17 as \(\frac{17}{100}\)

Question 22.
Louisiana’s lakes and rivers cover about \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the state. Write \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in words, fraction form, and decimal form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Ten hundredths = \(\frac{10}{100}\) = 0.10

Explanation:
1 tenth is the same as the 1 tenth and 0 hundred
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 7 509
0.1 = 0.10 = \(\frac{10}{100}\)

Common Core – New – Page No. 511

Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 29
Think: 5 tenths is the same as 5 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.50.

Question 2.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{90}{100}\); 0.90

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{9 \times 10}{10 \times 10}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
9 tenths is the same as 9 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.90

Question 3.
0.2
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{20}{100}\)
0.20

Explanation:
2 tenths is the same as 2 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.20.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 509
\(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{2 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Question 4.
0.8
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{80}{100}\) = 0.80

Explanation:
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.80.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
\(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{8 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 5.
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{40 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
= 0.4

Relate Fractions and Decimals 4th Grade Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.1

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{10}{100}\) = \(\frac{10 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
= 0.1

Question 7.
0.60
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = 0.6

Explanation:
0.60 is 60 hundredths.
\(\frac{60}{100}\).
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
\(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{60 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
= 0.6

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Billy walks \(\frac{6}{10}\) mile to school each day. Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and in decimal form.
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{60}{100}\)
0.60

Explanation:
Billy walks \(\frac{6}{10}\) mile to school each day.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{6 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 8 509
0.60

Question 9.
Four states have names that begin with the letter A. This represents 0.08 of all the states. Write 0.08 as a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{100}\)

Explanation:
0.08 is 8 hundredths. So, the fraction is \(\frac{8}{100}\)

Common Core – New – Page No. 512

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The fourth-grade students at Harvest School make up 0.3 of all students at the school. Which fraction is equivalent to 0.3?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{30}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{33}{100}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
0.3 is same as the 3 tenths. So, the answer is \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 2.
Kyle and his brother have a marble set. Of the marbles, 12 are blue. This represents \(\frac{50}{100}\) of all the marbles. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{50}{100}\)?
Options:
a. 50
b. 5.0
c. 0.50
d. 5,000

Answer:
c. 0.50

Explanation:

Write down 50 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 0.50 is the answer

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jesse won his race by 3 \(\frac{45}{100}\) seconds. What is this number written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.345
b. 3.45
c. 34.5
d. 345

Answer:
b. 3.45

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{345}{100}\). Write down 345 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 3.45 is the answer

Question 4.
Marge cut 16 pieces of tape for mounting pictures on poster board. Each piece of tape was \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch long. How much tape did Marge use?
Options:
a. 2 inches
b. 4 inches
c. 5 inches
d. 6 inches

Answer:
d. 6 inches

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) x 16 = 6 inches

Question 5.
Of Katie’s pattern blocks, \(\frac{9}{12}\) are triangles. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) is divided by 3. So, \(\frac{3}{4}\) is the answer.

Question 6.
A number pattern has 75 as its first term. The rule for the pattern is to subtract 6. What is the sixth term?
Options:
a. 39
b. 45
c. 51
d. 69

Answer:
b. 45

Explanation:
75 is the first term.
75 – 6 =69
69 – 6 = 63
63 – 6 = 57
57 – 6 = 51
51 – 6 = 45.
The sixth term is 45.

Page No. 515

Question 1.
Write the amount of money as a decimal in terms of dollars.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 30
5 pennies = \(\frac{5}{100}\) of a dollar = _____ of a dollar.
_____ of a dollar

Answer:
5 pennies = \(\frac{5}{100}\) of a dollar = 0.05 of a dollar.
0.05 of a dollar

Explanation:
Write down 5 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.05

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or a mixed number and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 31
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{109}{100}\) = 1.09

Explanation:
1 dollar = 1/10 dimes
1 dollar = 1/100 pennies
1 dollar = 25/100 quarters
(3 x 1/10) + (4 x 1/100) + (3 x 25/100)
3/10 + 4/100 + 75/100
30/100 + 4/100 + 75/100 = 109/100 = 1.09

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{60}{100}\) = 0.60

Explanation:
Given that 1 quarter, 2 dimes, and 3 cents.
10 dimes = 1 dollars
100 pennies = 1 dollar
4 quarters = 1 dollar
2 cents = 1 dollar
(25/100) + (2 x 1/10) + (3 x 5/100) = 25/100 + 20/100 + 15/100 = 60/100 = 0.60

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 4.
\(\frac{92}{100}\)
amount: _____ decimal: _____of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.92 decimal: 0.92 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{92}{100}\) = 0.92

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
money amount: $0.07 decimal: 0.07 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{100}\) = 0.07

Question 6.
\(\frac{16}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
money amount: $0.16 decimal: 0.16 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{16}{100}\) = 0.16

Question 7.
\(\frac{53}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
money amount: $0.53 decimal: 0.53 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{53}{100}\) = 0.53

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or a mixed number and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 33
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{46}{100}\) = 0.46

Explanation:
Given that 3 dimes, 3 nickels, 1 pennies
(3 x 10/100) + (3 x 5/100) + 1/100 = 30/100 + 15/100 + 1/100 = 46/100 = 0.46

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{136}{100}\) = 1.36

Explanation:
Given that 1 dollar, 1 quarter, 1 pennies, 2 nickels
1 + 25/100 + 1/100 + (2 x 5/100)
1 + 25/100 + 1/100 + 10/100
1 + 36/100
136/100 = 1.36

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 10.
\(\frac{27}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.27 decimal: 0.27 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{27}{100}\) = 0.27

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.04 decimal: 0.04 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{100}\) = 0.04

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Test Answer Key Question 12.
\(\frac{75}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.75 decimal: 0.75 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{75}{100}\) = 0.75

Question 13.
\(\frac{100}{100}\)
money amount: $ _____ decimal:_____ of a dollar

Answer:
money amount: $1 decimal: 1 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{100}{100}\) = 1

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 14.
1 quarter 6 dimes 8 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.39; fraction: \(\frac{39}{100}\) decimal: 0.39 of a dollar

Explanation:
1 dollar = 100 cents
1 quarter = 25 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 penny = 1 cent
1 quarter 6 dimes 8 pennies = (25/100) + (6 x 10/100) + (8 x 1/100)
25/100 + 60/100 + 8/100 = 39/100 = 0.39

Question 15.
3 dimes 5 nickels 20 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.75; fraction: \(\frac{75}{100}\) decimal: 0.75 of a dollar

Explanation:
1 dollar = 100 cents
1 quarter = 25 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 penny = 1 cent
3 dimes 5 nickels 20 pennies = (3 x 10/100) + (5 x 5/100) + (20 x 1/100)
30/100 + 25/100 + 20/100 = 75/100 = 0.75

Page No. 516

Make Connections Algebra Complete to tell the value of each digit.

Question 16.
a.
$1.05 = _____ dollar + _____ pennies;

Answer:
$1.05 = 1 dollar + 5 pennies

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 516
$1.05 = 1 dollar and 05 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $1.05 = 105 pennies.

Question 16.
b.
1.05 = _____ one + _____ hundredths

Answer:
1.05 = 1 one and 05 hundredths

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 516
1.05 = 1 one and 05 hundredths
There are 100 hundredths in 1 one.
So, 1.05 = 105 hundredths.

Question 17.
a.
$5.18 = _____ dollars + _____ dime + _____ pennies;

Answer:
$5.18 = 5 dollars + 1 dime + 8 pennies;

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 516
$5.18 = 5 dollar and 1 dime and 8 pennies
There are 500 pennies in 5 dollars.
1 dime = 10 pennies
So, $5.18 = 518 pennies.

Question 17.
b.
5.18 = _____ ones + _____ tenth + _____ pennies

Answer:
5.18 = 5 ones + 1 tenths + 8 pennies

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 516
5.18 = 5 ones and 1 tenths and 8 pennies
There are 100 hundredths in 1 one. So, 500 hundredths in 5 ones.
So, 5.18 = 518 hundredths.

Use the table for 18–19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 35

Question 18.
The table shows the coins three students have. Write Nick’s total amount as a fraction in terms of dollars.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a dollar

Answer:
\(\frac{92}{100}\) of a dollar

Explanation:
Nick’s total amount = 2 quarters + 4 dimes + 0 Nickels + 2 pennies
= (2 x 25/100) + (4 x 10/100) + (2 x 1/100) = 50/100 + 40/100 + 2/100 = 92/100

Question 19.
Kim spent \(\frac{40}{100}\) of a dollar on a snack. Write as a money amount the amount she has left.
$ _____

Answer:
$0.28

Explanation:
Kim’s total amount = 1 quarter + 3 dimes + 2 nickels + 3 pennies
= 25/100 + (3 x 10/100) + (2 x 5/100) + (3 x 1/100) = 25/100 + 30/100 + 10/100 + 3/100 = 68/100.
Kim spent \(\frac{40}{100}\) of a dollar on a snack. So, 68/100 – 40/100 = 28/100 = 0.28

Question 20.
Travis has \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a dollar. He has at least two different types of coins in his pocket. Draw two possible sets of coins that Travis could have.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 516

Explanation:
1 Quarter + 2 dimes + 5 Pennies = 25/100 + 10/100 + 10/100 + 5/100 = 50/100 = 1/2 of a dollar
1 Quarter + 2 dimes + 1 Nickel = 25/100 + 10/100 + 10/100 + 5/100 = 50/100 = 1/2 of a dollar

Question 21.
Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 36
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 7 516

Common Core – New – Page No. 517

Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or a mixed number and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 37

Answer:
$0.18 = \(\frac{18}{100}\) = 0.18

Explanation:
Given that 3 Pennies + 3 Nickels = 3/100 + 15/100 = 18/100

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 38
Type below:
_________

Answer:
$0.56 = \(\frac{56}{100}\) = 0.56

Explanation:
Given that 1 Quarter + 3 dime + 1 Pennies = 25/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 56/100

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 3.
\(\frac{25}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
Dollars: 1 quarter = $0.25; Decimal: 0.25

Explanation:
25 our of 100 dollars = 1 quarter.
So, 25/100 = 0.25

Question 4.
\(\frac{79}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.79 decimal: 0.79 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{79}{100}\) = 0.79

Question 5.
\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.31 decimal: 0.31 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{31}{100}\) = 0.31

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.08 decimal: 0.08 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{100}\) = 0.08

Question 7.
\(\frac{42}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.42 decimal: 0.42 of a dollar

Explanation:
\(\frac{42}{100}\) = 0.42

Write the money amount as a fraction in terms of dollars.

Question 8.
$0.87
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{87}{100}\) of a dollar

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 517
$0.87 = 87 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.87 = \(\frac{87}{100}\) of a dollar.

Question 9.
$0.03
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{100}\)

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 517
$0.03 = 3 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.03 = \(\frac{3}{100}\).

Question 10.
$0.66
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{66}{100}\)

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 517
$0.66 = 66 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.66 = \(\frac{66}{100}\).

Question 11.
$0.95
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{95}{100}\)

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 517
$0.95 = 95 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.95 = \(\frac{95}{100}\).

Question 12.
$1.00
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{100}{100}\)

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 517
$1.00 = 1 dollar
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $1.00 = \(\frac{100}{100}\).

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 13.
2 quarters 2 dimes
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.70; fraction: \(\frac{70}{100}\); decimal: 0.70

Explanation:
Given that 2 quarters 2 dimes = (2 x 25/100) + (2 x 10/100) = 50/100 + 20/100 = 70/100

Question 14.
3 dimes 4 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.34; fraction: \(\frac{34}{100}\); decimal: 0.34

Explanation:
Given that 3 dimes 4 pennies = (3 x 10/100) + (4 x 1/100) = 30/100 + 4/100 = 34/100

4th Grade Go Math Pdf Lesson 9.5 Answer Key Question 15.
8 nickels 12 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.57; fraction: \(\frac{57}{100}\); decimal: 0.57

Explanation:
Given that 8 nickels 12 pennies = (8 x 5/100) + (12 x 1/100) = 45/100 + 12/100 = 57/100

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies. Write Kate’s total amount as a fraction in terms of a dollar.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
fraction: \(\frac{38}{100}\)

Explanation:
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies.
10/100 + (4 x 5/100) + (8/100) = 10/100 + 20/100 + 8/100 = 38/100

Question 17.
Nolan says he has \(\frac{75}{100}\) of a dollar. If he only has 3 coins, what are the coins?
_________

Answer:
3 quarters

Explanation:
3 quarters = \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Common Core – New – Page No. 518

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following names the total money amount shown as a fraction in terms of a dollar?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 39
Options:
a. \(\frac{43}{1}\)
b. \(\frac{43}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{43}{57}\)
d. \(\frac{43}{100}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{43}{100}\)

Explanation:
Given that 1 quarter + 1 nickel + 1 dime + 3 pennies = 25/100 + 5/100 + 10/100 + 3/100 = 43/100

Question 2.
Crystal has \(\frac{81}{100}\) of a dollar. Which of the following could be the coins Crystal has?
Options:
a. 3 quarters, 1 dime, 1 penny
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny
c. 2 quarters, 21 pennies
d. 1 quarter, 4 dimes, 1 nickel, 1 penny

Answer:
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny

Explanation:
2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny = (2 x 25/100) + (6 x 5/100) + 1/100 = 50/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 81/100

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joel gives \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his baseball cards to his sister. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) is divided by 2. The remaining answer after the dividion is \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 4.
Penelope bakes pretzels. She salts \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pretzels. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{3}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{24}\)
b. \(\frac{15}{20}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{16}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{9}{24}\)

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{9}{24}\) is divided by 3. The remaining fraction after the division is \(\frac{3}{8}\).

Question 5.
Which decimal is shown by the model?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 40
Options:
a. 10.0
b. 1.0
c. 0.1
d. 0.01

Answer:
d. 0.01

Explanation:
1 box is shaded out of 100. So, the fraction is 1/100 = 0.01.

Question 6.
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. What decimal represents the portion of cows that are Holstein?
Options:
a. 0.43
b. 0.57
c. 5.7
d. 57.0

Answer:
b. 0.57

Explanation:
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. So, 57/100 Holstein cows are available.
57/100 = 0.57

Page No. 521

Question 1.
Juan has $3.43. He is buying a paint brush that costs $1.21 to paint a model race car. How much will Juan have after he pays for the paint brush?
First, use bills and coins to model $3.43.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 41
Next, you need to subtract. Remove bills and coins that have a value of $1.21. Mark Xs to show what you remove.
Last, count the value of the bills and coins that are left. How much will Juan have left?
$ _____

Answer:
Juan has $3.43. He is buying a paint brush that costs $1.21 to paint a model race car. Subtract $3.43 – $1.21
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 521
2 dollars, 2 dimes, and 2 pennies left.
2 + (2 x 10/100) + (2/100) = 2 + 20/100 + 2/100 = 2 + 22/100 = 2.22.
Juan has left $2.22

Question 2.
What if Juan has $3.43, and he wants to buy a paint brush that costs $2.28? How much money will Juan have left then? Explain.
$ _____

Answer:
$1.15

Explanation:
Juan has $3.43. He wants to buy a paint brush that costs $2.28.
$3.43 – $2.28 = $1.15

Question 3.
Sophia has $2.25. She wants to give an equal amount to each of her 3 young cousins. How much will each cousin receive?
$ _____ each cousin receive

Answer:
$0.75 each cousin receive

Explanation:
Sophia has $2.25. She wants to give an equal amount to each of her 3 young cousins.
Divide $2.25 with 3 = $2.25/3 = $0.75

Page No. 522

Question 4.
Marcus saves $13 each week. In how many weeks will he have saved at least $100?
_____ weeks

Answer:
8 weeks

Explanation:
Marcus saves $13 each week. He saves $100 in $100/$13 weeks = 7.96 weeks that is nearly equal to 8 weeks.

Question 5.
Analyze Relationships Hoshi has $50. Emily has $23 more than Hoshi. Karl has $16 less than Emily. How much money do they have all together?
$ _____

Answer:
$180

Explanation:
Hoshi has $50.
Emily has $23 more than Hoshi = $50 + $23 = $73.
Karl has $16 less than Emily = $73 – $16 = $57.
All together = $50 +$73 + $57 = $180.

Question 6.
Four girls have $5.00 to share equally. How much money will each girl get? Explain.
$ _____ each girl

Answer:
$1.25 for each girl

Explanation:
Four girls have $5.00 to share equally. So, each girl get $5.00/4 = $1.25

Question 7.
What if four girls want to share $5.52 equally? How much money will each girl get? Explain.
$ _____

Answer:
$1.38

Explanation:
Four girls have $5.52 to share equally. So, each girl get $5.52/4 = $1.38. If the amount shares equally, each girl get 1 dollar, 1 dime, 8 pennies.

Question 8.
Aimee and three of her friends have three quarters and one nickel. If Aimee and her friends share the money equally, how much will each person get? Explain how you found your answer.
$ _____

Answer:
$0.2

Explanation:
Aimee and three of her friends have three quarters and one nickel. If Aimee and her friends share the money equally. Four members shared (3 x 25/100) + 5/100 = 75/100 + 5/100 = 80/100 = 0.8.
Four members shared $0.8 equally, $0.8/4 = $0.2.

Common Core – New – Page No. 523

Problem Solving Money

Use the act it out strategy to solve.

Question 1.
Carl wants to buy a bicycle bell that costs $4.50. Carl has saved $2.75 so far. How much more money does he need to buy the bell?
Use 4 $1 bills and 2 quarters to model $4.50. Remove bills and coins that have a value of $2.75. First, remove 2 $1 bills and 2 quarters.
Next, exchange one $1 bill for 4 quarters and remove 1 quarter.
Count the amount that is left. So, Carl needs to save $1.75 more.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 42

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 42

Question 2.
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, how much money does each person have?
$ __________

Answer:
$1.11

Explanation:
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, $4.44/4 = $1.11

Question 3.
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. How much money do they have altogether?
$ __________

Answer:
$4.95

Explanation:
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. So, $1.65 + $1.65 + $1.65 = $4.95

Question 4.
Jessie saves $6 each week. In how many weeks will she have saved at least $50?
__________ weeks

Answer:
9 weeks

Explanation:
Jessie saves $6 each week. To save $50, $50/$6 = 9 weeks (approximately)

Question 5.
Becca has $12 more than Cece. Dave has $3 less than Cece. Cece has $10. How much money do they have altogether?
$ __________

Answer:
$39

Explanation:
Cece has $10.
Becca has $12 more than Cece = $10 + $12 = $22.
Dave has $3 less than Cece = $10 – $3 = $7.
All together = $10 + $22 + $7 = $39.

Common Core – New – Page No. 524

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally. How much did each friend get?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.30
c. $1.60
d. $20.80

Answer:
b. $1.30

Explanation:
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally.
$5.20/4 = $1.30

Question 2.
Which represents the value of one $1 bill and 5 quarters?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.25
c. $1.50
d. $2.25

Answer:
d. $2.25

Explanation:
one $1 bill and 5 quarters. 5 quarters = 5 x 0.25 = 1.25.
$1 + $1.25 = $2.25

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bethany has 9 pennies. What fraction of a dollar is this?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{90}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{99}{100}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)

Explanation:
1 dollar = 100 pennies.
So, 9 pennies = 9/100 of a dollar

Question 4.
Michael made \(\frac{9}{12}\) of his free throws at practice. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{9}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) is divided by 3 that is equal to d. \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 5.
I am a prime number between 30 and 40. Which number could I be?
Options:
a. 31
b. 33
c. 36
d. 39

Answer:
a. 31

Explanation:
31 has fractions 1 and 31.

Question 6.
Georgette is using the benchmark \(\frac{1}{2}\) to compare fractions. Which statement is correct?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}>\frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}<\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{10}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
From the given details, \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\) is the correct answer.

Page No. 525

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 43

Question 1.
A symbol used to separate the ones and the tenths place is called a __________.
__________

Answer:
decimal point

Question 2.
The number 0.4 is written as a ____________.
__________

Answer:
4 tenths or 40 hundredths

Question 3.
A ______________ is one of one hundred equal parts of a whole.
__________

Answer:
hundredth

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 44
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4

Explanation:
From the given model, 4 boxes are shaded out of 10 boxes. So, the fraction is \(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 45
Type below:
________

Answer:
1\(\frac{3}{100}\) = 1.03

Explanation:
The model is divided into 100 equal parts. Each part represents the one-hundredth.
1\(\frac{3}{100}\) is 1 whole and 3 hundredths.

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{80}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
0.80

Explanation:
Write \(\frac{8}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) =\(\frac{8 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.80

Question 7.
0.5
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{50}{100}\)
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 509
0.50

Explanation:
Write 0.5 = \(\frac{5}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) =\(\frac{5 × 10}{10× 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\)
5 tenths is the same as 5 tenths 0 hundredths and also 0.50

Question 8.
Type below:
________

Answer:
b. \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Write the fraction or mixed number as a money amount, and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 9.
\(\frac{95}{100}\)
amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.95; decimal: 0.95

Explanation:
Write down 95 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros)

Question 10.
1 \(\frac{48}{100}\)
amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $1.48; decimal: 1.48

Explanation:
1\(\frac{48}{100}\) = \(\frac{148}{100}\)
Write down 148 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 1.48 is the answer

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{100}\)
amount: $ _____ decimal: _____ of a dollar

Answer:
amount: $0.04; decimal: 0.04

Explanation:
Write down 4 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, the answer is 0.04

Page No. 526

Question 12.
Ken’s turtle competed in a 0.50-meter race. His turtle had traveled \(\frac{4}{100}\)
meter when the winning turtle crossed the finish line. What is \(\frac{4}{100}\) written as a decimal?
_____

Answer:
decimal: 0.04

Explanation:
Write down 4 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, the answer is 0.04

Question 13.
Alex lives eight tenths of a mile from Sarah. What is eight tenths written as a decimal?
_____

Answer:
decimal: 0.8

Explanation:
Write down 8 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 100 has 1 zero). The decimal value of eight-tenths is 0.8

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 9.6 Answer Key Question 14.
What fraction and decimal, in hundredths, is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{10}\)?
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{7 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = 0.70

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = 0.70

Question 15.
Elaine found the following in her pocket. How much money was in her pocket?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 46
$ _____

Answer:
$\(\frac{140}{100}\)

Explanation:
Given that 1 dollar, 1 quarter, 1 dime, 1 Nickel.
1 + 25/100 + 10/100 + 5/100 = 1 + 40/100 = 140/100

Question 16.
Three girls share $0.60. Each girl gets the same amount. How much money does each girl get?
$ _____

Answer:
$0.20

Explanation:
Three girls share $0.60. Each girl gets the same amount. So, $0.60/3 = $0.20

Question 17.
The deli scale weighs meat and cheese in hundredths of a pound. Sam put \(\frac{5}{10}\) pound of pepperoni on the deli scale. What weight does the deli scale show?
_____ hundredths

Answer:
50 hundredths

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 x 10}{10 x 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\).
\(\frac{50}{100}\) written as 50 hundredths.

Page No. 529

Question 1.
Find \(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{5}{100}\)
Think: Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{■}{100}\) + \(\frac{■}{100}\) = \(\frac{■}{■}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{75}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{5}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\).
\(\frac{70}{100}+\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Find the sum.

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{11}{100}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{21}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{11}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
\(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\).
\(\frac{10}{100}+\frac{11}{100}\) = \(\frac{21}{100}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{36}{100}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{86}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{36}{100}+\frac{5}{10}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\).
\(\frac{36}{100}+\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{86}{100}\).

Question 4.
$0.16 + $0.45 = $ _____

Answer:
$0.61

Explanation:
Think 0.16 as 16 hundredths = \(\frac{16}{100}\).
Think 0.45 as 45 hundredths = \(\frac{45}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
\(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{61}{100}\) = 0.61

Question 5.
$0.08 + $0.88 = $ _____

Answer:
$0.96

Explanation:
Think 0.08 as 8 hundredths = \(\frac{8}{100}\).
Think 0.88 as 88 hundredths = \(\frac{88}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{8}{100}\) + \(\frac{88}{100}\) = \(\frac{96}{100}\) = 0.96

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{85}{100}[/latex

Explanation:
[latex]\frac{6}{10}+\frac{25}{100}\)
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{6 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
\(\frac{60}{100}+\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\).

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
50 hundredths

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{7}{100}\)
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\).
\(\frac{70}{100}+\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\).

Question 8.
$0.55 + $0.23 = $ _____

Answer:
$0.78

Explanation:
Think 0.55 as 55 hundredths = \(\frac{55}{100}\).
Think 0.23 as 23 hundredths = \(\frac{23}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{55}{100}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{78}{100}\) = 0.78.

Question 9.
$0.19 + $0.13 = $ _____

Answer:
$0.32

Explanation:
Think 0.19 as 19 hundredths = \(\frac{19}{100}\).
Think 0.13 as 13 hundredths = \(\frac{13}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{19}{100}\) + \(\frac{13}{100}\) = \(\frac{32}{100}\) = 0.32.

Reason Quantitatively Algebra Write the number that makes the equation true.

Question 10.
\(\frac{20}{100}+\frac{■}{10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\)
■ = _____

Answer:
■ = 4

Explanation:
\(\frac{20}{100}+\frac{■}{10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
Let the unknown number = s.
If s = 4,
\(\frac{20}{100}+\frac{4}{10}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{4 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{40}{100}\).
\(\frac{20}{100}+\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
So, the unknown number is 4.

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{■}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
■ = _____

Answer:
■ = 70

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{■}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\).
Let the unknown number = s.
If s = 70,
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{7}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{2 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\).
\(\frac{20}{100}+\frac{70}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\).
So, the unknown number is 70.

Question 12.
Jerry had 1 gallon of ice cream. He used \(\frac{3}{10}\) gallon to make chocolate milkshakes and 0.40 gallon to make vanilla milkshakes. How much ice cream does Jerry have left after making the milkshakes?
_____ gallon

Answer:
0.30 gallon

Explanation:
Jerry had 1 gallon of ice cream. He used \(\frac{3}{10}\) gallon to make chocolate milkshakes and 0.40 gallon to make vanilla milkshakes.
So, write 0.40 as \(\frac{40}{100}\) gallon.
She used \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\).
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{3 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\).
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Jerry have left 1 – \(\frac{70}{100}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\) = 0.30 gallon

Page No. 530

Use the table for 13−16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 47

Question 13.
Dean selects Teakwood stones and Buckskin stones to pave a path in front of his house. How many meters long will each set of one Teakwood stone and one Buckskin stone be?
_____ meter

Answer:
\(\frac{71}{100}\) meter

Explanation:
Dean selects Teakwood stones and Buckskin stones to pave a path in front of his house.
Teakwood stone and one Buckskin stone = \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{41}{100}\).
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{3 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\).
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{41}{100}\) = \(\frac{71}{100}\)

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 9.7 Compare Decimals Question 14.
The backyard patio at Nona’s house is made from a repeating pattern of one Rose stone and one Rainbow stone. How many meters long is each pair of stones?
_____ meter

Answer:
\(\frac{68}{100}\) meter

Explanation:
The backyard patio at Nona’s house is made from a repeating pattern of one Rose stone and one Rainbow stone.
Each pair of stone = \(\frac{8}{100}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\).
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{6 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
Each pair of stone = \(\frac{8}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{68}{100}\).

Question 15.
For a stone path, Emily likes the look of a Rustic stone, then a Rainbow stone, and then another Rustic stone. How long will the three stones in a row be? Explain.
_____ meter

Answer:
\(\frac{90}{100}\) meter

Explanation:
For a stone path, Emily likes the look of a Rustic stone, then a Rainbow stone, and then another Rustic stone. If three stones in a row, then
\(\frac{15}{100}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\).
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\).
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{6 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\).

Question 16.
Which two stones can you place end-to-end to get a length of 0.38 meter? Explain how you found your answer.
Type below:
________

Answer:
If you add Teakwood stones and Rose stones, then you get a length of 0.38 meter.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\).
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{3 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\).
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\) = latex]\frac{38}{100}[/latex] = 0.38.
If you add any other two stones, the answer will not equal to 0.38.

Question 17.
Christelle is making a dollhouse. The dollhouse is \(\frac{6}{10}\) meter tall without the roof. The roof is \(\frac{15}{100}\) meter high. What is the height of the dollhouse with the roof? Choose a number from each column to complete an equation to solve.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 48
\(\frac{□}{□}\) meter

Answer:
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\) meter

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\).
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{6 X 10}{10 X 10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\).
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\).

Common Core – New – Page No. 531

Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100

Find the sum.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{43}{100}\) Think: Write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as a fraction with a denominator of 100: \(\frac{2 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{20}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 49

Answer:
\(\frac{63}{100}\)

Explanation:
Think: Write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as a fraction with a denominator of 100: \(\frac{2 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{20}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 49

Question 2.
\(\frac{17}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{77}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{17}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\).
\(\frac{6 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{60}{100}\)
\(\frac{17}{100}+\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{9}{100}+\frac{4}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{49}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{100}+\frac{4}{10}\).
\(\frac{4 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{40}{100}\)
\(\frac{9}{100}+\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{49}{100}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{23}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{93}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{23}{100}\).
\(\frac{7 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{70}{100}\)
\(\frac{70}{100}+\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)

Question 5.
$0.48 + $0.30
$ _____

Answer:
$0.78

Explanation:
Think $0.48 as \(\frac{48}{100}\).
Think $0.30 as \(\frac{30}{100}\).
\(\frac{48}{100}+\frac{30}{100}\) = \(\frac{78}{100}\) = $0.78

Question 6.
$0.25 + $0.34
$ _____

Answer:
$0.59

Explanation:
Think $0.25 as \(\frac{25}{100}\).
Think $0.34 as \(\frac{34}{100}\).
\(\frac{25}{100}+\frac{34}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\) = $0.59

Question 7.
$0.66 + $0.06
$ _____

Answer:
$0.72

Explanation:
Think $0.66 as \(\frac{66}{100}\).
Think $0.06 as \(\frac{6}{100}\).
\(\frac{66}{100}+\frac{6}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\) = $0.72

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Ned’s frog jumped \(\frac{38}{100}\) meter. Then his frog jumped \(\frac{4}{10}\) meter. How far did Ned’s frog jump in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{78}{100}\) meter

Explanation:
Ned’s frog jumped \(\frac{38}{100}\) meter. Then his frog jumped \(\frac{4}{10}\) meter.
So, together \(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) jumped.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{4 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{40}{100}\).
\(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{78}{100}\).

Question 9.
Keiko walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks \(\frac{19}{100}\) kilometer from the park to her home. How far does Keiko walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{69}{100}\) kilometer

Explanation:
Keiko walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks \(\frac{19}{100}\) kilometer from the park to her home.
Total = \(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) kilometer.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{50}{100}\).
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) = \(\frac{69}{100}\).

Common Core – New – Page No. 532

Lesson Check

Question 1.
In a fish tank, \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fish were orange and \(\frac{5}{100}\) of the fish were striped. What fraction of the fish were orange or striped?
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{25}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{100}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{25}{100}\)

Explanation:
In a fish tank, \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fish were orange and \(\frac{5}{100}\) of the fish were striped.
To find the raction of the fish were orange or striped Add \(\frac{2}{10}\) and \(\frac{5}{100}\).
\(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{2 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{20}{100}\).
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\).

Question 2.
Greg spends $0.45 on an eraser and $0.30 on a pen. How much money does Greg spend in all?
Options:
a. $3.45
b. $0.75
c. $0.48
d. $0.15

Answer:
b. $0.75

Explanation:
Think $0.45 as \(\frac{45}{100}\).
Think $0.30 as \(\frac{30}{100}\).
\(\frac{45}{100}+\frac{30}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\) = $0.75.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Phillip saves $8 each month. How many months will it take him to save at least $60?
Options:
a. 6 months
b. 7 months
c. 8 months
d. 9 months

Answer:
c. 8 months

Explanation:
Phillip saves $8 each month.
To save at least $60, \(\frac{60}{8}\) = 8 months (approximately)

Question 4.
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the sandwich. Yi eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the sandwich. How much of the sandwich do the two friends eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the sandwich. Yi eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the sandwich.
Two friends eat \(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 5.
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long and the other is 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. How much of the board is left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
d. 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\).
2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{7}{3}\).
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long and the other is 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long.
\(\frac{7}{2}\) + \(\frac{7}{3}\) = \(\frac{7 \times 3}{2\times 3} + [latex]\frac{7 \times 2}{3\times 2} = [latex]\frac{21}{6}\) + \(\frac{14}{6}\) = \(\frac{35}{6}\) = 5\(\frac{5}{6}\).
He left 8 – 5\(\frac{5}{6}\).
7\(\frac{6}{6}\) – 5\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 6.
Jeff drinks \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a glass of juice. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{3}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{12}\) is divided by 4. So, \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Page No. 535

Question 1.
Compare 0.39 and 0.42. Write <, >, or =.
Shade the model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 50
0.39 ____ 0.42

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 535
0.39 < 0.42

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 51
0.26 ____ 0.23

Answer:
0.26 > 0.23

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 535
The digits in the one’s and tenths place are the same. Compare the digits in the hundredths place. 6 > 3. So, 0.26 > 0.23.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 52
0.7 ____ 0.54

Answer:
0.7 > 0.54

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 535
The digits in the ones place are the same. Compare the digits in the tenths place. 0.7 = 0.70. 7 > 5. So, 0.70 > 0.54.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 53
1.15 ____ 1.3

Answer:
1.15 < 1.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 535
The digits in the ones place are the same. Compare the digits in the tenths place. 1 < 3. So, 1.15 < 1.3

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 54
4.5 ____ 2.89

Answer:
4.5 > 2.89

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 535
Compare one’s digits. 4 > 2 . So, 4.5 > 2.89

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 6.
0.9 ____ 0.81

Answer:
0.9 > 0.81

Explanation:
0.9 is 9 tenths, which is equivalent to 90 hundredths.
0.81 is 81 hundredths.
90 hundredths > 81 hundredths. So, 0.9 > 0.81.

Question 7.
1.06 ____ 0.6

Answer:
1.06 > 0.6

Explanation:
1.06 is 106 hundredths.
0.6 is 6 tenths, which is equivalent to 60 hundredths.
106 hundredths > 60 hundredths. So, 1.06 > 0.6.

Question 8.
0.25 ____ 0.3

Answer:
0.25 < 0.3

Explanation:
0.25 is 25 hundredths.
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equivalent to 30 hundredths.
25 hundredths < 30 hundredths. So, 0.25 < 0.3.

Question 9.
2.61 ____ 3.29

Answer:
2.61 < 3.29

Explanation:
2.61 is 261 hundredths.
3.29 is 329 hundredths.
261 hundredths < 329 hundredths. So, 2.61 < 3.29.

Reason Quantitatively Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
0.30 ____ \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Answer:
0.30 = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
0.30 is 30 hundredths.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) is 3 tenths, which is equal to 30 hundredths.
30 hundredths = 30 hundredths. So, 0.30 = \(\frac{3}{10}\).

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{100}\) ____ 0.2

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{100}\) < 0.2

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{100}\) is 4 hundredths.
0.2 is 2 tenths, which is equal to 20 hundredths.
4 hundredths < 20 hundredths. So, \(\frac{4}{100}\) < 0.2

Question 12.
0.15 ____ \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
0.15 > \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
0.15 is 15 hundredths.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) is 1 tenths, which is equal to 10 hundredths.
15 hundredths > 10 hundredths. So, 0.15 > \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ____ 0.8

Answer:
latex]\frac{1}{8}[/latex] < 0.8

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) = 0.25 is 25 hundredths.
0.8 is 8 tenths, which is equal to 80 hundredths.
25 hundredths < 80 hundredths. So, \(\frac{1}{8}\) < 0.8

Question 14.
Robert had $14.53 in his pocket. Ivan had $14.25 in his pocket. Matt had $14.40 in his pocket. Who had more money, Robert or Matt? Did Ivan have more money than either Robert or Matt?
________

Answer:
Robert had more money.
No, Ivan didn’t have more money than either Robert or Matt.

Explanation:
Compare Robert, Ivan, and Matt money to know who had more money.
The digits in the one’s place are the same. Compare the digits in the tenths place. 5 > 4 > 2. So, Robert had more money.

Page No. 536

Question 15.
Ricardo and Brandon ran a 1500-meter race. Ricardo finished in 4.89 minutes. Brandon finished in 4.83 minutes. What was the time of the runner who finished first?
a. What are you asked to find?–
Type below:
________

Answer:
The time of the runner who finished first.

Question 15.
b. What do you need to do to find the answer?
Type below:
________

Answer:
I have to compare the times to find the time that is less.

Question 15.
c. Solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Use place-value chart
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 536
The digits of the one’s and tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths to find greater time.
9 > 3.
4.83 minutes are less than 4.89.

Question 15.
d. What was the time of the runner who finished first?
______ minutes

Answer:
4.83 minutes

Question 15.
e. Look back. Does your answer make sense? Explain.
_____

Answer:
Yes. The time of the runner who finished first is the lesser time of the two. Since 4.83, 4.89, then 4.83 minutes is the time of the runner who finished first.

Question 16.
The Venus flytrap closes in 0.3 second and the waterwheel plant closes in 0.2 second. What decimal is halfway between 0.2 and 0.3? Explain.
_____

Answer:
0.2 is 2 tenths, which is equal to the 20 hundredths.
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equal to 30 hundredths.
The halfway between 20 hundredths and 30 hundredths is 25 hundredths.
So, the answer is 0.25.

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17c, select True or False for the inequality.
a. 0.5 > 0.53
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
0.5 is 50 hundredths.
0.53 is 53 hundredths.
50 hundredths < 53 hundredths. So, 0.5 < 0.53. So, the answer is false.

Question 17.
b. 0.35 < 0.37
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
0.35 is 35 hundredths.
0.37 is 37 hundredths.
35 hundredths < 37 hundredths.
0.35 < 0.37.
So, the answer is true.

Question 17. c. $1.35 > $0.35
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
$1.35 is 135 hundredths.
$0.35 is 35 hundredths.
135 hundredths > 35 hundredths.
$1.35 > $0.35.
So, the answer is correct.

Common Core – New – Page No. 537

Compare Decimals

Compare. Write <. >, or =.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 55
Think: 3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Answer:
0.35 < 0.53

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Question 2.
0.6 ______ 0.60

Answer:
0.6 = 0.60

Explanation:
0.6 is 6 tenths can write as 6 tenths and 0 hundredths. So, 0.6 = 0.60.

Question 3.
0.24 ______ 0.31

Answer:
0.24 < 0.31

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.31.

Question 4.
0.94 ______ 0.9

Answer:
0.94 > 0.9

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 4 hundredths is greater than 0 hundredths. So, 0.94 > 0.9.

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 9 Test Answer Key Question 5.
0.3 ______ 0.32

Answer:
0.3 < 0.32

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 0 hundredths is less than 2 hundredths. So, 0.3 < 0.32.

Question 6.
0.45 ______ 0.28

Answer:
0.45 > 0.28

Explanation:
4 tenths is greater than 2 tenths. So, 0.45 > 0.28.

Question 7.
0.39 ______ 0.93

Answer:
0.39 < 0.93

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 9 tenths. So, 0.39 < 0.93.

Use the number line to compare. Write true or false.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 56

Question 8.
0.8 > 0.78
______

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.78 is in between 0.7 and 0.8 that is less than 0.8. So, 0.8 > 0.78.

Question 9.
0.4 > 0.84
______

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.4 is less than 0.84 and the left side of the number line. So, 0.4 < 0.84. The answer is false.

Question 10.
0.7 > 0.70
______

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.7 is 7 tenths and 70 hundredths. 0.7 = 0.70. So, the answer is false.

Question 11.
0.4 > 0.04
______

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.04 is less than 0.4 and it is left side of the 0.1 on the number line. 0.1 is less than 0.4. So, the given answer is true.

Compare. Write true or false.

Question 12.
0.09 > 0.1
______

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0 tenths is less than 1 tenths. So, 0.09 < 0.1. So, the answer is false.

Question 13.
0.24 = 0.42
______

Answer:
false

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 4 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.42. So, the answer is false.

Question 14.
0.17 < 0.32 ______

Answer:
true

Explanation:
1 tenths is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.17 < 0.32. So, the answer is true.

Question 15.
0.85 > 0.82
______

Answer:
true

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 5 hundredths is greater than 2 hundredths. So, 0.85 > 0.82.

Question 16.
Kelly walks 0.7 mile to school. Mary walks 0.49 mile to school. Write an inequality using <, > or = to compare the distances they walk to school.
0.7 ______ 0.49

Answer:
0.7 > 0.49

Explanation:
7 tenths is greater than 4 tenths. So, 0.7 > 0.49.

Question 17.
Tyrone shades two decimal grids. He shades 0.03 of the squares on one grid blue. He shades 0.3 of another grid red. Which grid has the greater part shaded?
0.03 ______ 0.3

Answer:
0.03 < 0.3

Explanation:
0.03 is 3 hundredths.
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equal to 30 hundredths.
3 hundredths < 30 hundredths. So, 0.03 < 0.3.

Common Core – New – Page No. 538

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bob, Cal, and Pete each made a stack of baseball cards. Bob’s stack was 0.2 meter high. Cal’s stack was 0.24 meter high. Pete’s stack was 0.18 meter high.
Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.02 > 0.24
b. 0.24 > 0.18
c. 0.18 > 0.2
d. 0.24 = 0.2

Answer:
b. 0.24 > 0.18

Explanation:
2 tenths is greater than 1 tenth. So, 0.24 > 0.18.

Question 2.
Three classmates spent money at the school supplies store. Mark spent 0.5 dollar, Andre spent 0.45 dollar, and Raquel spent 0.52 dollar. Which
statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.45 > 0.5
b. 0.52 < 0.45
c. 0.5 = 0.52
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Answer:
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Explanation:
4 tenths is less than 5 tenth. So, 0.45 > 0.5.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket. How much money do Pedro and Alice have in their pockets altogether?
Options:
a. $0.05
b. $0.39
c. $0.75
d. $0.79

Answer:
c. $0.75

Explanation:
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket.
Together = $0.35 + $0.40 = $0.75.

Question 4.
The measure 62 centimeters is equivalent to \(\frac{62}{100}\) meter. What is this measure written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 62.0 meters
b. 6.2 meters
c. 0.62 meter
d. 0.6 meter

Answer:
c. 0.62 meter

Explanation:
\(\frac{62}{100}\) = 0.62 meter.

Question 5.
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, \(\frac{1}{8}\) are soccer trophies. How many soccer trophies does Joel have?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, \(\frac{1}{8}\) are soccer trophies.
So, \(\frac{1}{8}\) X 24 = 3 soccer trophies.

Question 6.
Molly’s jump rope is 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. Gail’s jump rope is 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet long. How much longer is Molly’s jump rope?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer:
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet = \(\frac{19}{3}\) feet.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet = \(\frac{14}{3}\) feet.
\(\frac{19}{3}\) – \(\frac{14}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\) feet = b. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet.

Page No. 539

Question 1.
Select a number shown by the model. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 57
Type below:
________

Answer:
1 \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{14}{10}\) = 1.4

Explanation:
from the given image, there is one whole number and \(\frac{4}{10}\) of another model. So, 1 \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{14}{10}\) = 1.4

Question 2.
Rick has one dollar and twenty-seven cents to buy a notebook. Which names this money amount in terms of dollars? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 12.7
b. 1.027
c. $1.27
d. 1.27
e. 1 \(\frac{27}{100}\)
f. \(\frac{127}{10}\)

Answer:
c. $1.27
d. 1.27
e. 1 \(\frac{27}{100}\)

Explanation:
one dollar and twenty-seven cents = 1 \(\frac{27}{100}\) = 1.27 = $1.27

Question 3.
For numbers 3a–3e, select True or False for the statement.
a. 0.9 is equivalent to 0.90.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
0.9 is 9 tenths, which is equal to 90 hundredths. 0.9 = 0.90. So, the answer is true.

Question 3.
b. 0.20 is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{100}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{100}\) = 0.02. So, the given answer is false.

Question 3.
c. \(\frac{80}{100}\) is equivalent to \(\frac{8}{10}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Divide \(\frac{80}{100}\) by 10 = \(\frac{8}{10}\). So, the answer is true.

Question 3.
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\) is equivalent to 0.60.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) is 0.6. 0.6 is 6 tenths, which is equal to 6 tenths and 0 hundredths. 0.60. So, 0.6 =0.60. The answer is true.

Question 3.
e. 0.3 is equivalent to \(\frac{3}{100}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equal to 3 tenths and 0 hundredths. \(\frac{3}{100}\) is 0 tenths. So, the answer is false.

Page No. 540

Question 4.
After selling some old books and toys, Gwen and her brother Max had 5 one-dollar bills, 6 quarters, and 8 dimes. They agreed to divide the money equally.
Part A
Wat is the total amount of money that Gwen and Max earned?
Explain.
$ _____

Answer:
$7.30

Explanation:
After selling some old books and toys, Gwen and her brother Max had 5 one-dollar bills, 6 quarters, and 8 dimes.
5 + (6 X 25/100) + (8 X 10/100) = 5 + 150/100 + 80/100 = 5 + 230/100 = 730/100 = 7.30

Question 4.
Part B
Max said that he and Gwen cannot get equal amounts of money because 5 one-dollar bills cannot be divided evenly. Do you agree with Max?
Explain.
_____

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
No; they can share the 3 quarters and 4 dimes each. Then, they can change the 5 dollar bills into quarters. 1 dollar = 4 quarters. So, 5 dollars = 5 X 4 or 20 quarters. They can each get 10 quarters. So, each person has a total of 13 quarters and 4 dimes. $3.25 + $0.40 = $3.65

Question 5.
Harrison rode his bike \(\frac{6}{10}\) of a mile to the park. Shade the model. Then write the decimal to show how far Harrison rode his bike.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 58
Harrison rode his bike _______ mile to the park.
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 540
Harrison rode his bike 0.6 mile to the park.

Explanation:
6 boxes are shaded out of 10.

Question 6.
Amaldo spent \(\frac{88}{100}\) of a dollar on a souvenir pencil from Zion National Park in Utah. What is \(\frac{88}{100}\) written as a decimal in terms of dollars?
_____

Answer:
0.88

Explanation:
Write down 88 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.88

Question 7.
Tran has $5.82. He is saving for a video game that costs $8.95.
Tran needs _______ more to have enough money for the game.
_____

Answer:
$3.13

Explanation:
Tran has $5.82. He is saving for a video game that costs $8.95. To know more amount need to buy a video game = $8.95 – $5.82 = $3.13

Page No. 541

Question 8.
Cheyenne lives \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile from school. A fraction in hundredths equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\) is
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{70}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7 \times 10}{10 \times 10}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)

Question 9.
Write a decimal in tenths that is less than 2.42 but greater than 2.0.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4

Explanation:
The decimal in greater than 2.0 and below the 2.4 are 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4

Question 10.
Kylee and two of her friends are at a museum. They find two quarters and one dime on the ground.
Part A
If Kylee and her friends share the money equally, how much will each person get? Explain how you found your answer.
$ _____
Explain:
__________

Answer:
$0.20; Two quarters and one dime are equal to $0.50 + $0.10 = $0.60. Take $0.60 as 6 dimes. When 6 dimes divide equally, each person will receive 2 dimes or $0.20.

Question 10.
Part B
Kylee says that each person will receive \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the money that was found. Do you agree? Explain.
__________

Answer:
No; Each person receives $0.20, which is 2/10 of a dollar, not 2/10 of the money that was found. Since there are 3 people who share the money equally, each person will receive 1/3 of the money.

Question 11.
Shade the model to show 1 \(\frac{52}{100}\). Then write the mixed number in decimal form.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 59
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 541
1.52

Page No. 542

Question 12.
Henry is making a recipe for biscuits. A recipe calls for \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilogram flour and \(\frac{9}{100}\) kilogram sugar.
Part A
If Henry measures correctly and combines the two amounts, how much flour and sugar will he have? Show your work.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) kilogram

Answer:
\(\frac{59}{100}\) kilogram

Explanation:
Henry is making a recipe for biscuits. A recipe calls for \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilogram flour and \(\frac{9}{100}\) kilogram sugar. So, add \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilogram flour and \(\frac{9}{100}\) kilogram flour.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\).
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{9}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\).

Question 12.
Part B
How can you write your answer as a decimal?
__________ kilogram

Answer:
0.59 kilogram

Explanation:
\(\frac{59}{100}\) = 0.59

Question 13.
An orchestra has 100 musicians. \(\frac{4}{10}\) of them play string instruments—violin, viola, cello, double bass, guitar, lute, and harp. What decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{4}{10}\)?
__________

Answer:
0.4 or 0.40

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4 = 0.40

Question 14.
Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 60

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 541

Question 15.
The point on the number line shows the number of seconds it took an athlete to run the forty-yard dash. Write the decimal that correctly names the point.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 61

Answer:
\(\frac{70}{100}\)

Explanation:
The point is in between 5\(\frac{5}{10}\) and 6.0. The point after the 5\(\frac{5}{10}\) is 5\(\frac{6}{10}\) = 5.6

Page No. 543

Question 16.
Ingrid is making a toy car. The toy car is \(\frac{5}{10}\) meter high without the roof. The roof is \(\frac{18}{100}\) meter high. What is the height of the toy car with the roof? Choose a number from each column to complete an equation to solve.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 62
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) = \(\frac{68}{100}\) meter high

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{100}\).
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) = \(\frac{68}{100}\).

Question 17.
Callie shaded the model to represent the questions she answered correctly on a test. What decimal represents the part of the model that is shaded?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 63
represents _____

Answer:
0.81

Explanation:
81 boxes are shaded out of 100. So, \(\frac{81}{100}\) = 0.81

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18f, select True or False for the inequality.
a. 0.21 < 0.27
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
The digits in the one’s and tenths place are the same. Compare the digits in the hundredths place. 1 < 7. So, 0.21 < 0.27. The answer is true.

Question 18. b. 0.4 > 0.45

i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
0.4 = 0.40
The digits in the one’s and tenths place are the same. Compare the digits in the hundredths place. 0 < 5. So, 0.4 < 0.46. The answer is false.

Question 18.
c. $3.21 > $0.2
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
3 ones is greater than 0’s. So, $3.21 > $0.2

Question 18.
d. 1.9 < 1.90
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
1.9 = 1.90. So, the answer is false

Question 18. e. 0.41 = 0.14
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
The digits in the one’s are the same. Compare the digits in the tenths place. 4 > 1. So, 0.41 > 0.14. The answer is false.

Question 18. f. 6.2 > 6.02
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
2 tenths is greater than 0 tenths. So, 6.2 > 6.02. The answer is true.

Question 19.
Fill in the numbers to find the sum.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 64
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Let the unknown numbers are A and B.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{A}{100}\) = \(\frac{8}{B}\)
If A = 40 and B = 10, then \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\).

Page No. 544

Question 20.
Steve is measuring the growth of a tree. He drew this model to show the tree’s growth in meters. Which fraction, mixed number, or decimal does the model show? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 65
Options:
a. 1.28
b. 12.8
c. 0.28
d. 2 \(\frac{8}{100}\)
e. 1 \(\frac{28}{100}\)
f. 1 \(\frac{28}{10}\)

Answer:
a. 1.28
e. 1 \(\frac{28}{100}\)

Explanation:
From the given image, it has one model of 1 whole number and other model is shades 24 boxes out of 100. So, 1 \(\frac{28}{100}\) = \(\frac{128}{100}\) = 1.28 is the answer.

Question 21.
Luke lives 0.4 kilometer from a skating rink. Mark lives 0.25 kilometer from the skating rink.
Part A
Who lives closer to the skating rink? Explain.
_____

Answer:
Mark lives closer to the skating rink

Explanation:
0.4 is 4 tenths and 0.25 is 2 tenths 5 hundredths. Compare the tenths, since
4 tenths > 2 tenths. Luke lives farther from the rink. So, Mark lives closer.

Question 21.
Part B
How can you write each distance as a fraction? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) and \(\frac{25}{100}\)

Explanation:
0.4 is 4 tenths. So, \(\frac{4}{10}\) and 0.25 is 25 hundredths. So, \(\frac{25}{100}\).

Question 21.
Part C
Luke is walking to the skating rink to pick up a practice schedule. Then he is walking to Mark’s house. Will he walk more than a kilometer or less than a kilometer? Explain.
__________

Answer:
Less than a kilometer; \(\frac{4}{10}\) < \(\frac{5}{10}\) or \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{25}{100}\) < \(\frac{50}{100}\) or \(\frac{1}{2}\).
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) < \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\). So, \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1.
Therefore, \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) < 1.

Page No. 551

Question 1.
Draw and label \(\overline{A B}\) in the space at the right.
\(\overline{A B}\) is a __________ .
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 1 551
\(\overline{A B}\) is a line segment.

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 2.
\(\underset { XY }{ \longleftrightarrow } \)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 2 551
\(\underset { XY }{ \longleftrightarrow } \) is a line

Question 3.
obtuse ∠K
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 3 551
Angle K is greater than a right angle and less than a straight angle.

Question 4.
∠CDE
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 4 551
angle CDE

Use Figure M for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 66

Question 5.
Name a line segment.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
line segment TU

Explanation:
TU line is a straight path of points that continues without an end in both directions.

Question 6.
Name a right angle.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Angle TUW

Explanation:
TUW is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 7.
\(\overrightarrow{P Q}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 5 551
\(\overrightarrow{P Q}\) is a ray.

Question 8.
acute ∠RST
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 6 551
Angle RST

Question 9.
straight ∠WXZ
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 9 review test image 7 551

Use Figure F for 10–15.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 67

Question 10.
Name a ray.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Ray K

Explanation:
K is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 11.
Name an obtuse angle.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Angle ABK

Explanation:
ABK is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle and less than a straight angle.

Question 12.
Name a line.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Line AC

Explanation:
AC is a line that is a straight path of points that continues without end in
both directions.

Question 13.
Name a line segment.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Line Segment PQ

Explanation:
PQ is a line segment that is part of a line between two endpoints.

Question 14.
Name a right angle.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Angle PRC

Explanation:
PRC is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 15.
Name an acute angle.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Angle ABJ

Explanation:
ABJ is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Page No. 552

Use the picture of the bridge for 16 and 17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 68

Question 16.
Classify ∠A.
_____ angle

Answer:
Right Angle

Explanation:
A is the right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 17.
Which angle appears to be obtuse?
∠ _____

Answer:
∠C

Explanation:
C is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle and less than a straight angle.

Question 18.
How many different angles are in Figure X?
List them.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 69
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4 Angles;
Right Angle = Angle EBC;
Obtuse angle = Angle DBF;
Acute angle = Angle DBE;
Straight angle = Angle ABC.

Explanation:

Question 19.
Vanessa drew the angle at the right and named it ∠TRS. Explain why Vanessa’s name for the angle is incorrect. Write a correct name for the angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 70
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Vanessa’s name for the angle is incorrect. Because She drew ∠TSR. The two rays R and T have the same endpoint at S called the angle. Also, the TSR is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Question 20.
Write the word that describes the part of Figure A.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 71
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals img 72
\(\overline{B G}\) _________
\(\underset { CD }{ \longleftrightarrow } \) _________
∠FBG _________
\(\overrightarrow{B E}\) _________
∠AGD _________

Answer:
\(\overline{B G}\) Line Segment.
\(\underset { CD }{ \longleftrightarrow } \) Line.
∠FBG Right Angle.
\(\overrightarrow{B E}\) Ray.
∠AGD an acute angle.

Conclusion:

Achieve excellent grades with the help of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals PDF. Follow every method and step-by-step process included in HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key. Students can easily catch up on the way of solving math problems and they learn their own way to solve any difficult math problem by using Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 9. Get flexible learning using Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Relate Fractions and Decimals Read More »

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-11-angles

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Angles

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf: Students who are looking for quick learning with basic fundamentals can Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles pdf for free. There are different types of questions with detailed and simple explanations here. So, the students of Grade 4 can make HMH Go Math Answer Key as a reference while practicing the problems. There is a scope to learn simple techniques to solve the problems. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key helps the parents to explain the concepts in an easy manner to their children.

Angles Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf

We have provided the solutions for not only the exercised but also for the mid-chapter checkpoint and review tests. So, the students can check the solutions after practicing from Go Math Grade Chapter 11 Answer Key. Check out the topics given below before starting your preparation. Get step by step procedure for each and every problem with suitable examples in our Go Math Answer Key for Grade 4 Chapter 11 Angles. Hence make use of the links and start practicing now.

Lesson 1:

Lesson 2:

Lesson 3: Measure and Draw Angles

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4:

Common Core – New

Lesson 5:

Common Core – New

Chapter 11 Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 605

Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 1

The figure shows that the \(\frac{1}{4}\)th part of the circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Half of the circle is shaded. Thus the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:

From the above figure, we can observe that the complete circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1.

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counter-clockwise

Explanation:

From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the anti-clockwise direction. And it has completed the half-turn.
Thus the fraction is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counter-clockwise

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 5
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The arrow is turned in a clockwise direction. It has completed \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn. So, the angle with direction is \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 6
_________

Answer: 1 full turn counter clockwise

Explanation:

From the above picture, we can observe that the circle has completed the full turn in the counter clockwise direction.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Shelley exercised for 15 minutes. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 7
Type below:
_________

Answer: The minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{4}\) clockwise.

Explanation:

Given that,

Shelley exercised for 15 minutes.
So, the fraction of the minute hand made is \(\frac{1}{4}\).
The direction of the minute hand made is clockwise.
So, the answer is the minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{4}\) clockwise.

Question 8.
Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 8
Type below:
_________

Answer: The minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{2}\) clockwise.

Explanation:

Given, Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch.
The minute hand made a turn in the clockwise direction from 12 to 6.
That means the fraction of the angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Thus the turn minute hand made is \(\frac{1}{2}\) clockwise.

Common Core – New – Page No. 606

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What fraction of the circle does the shaded angle represent
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 9
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

From the figure we can say that the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Thus the answer is option D.

Question 2.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the clockwise direction. And it has completed the half turn.
So, the answer is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\) written as a pair of fractions with a common denominator?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{6}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{12} \text { and } \frac{3}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The denomintors are different here. So you have to make the denominators common.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
So the answer is option D.

Question 4.
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls. How many rolls did he buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls.
Dozen = 12
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists all the factors of 18?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 4, 9, 18
b. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
c. 2, 3, 6, 9
d. 1, 3, 5, 9, 18

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18

Explanation:

The factors of 18 are
1 × 18 = 18
2 × 9 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
6 × 3 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 × 1 = 18
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday. On which day did he ride the shortest distance?
Options:
a. Monday
b. Tuesday
c. Friday
d. Saturday

Answer: Friday

Explanation:

Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday.
The shortest among all is 1.05 miles.
Therefore the answer is option C.

Page No. 609

Question 1.
Find the measure of the angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 11
Through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
\(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{■}{360}\)
Think: 3 × 12 = 36, so 3 × _____ = 360.
So, the measure of the angle is _____.
_____ degrees

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{3}\)
To measure the angle we have to multiply the fraction of the shaded angle with the total angle.
That means, \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360
360/3 = 120 degrees.
Thus the angle of the shaded part is 120°

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 12
____ °

Answer: 45°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{45}{360}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{45}{360}\) × 360° = 45°
Thus the angle of the above figure is 45°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 13
____ degrees

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

The figure shows the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × 360° = 30°
Therefore the measure of the shaded angle is 30°

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 14
____ °

Answer: 360°

Explanation:

We observe that the circle is shaded completely.
\(\frac{360}{360}\) × 360° = 360°
Thus the above figure is the complete angle.

Go Math Grade 4 Topic 11 Lesson 11.2 Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 15
____ °

Answer: 36°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{1}{10}\) × 360° = 36°
Therefore the measure of the shaded angle is 36°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 16
_________

Answer: Obtuse

An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. However, A reflex angle measures more than 180 degrees but less than 360 degrees.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 17
_________

Answer: Right

A right angle is an angle of exactly 90° (degrees), corresponding to a quarter turn. If a ray is placed so that its endpoint is on a line and the adjacent angles are equal, then they are right angles.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 18
_________

Answer: Acute

The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 19
_________

Answer: Straight

A straight angle is 180 degrees. A straight angle changes the direction to point the opposite way.

Question 10.
Is this an obtuse angle? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer: Obtuse

An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. However, A reflex angle measures more than 180 degrees but less than 360 degrees.

Question 11.
Alex cut a circular pizza into 8 equal slices. He removed 2 of the slices of pizza. What is the measure of the angle made by the missing slices of pizza?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 21
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

Alex cut a circular pizza into 8 equal slices.
He removed 2 of the slices of pizza.
The fraction of the missing slices = \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The fraction of the missing slices is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
To know the angle we have to multiply the fraction with complete angle i.e., 360°
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°
Thus the angle of the missing slices is 90°

Page No. 610

Question 12.
Ava started reading at 3:30 p.m. She stopped for a snack at 4:15 p.m. During this time, through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn? How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 22
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find the fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn and how many degrees did the minute hand turn

Question 12.
b. What information can you use to find the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned?
Type below:
_________

Answer: The fraction of a circle through which the minute hand-turned \(\frac{3}{4}\) Clockwise.

Question 12.
c. How can you use the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned to find how many degrees it turned?
Type below:
_________

Answer:

The figure shows that the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned is \(\frac{3}{4}\) Clockwise.
Let the shaded part be x
And the nonshaded part is 90°
x + 90° = 360°
x = 360°- 90°
x = 270°
Therefore the minute hand turns 270° clockwise.

Question 12.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Step 1:
\(\frac{3 × ■}{4 × ■}=\frac{?}{360}\)
Step 2:
\(\frac{3 × 90}{4 × 90}=\frac{■}{360}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3 × 90}{4 × 90}=\frac{■}{360}\)
\(\frac{270}{360} = \frac{■}{360}\)
If the denominators are equal then the numerators must be equated.
■ = 270

Question 12.
e. Complete the sentences. From 3:30 p.m. to 4:15 p.m., the minute hand made a ______ turn clockwise. The minute hand turned ______ degrees.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
From 3:30 p.m. to 4:15 p.m., the minute hand made a \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise. The minute hand turned 270 degrees.

Angles Grade 4 Pdf Chapter 11 Answer Key Question 13.
An angle represents \(\frac{1}{15}\) of a circle. Select the number to show how to find the measure of the angle in degrees.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 23
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 24
\(\frac{1}{15}=\frac{1 × □}{15 × □}=\frac{□}{360}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: 24°
\(\frac{1}{15} × 360° = 24°

Common Core – New – Page No. 611

Degrees

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 25
Answer: 60°

Explanation:

Given that the fraction of the shaded angle is [latex]\frac{60}{360}\)
\(\frac{60}{360}\) × 360 = 60°
Thus the angle for the above figure is 60°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 26
____ °

Answer: 180°

Explanation:

Half of the circle is shaded. The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360 = 360/2 = 180°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 27
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
To find the angle we need to multiply the fraction with the total angle.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 28
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

25° < 90°
So, the above figure is an acute angle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 29
_________

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:

110° > 90°
So, the figure shown above is an obtuse angle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 30
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

60° < 90°
Acute angles measure less than 90 degrees. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 31
_________

Answer: Right

Explanation:

65 + 25 = 90
The sum of two angles = 90°
Thus the above figure is a right-angled triangle.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 32
_________

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:

110° > 90°
So, the above triangle is an obtuse angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 33
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

50° is less than 90°
Thus the above triangle is an acute angle triangle.

Problem Solving

Ann started reading at 4:00 P.M. and finished at 4:20 P.M.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 34

Question 10.
Through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded clock is \(\frac{12}{4}\)
\(\frac{12}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The minute hand turn clockwise direction.
So, the answer is \(\frac{1}{3}\) turn clockwise

Question 11.
How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
____ °

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

The fraction of the minute hand turn is \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360° = 120°
The minute hand turn 120°

Common Core – New – Page No. 612

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What kind of angle is shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 35
Options:
a. acute
b. obtuse
c. right
d. straight

Answer: straight

A straight angle is 180 degrees. This is a straight angle. A straight angle changes the direction to point the opposite way.
So, the answer is option D.

Question 2.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360°
\(\frac{360}{4}\) = 90°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups. How many sports cards are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 11
d. 12

Answer: 11

Explanation:

Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards.
She separated them into 3 equal groups.
Total number of cards = 15 + 18 = 33
33/3 = 11
There are 11 sports cards in each group.

Question 4.
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race. How far did Marsha race?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile
b. \(\frac{5}{12}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile

Explanation:

Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long.
Marsha finished 5 parts of the race.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) × 5 = 5/10 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow. Which shows this fraction written as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow.
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{11}{3}\) is 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The correct answer is option A.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Question 6.
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Which decimal shows how many miles she ran?
Options:
a. 0.25 mile
b. 0.34 mile
c. 0.5 mile
d. 0.75 mile

Answer: 0.75 mile

Explanation:

Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The decimal form of \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 615

Question 1.
Measure ∠ABC.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 36
Place the center of the protractor on point ____.
Align ray BC with ____ .
Read where ____ intersects the same scale.
So, m∠ABC is _____.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 65°

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 37
m∠ONM = ____ °

Answer: 55°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 38
m∠TSR = ____ °

Answer: 105°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
170°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math grade 4 chapter 11 angles answer key image_1

Question 5.
78°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key image_2

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 39
m∠QRS = ____ °

Answer: 90°

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 40
m∠XYZ = ____ °

Answer: 155°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 8.
115°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 5 Solution Key Angles image_3

Question 9.
67°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 10.
an acute angle
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 18

Question 11.
an obtuse angle
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 29

Question 12.
Elizabeth is making a quilt with scraps of fabric. What is the difference between m∠ABC and m∠DEF?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 41
____ °

Answer: 15°

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Pdf Question 13.
Draw an angle with a measure of 0°.
Describe your drawing.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 11 image_4

Page No. 616

Question 14.
Hadley wants to divide this angle into three angles with equal measure. What will the measure of each angle be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 42
____ °

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

Given,
Hadley wants to divide this angle into three angles with equal measure.
The above figure is a right angle = 90°
If he divides into three equal angles
90/3 = 30°
So, the measure of angle will be 30°

Question 15.
Tracy measured an angle as 50° that was actually 130°. Explain her error.
Type below:
_________

Answer: She has measured the angle in the counterclockwise direction. So, that is why she got 50°.

Question 16.
Choose the word or number to complete a true statement about ∠QRS.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 43
∠QRS is a(n) Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 44 angle that has a measure of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 45
Type below:
_________

Answer: ∠QRS is an obtuse angle that has a measure of 135°.

Earth’s Axis Earth revolves around the sun yearly. The Northern Hemisphere is the half of Earth that is north of the equator. The seasons of the year are due to the tilt of Earth’s axis.

Use the diagrams and a protractor for 17–18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 46

Question 17.
In the Northern Hemisphere, Earth’s axis is tilted away from the sun on the first day of winter, which is often on December 21. What is the measure of the marked angle on the first day of winter, the shortest day of the year?
____ °

Answer: 115°

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that the angle is an obtuse angle. The mark is above 90° and the marked angle is 115°.
Therefore the measure of the marked angle on the first day of winter, the shortest day of the year is 115°.

Question 18.
Earth’s axis is not tilted away from or toward the sun on the first days of spring and fall, which are often on March 20 and September 22. What is the measure of the marked angle on the first day of spring or fall?
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

The mark is exactly 90°. So, the angle on the first day of spring or fall is 90°

Common Core – New – Page No. 617

Measure and Draw Angles

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 47
m∠ABC = 120°

By using the protractor we can measure the angle m∠ABC i.e., 120°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 48
m∠MNP = ____ °

Answer: m∠MNP = 90°

By observing the above figure we can say that the angle of m∠MNP is 90°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 49
m∠RST = ____ °

Answer: m∠RST = 65°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠RST = 65°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
40°

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 image_5

Question 5.
170°

Answer:

Go Math grade 4 chapter 11 angles answer key image_1

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 6.
a right angle

Answer:

A right angle is an angle of exactly 90°

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 39

Question 7.
an acute angle

Answer:

The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 28

Problem Solving

The drawing shows the angles a stair tread makes with a support board along a wall. Use your protractor to measure the angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 50

Question 8.
What is the measure of ∠A?
____ °

Answer: 45°

By using the protractor we can measure the angle for A = 45°

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠B?
____ °

Answer: 135°

The same process is used to measure ∠B = 135°

Common Core – New – Page No. 618

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of ∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 51
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 155°
d. 165°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:

Step 1: Place the center point of the protractor on the point B.
Step 2: Align the 0° mark on the scale of the protractor with ray BC.
Step 3: Find the point where AC meets. Read the angle measure on that scale.
So, the measure of ∠ABC is 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
What is the measure of ∠XYZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 52
Options:
a. 20°
b. 30°
c. 150°
d. 160°

Answer: 150°

Explanation:

Step 1: Place the center point of the protractor on the point Y.
Step 2: Align the 0° mark on the scale of the protractor with ray XY.
Step 3: Find the point where YZ meet. Read the angle measure on that scale.
So, ∠XYZ = 150°
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job. If he earned the same amount each week, how much did he earn each week?
Options:
a. $360
b. $368
c. $3,680
d. $5,888

Answer: $368

Explanation:

Given that, Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job.
Let the amount he earned per week = x
x × 4 = $1,472
x = 1472 ÷ 4
x = 1472/4 = 368
So, Derrick earned $368 per week.

Go Math Workbook Grade 4 Chapter 11 Review/Test Answer Key Question 4.
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins. How many dozen muffins did they bake in all?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Given:
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Add both the fractions
Convert mixed fraction into normal fractions
1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{19}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{19}{12}\) + \(\frac{13}{12}\) = \(\frac{32}{12}\)
= \(\frac{8}{3}\)
Convert \(\frac{8}{3}\) into mixed fraction = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Trisha drew the figure below. What figure did she draw?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 53
Options:
a. line segment ST
b. ray ST
c. ray TS
d. line TS

Answer: ray TS

A ray can be defined as a part of a line that has a fixed starting point but no endpoint.
Here the point starts from T and ends at S.
So, the figure Trisha drew is ray TS.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which describes the turn shown by the angle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 54
Options:
a. 1 full turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{3}{4 }\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The figure shows that the point turned \(\frac{1}{4}\) in a clockwise direction.
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 619

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 55

Question 1.
The unit used to measure an angle is called a ________.
________

Answer: The unit used to measure an angle is called a degree.

Question 2.
________ is the opposite of the direction in which the hands of a clock move.
________

Answer: Counterclockwise is the opposite of the direction in which the hands of a clock move.

Question 3.
A ________ is a tool for measuring the size of an angle.
________

Answer: A protractor is a tool for measuring the size of an angle.

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 56
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
The figure shows that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) in the clockwise direction.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 57
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise
From the above figure, we can see that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{2}\) in the counterclockwise direction.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 58
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise
The figure shows that the angle turn \(\frac{3}{4}\) in the clockwise direction.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 59
____

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1 turn counterclockwise
From the above figure, we can see that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1 in the counterclockwise direction.

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 60
____ °

Answer: 100°

\(\frac{100}{360}\) × 360° = 100°

Question 9.
____ °

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 10.
75°
Type below:
________

HMH Go Math Key Chapter 11 Angles Image_6

Question 11.
127°
Type below:
________

Chapter 11 Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Angles Image_7

Page No. 620

Question 12.
Phillip watched a beach volleyball game from 1:45 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 61
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

Phillip watched a beach volleyball game from 1:45 p.m. to 2:00 p.m.
The minute hand turned for 15 minutes.
That means \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise.
Complete angle = 360°
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 360°/4 = 90°
Therefore the minute hand turn 90°

Question 13.
What angle does this piece of pie form?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 62
____ °

Answer: 180°

From the above figure, we can see that half of the pie is completed.
Complete angle = 360°
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360°
= 180°
The angle for the piece of pie form is 180°

Question 14.
What is m∠CBT? Use a protractor to help you.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 63
____ °

Answer: 60°

By using the protractor we can say that the angle for the above figure is 60°

Question 15.
Matt cut a circle into 8 equal sections. He drew an angle that measures the same as the total measure of 3 of the sections in the circle. What is the measure of the angle Matt drew?
____ °

Answer: 135°

Explanation:

Matt cut a circle into 8 equal sections.
He drew an angle that measures the same as the total measure of 3 of the sections in the circle.
Complete angle = 360°
Divide the total number of sections by 360°
\(\frac{360}{8}\) = 45°
So, the angle for each section is 45°
The angle for 3 of the sections in the circle = 3 × 45° = 135°
Thus the measure of the angle Matt drew is 135°

Page No. 623

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 64
∠PQT = ____ °

Answer: 80°

To find the ∠PQT you have to add 43° and 37°
∠PQT = 43° + 37°
∠PQT = 80°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 65
∠JKL = ____ °

Answer: 100°
Let ∠JKL = x°
∠JKL = 90° + 10°
∠JKL = 100°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 66
∠RHT = ____ °

Answer:
Let ∠RHT = x°
x = 55° + 27° + 78°
x = 160°
Therefore ∠RHT = 160°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Label each angle with its measure.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 67
Type below:
________

Answer:

By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figures.
m∠KLM = 160°
m∠KLJ = 80°
m∠LMJ = 120°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 68
Type below:
________

Answer:

By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figures.

m∠WVZ = 90°
m∠YVZ = 90°
m∠WVX = 140°
m∠YVX = 40°

Question 6.
Use Diagrams What is m∠QRT?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 69
∠QRT = ____ °

Answer: 20°

The above figure is a straight angle.
∠QRT + ∠LRD + ∠RLT = 180
∠QRT + 75° + 85° = 180°
∠QRT + 160° = 180°
∠QRT = 180°- 160°
∠QRT = 20°

Question 7.
Look back at Exercise 1. Suppose you joined an angle measuring 10° to ∠PQT. Draw the new angle, showing all three parts. What type of angle is formed?
Type below:
________

Page No. 624

Question 8.
Stephanie, Kay, and Shane each ate an equal-sized piece of a pizza. The measure of the angle of each piece was 45°. When the pieces were together, what is the measure of the angle they formed?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 70
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
________

Answer: What is the measure of the angle for the pizza leftover?

Question 8.
b. What information do you need to use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I need the information about the angle for each piece of pizza.

Question 8.
c. Tell how you can use addition to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
The measure of the angle of each piece was 45°
There are 3 pieces of pizza = 45° + 45° + 45° = 135°

Question 8.
d. Complete the sentence. The three pieces of pizza formed a _________ angle.
________

Answer: Obtuse angle

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠XZW?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 71
____ °

Answer: 113°

Explanation:

∠XZW = ∠XZY + ∠YZW
∠XZY = 42°
∠YZW = 71°
∠XZW = 42° + 71°
∠XZW = 113°

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Review Test Answer Key Question 10.
What is m∠PRS? Use equations to explain and check your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 72
____ °

Answer: 12°

Explanation:

The above figure is a straight angle.
The sum of the three angles must be equal to 180°
m∠PRS + m∠PRN + m∠TRN = 180°
m∠PRS + 90° + 78° = 180°
m∠PRS = 180° – 90° – 78°
m∠PRS = 12°

Common Core – New – Page No. 625

Join and Separate Angles

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 73
50°+75° = 125°
m∠ABD = 125°

Explanation:

m∠ABC = 50°
m∠CBD = 75°
To find the measure of m∠ABD we have to add m∠ABC and m∠CBD
m∠ABD = 50°+75°
m∠ABD = 125°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 74
____ ° + ____ ° = ____ ° ;   m∠FGJ = ____ °

Answer: 140° + 20° = 160°
m∠FGJ = 160°

Explanation:

m∠FGH = 140°
m∠JGH = 20°
To find the measure of m∠FGJ we need to add m∠FGH and m∠JGH
m∠FGJ = 140° + 20°
m∠FGJ = 160°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 75
____ ° + ____ ° = ____ ° ; m∠KLN = ____ °

Answer: 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°
m∠KLN = 165°

Explanation:

m∠KLM = 30°
m∠MLP = 90°
m∠PLN = 45°
To find the measure of m∠KLN we need to add m∠KLM, m∠MLP and m∠PLN
m∠KLN = 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°
m∠KLN = 165°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle in the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 76

Question 4.
m∠ABC = ____ °

Answer: 115°

Question 5.
m∠DBE = ____ °

Answer: 90°

Question 6.
m∠CBD = ____ °

Answer: 75°

Question 7.
m∠EBA = ____ °

Answer: 80°

Question 8.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° = ____ °

Answer:

Sum all the angles = m∠DBE + m∠ABC + m∠CBD + m∠EBA
= 115° + 90° + 75° + 80° = 360°

Problem Solving
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 77

Question 9.
Ned made the design at the right. Use a protractor. Find and write the measure of each of the 3 angles.
____ ° ; ____ ° ; ____ ° ;

Answer: 50°; 60°; 70°

The above figure is a straight angle.
By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figure.
The angle of above 3 shades is 50°; 60°; 70°

Question 10.
Write an equation to find the measure of the total angle.
____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° = ____ °

Answer: Sum of three angles = 50° + 60° + 70° = 180°

Common Core – New – Page No. 626

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of m∠WXZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 78
Options:
a. 32°
b. 83°
c. 88°
d. 97°

Answer: 83°

Explanation:

m∠WXZ = m∠WXY + m∠YXZ
Let m∠WXZ be x°
x° = 58° + 25°
x° = 83°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which equation can you use to find the m∠MNQ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 79
Options:
a. 148° – 24° = ■
b. 148° × 24° = ■
c. 148° ÷ 24° = ■
d. 148° + 24° = ■

Answer: 148° + 24° = ■

Explanation:

To measure the unknown angle we need to add both the angles
m∠MNQ = m∠MNP + m∠PNQ
■ = 148° + 24°
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes. How many envelopes did he buy?
Options:
a. 750
b. 723
c. 720
d. 650

Answer: 750

Explanation:

Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes.
Each package contains 125 envelopes.
To find the total number of envelopes in all 6 packages
We have to multiply number of packages and number of envelopes
= 125 × 6 =750
Thus Joe bought 750 envelopes.
The correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once. How many miles did he hike in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\) mile
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Explanation:

The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once.
We need to both the fractions
\(\frac{3}{10}\) +\(\frac{5}{10}\)
The denominators are common. So add the numerators.
= \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Bill hiked \(\frac{8}{10}\) miles in all.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Ron drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length. Which best describes the figure he drew?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. trapezoid
d. parallelogram

Answer: square

Explanation:

A square has got 4 sides of equal length and 4 right angles (right angle = 90 degrees).
So, the answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 270°

Explanation:

Complete angle = 360°
To measure the angle that turns through is \(\frac{3}{4}\)
multiply \(\frac{3}{4}\) with 360°
360° × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 270°
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 629

Question 1.
Laura cuts a square out of scrap paper as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
First, draw a bar model to represent the problem.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 80

Type below:
_________

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key image_11

Question 1.
Next, write the equation you need to solve.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

m∠MNQ + m∠QNP = m∠MNP
x + 90° = 115°
x = 115° – 90°

Question 1.
Last, find the angle measure of the piece left over.
m∠MNQ =
So, the angle measure of the piece left over is _____.
____ °

Answer:
x + 90° = 115°
x = 115° – 90°
x = 25°
So, the angle measure of the piece left over is 25°

Question 2.
Jackie trimmed a piece of scrap metal to make a straight edge as shown. What is the measure of the piece she trimmed off?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 81
x = ____ °

Answer:
x + 180° = 225°
x = 225°- 180°
x = 45°
Thus the measure of the piece she trimmed off is 45°

Go Math Workbook Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Question 3.
What if Laura cut a smaller square as shown? Would m∠MNQ be different? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 82
Type below:
_________

Answer: No
m∠MNQ would still be 25°. Only the size of the square changed the angle will be the same.
m∠PNQ and m∠MNP did not change.

Question 4.
The map shows Marco’s paper route. When Marco turns right onto Center Street from Main Street, what degree turn does he make? Hint: Draw a dashed line to extend Oak Street to form a 180° angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 83

Answer:

x° + 125° + 180° = 360°
x° = 360° – 125° – 180°
x° = 360° – 215°
x° = 145°

Page No. 630

Question 5.
Write an Equation Two angles form a straight angle. One angle measures 89°. What is the measure of the other angle? Explain.
____ °

Answer: 91°

A straight angle measures 180°, so you can subtract 89° from 180°
180° – 89° = 91°

Question 6.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 5. Write a similar problem about two angles that form a right angle.
____ °

Answer: Two angles form a right angle. The measure of one angle is 25°. What is the measure of the other angle?
x + 25° = 90°
x °= 90° – 25°
x° = 65°
The measure of other angle is 65°

Question 7.
Sam paid $20 for two T-shirts. The price of each T-shirt was a multiple of 5. What are the possible prices of the T-shirts?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Sam paid $20 for two T-shirts.
The price of each T-shirt was a multiple of 5.
$20 – 2 T-shirts
x – 1 T-shirt
x = $10
The possible prices of the T-shirts are $10, $10
Another possible price of the T-shirts are $5, $15

Question 8.
Zayna has 3 boxes with 15 art books in each box. She has 2 bags with 11 math books in each bag. If she gives 30 books away, how many art and math books does she have left?
_____ books

Answer: 37 art and math books

Explanation:

Zayna has 3 boxes with 15 art books in each box = 15 × 3 = 45
She has 2 bags with 11 math books in each bag = 11 × 2 = 22
Total number of books = 45 + 22 = 67
If she gives 30 books away, then we have to subtract 30 from 67
67 – 30 = 37
37 art and math books are left.

Question 9.
What’s the Question? It measures greater than 0° and less than 90°.
Type below:
_________

Answer: What is an acute angle?

Question 10.
Two angles, ∠A and ∠B, form a straight angle. ∠A measures 65°. For numbers 10a–10c, select True or False for the statement.
a. ∠B is an acute angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Two angles, ∠A and ∠B, form a straight angle. ∠A measures 65°.
65° + ∠B = 180°
∠B = 180° – 65°
∠B = 115°
115° is not an acute angle.
So, the above statement is false.

Question 10.
b. The equation 180° – 65° = x° can be used to find the measure of ∠B.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Question 10.
c. The measure of ∠B is 125°.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

65° + ∠B = 180°
∠B = 180° – 65°
∠B = 115°
So, the above statement is false.

Common Core – New – Page No. 631

Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures

Solve each problem. Draw a diagram to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 84
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 85

Question 2.
An artist is cutting a piece of metal as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 86
x = ____ °

Answer: 95°

x + 130° = 225°
x = 225° – 130°
x = 95°
Therefore the angle of the piece leftover is 95°.

Question 3.
Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 87
x = ____ °

Answer: 50°

Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown.
By seeing the above figure we can say that it is a right angle.|
The sum of two must be equal to 90°
Let the unknown angle be x
x + 40° = 90°
x = 90° – 40°
x = 50°
Thue the angle measure of the piece leftover is 50°

Common Core – New – Page No. 632

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Angelo cuts a triangle from a sheet of paper as shown. What is the measure of ∠x in the triangle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 88
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 75°
d. 105°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:

The above figure is a right angle.
So, to measure the ∠x we have to subtract 75° from 90°
∠x + 75° = 90°
∠x = 90° – 75°
∠x = 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Cindy cuts a piece of wood as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 89
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 150°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

x + 90° = 210°
x = 210° – 90°
x = 120°
120° is the measure of the piece leftover.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day. How much did Tyronne earn last month?
Options:
a. $869
b. $948
c. $1,659
d. $2,169

Answer: $1,659

Explanation:

Tyronne worked 21 days last month.
He earned $79 each day.
$79 × 21 = 1659
Thus Tyronne earned $1,659 last month.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile. Which shows this distance written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.07 mile
b. 0.1 mile
c. 0.7 mile
d. 7.1 miles

Answer: 0.7 mile

Explanation:

Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile.
The decimal of the fraction \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Kerry ran 34 mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile. Which list orders the friends from least to greatest distance
run?
Options:
a. Kerry, Sherrie, Marcie
b. Kerry, Marcie, Sherrie
c. Sherrie, Kerry, Marcie
d. Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Answer: Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Explanation:

Kerry ran 34 miles. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.
The order of the above fractions is Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\), 34
The distance from least to greatest is Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry.
so, the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the measure of m∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 90
Options:
a. 32°
b. 84°
c. 88°
d. 94°

Answer: 84°

Explanation:

m∠ABC = m∠ABD + m∠DBC
m∠ABC = 58° + 26°
m∠ABC = 84°
So, the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 633

Question 1.
An angle represents \(\frac{1}{12}\) of a circle. Use the numbers to show how to find the measure of the angle in degrees.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 91
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 92
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 93
The angle measure is ____ °

Answer: 30°
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × \(\frac{30}{30}\) = \(\frac{30}{360}\)
Thus the angle measure is 30°

Question 2.
Match the measure of each ∠C with the measure of ∠D that forms a straight angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 94
Type below:
_________

i. 122° + 58° = 180°
ii. 35° + 145° = 180°
iii. 62° + 118° = 180°
iv. 105° + 75° = 180°

Question 3.
Katie drew an obtuse angle. Which could be the measure of the angle she drew? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 35°
b. 157°
c. 180°
d. 92°

Answer: 157° and 92°
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees.
From the above options, B and D are more than 90°
So, the answer is options B and D.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Test Pdf Question 4.
Draw an angle that represents a \(\frac{1}{4}\) and turn counterclockwise on the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 95
Type below:
_________

Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 solution image_8

Page No. 634

Question 5.
Renee drew the figure shown. For 5a–5c, select Yes or No to tell whether the statement is true.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 96
a. The measure of a straight angle is 180°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

By seeing the above figure we can say that the angle is a straight angle.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 5.
b. To find the measure of x, Renee can subtract 75° from 180°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

To know the value of x we have to subtract 75° from 180°.
x = 180° – 75°
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 5.
c. The measure of x is 115°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No
x = 180° – 75°
x = 105°
Thus the above statement is false.
So, the answer is no.

Question 6.
Trey drew this figure with a protractor.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 97
Part A
Write an equation that can be used to find m∠KFG.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 55° + 80° + x = 180°

The figure is a straight angle.
So, the sum of the three angles must be equal to 180°
Let m∠KFG = x
55° + 80° + x = 180°

Question 6.
Part B
What is the measure of m∠KFG? Describe how you solved the equation and how you can check your answer.
____ °
Explain:
_________

Answer: 45°

Explanation:

55° + 80° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 80° – 55°
x = 45°

Question 7.
Use a protractor to find the measure of the angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 98
The angle measures ____ °

Answer: 40°
By using a protractor we can measure the angle.
The angle of the above figure is 40°

Page No. 635

Question 8.
Alex drew this angle on the circle. Which describes the angle? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 99
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
d. counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

The above figure shows that it is straight angle. So, the fraction of the circle is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
Miles has a piece of paper that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle. He cuts the paper into three equal parts from the center point of the circle. What is the angle measure of each part?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 100
The angle measure is ____ °

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

Miles has a piece of paper that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle. He cuts the paper into three equal parts from the center point of the circle.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle = 90°
Given that he cut into 3 equal parts = \(\frac{90}{3}\) = 30°
So, the angle for each part is 30°

Question 10.
Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Write each angle and its measure in a box ordered by the measure of the angles from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 101
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 102

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-11-Angles-solution-img-9

Question 11.
Use the numbers and symbols to write an equation that can be used to find the measure of the unknown angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 103
What is the measure of the unknown angle?
____ °

Answer: 57°

Explanation:

Let the unknown angle be x
It is a straight angle.
The sum of three angles = 180°
90° + 33° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 90° – 33°
x = 57°

Page No. 636

Question 12.
Choose the word or number to complete a true statement about m∠JKL.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 104
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 105
m∠JKL is a(n) ______ angle that has a measure of ____ °.

Answer: m∠JKL is an Obtuse angle that has a measure of 120°.

Question 13.
Vince began practicing piano at 5:15 p.m. He stopped at 5:35 p.m. How many degrees did the minute hand turn during Vince’s practice time?
Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 106
____ °
Explain:
_________

Answer: 120°

I shaded the part of the clock that the minute hand turned from 5:15 p.m. to 5:35 p.m. anmd found that it is \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the circle.
Next, I multiplied \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360° = 120°
Thus the minute hand moved 120°

Question 14.
An angle measures 125°. Through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a circle

Answer: \(\frac{125}{360}\)

The fraction of the circle the angle turned is \(\frac{125}{360}\)

Question 15.
Write the letter for each angle measure in the correct box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 107
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-11-Angles-solution-img-10

Page No. 637

Question 16.
For numbers 16a–16b, select the fraction that makes a true statement about the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 108

Question 16.
a. The angle in Figure 1 represents a Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 109 turn.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) turn

Answer: The angle in Figure 1 represents a \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn

The above figure shows that \(\frac{3}{4}\) part of the circle is shaded. So, the angle represents \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn.

Question 16.
b. The angle in Figure 2 represents a Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 110 turn.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) turn

Answer: The angle in Figure 2 represents a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
From the second figure, we observe that half of the circle is shaded. So, The angle in Figure 2 represents a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.

Question 17.
Melanie cuts a rectangle out of a piece of scrap paper as shown. She wants to calculate the angle measure of the piece that is left over.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 111
Part A
Draw a bar model to represent the problem.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Angles Image_7

Question 17.
Part B
Write and solve an equation to find x.
The angle measures ____ °.

Answer: 36°
m∠RST = 90°
m∠RSN = 126°
m∠TSN = x°
x + 90° = 126°
x = 126° – 90°
x = 36°
m∠TSN = 36°

Page No. 638

Question 18.
Two angles, m∠A and m∠B, form a right angle. m∠A measures 32°.
For numbers, 18a–18c, select True or False for the statement.
a. m∠B is an acute angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

If the sum of two angles is 90°, if one angle is acute then the other angle will be acute.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
b. The equation 180° − 32° = x° can be used to find the measure of m∠B.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Given that the sum of 2 angles is 90°
The sum of m∠A and m∠B = 90°
90° – 32° = x°
So, the above statement is false.

Question 18.
c. The measure of m∠B is 58°.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Let m∠B = x
x° + 32° = 90°
x = 90 – 32
x = 58°.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 19.
A circle is divided into parts. Which sum could represent the angle measures that make up the circle? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 120° + 120° + 120° + 120°
b. 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110°
c. 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84°
d. 40° + 53° + 72° + 81° + 90° + 34°

Answer: 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110°; 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84°

Explanation:

The sum of all the angles must be equal to 360°
i. 120° + 120° + 120° + 120° = 480° ≠ 360°
ii. 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110° = 360°
iii. 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84° = 360°
iv. 40° + 53° + 72° + 81° + 90° + 34° = 370° ≠ 360°
So, the correct answers are option B, C.

Question 20.
Use a protractor to find the measures of the unknown angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 112
What do you notice about the measures of the unknown angles? Is this what you would have expected? Explain your reasoning.
m∠x = ____ ° m∠y = ____ °

Answer: m∠x = 70°; m∠y = 110°
By using a protractor we can find the measure of m∠y
m∠y = 110°
Let m∠x = x°
Sum of supplementary angles = 180°
110° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 110°
x = 70°
Therefore m∠x = 70°

Page No. 643

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 113

Question 1.
mass of a strawberry
__________

Answer: gram
The metric unit used to measure the mass of a strawberry is the gram.

Question 2.
length of a cell phone
__________

Answer: Centimeter
The metric unit used to measure the length of a cell phone is Centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 3.
width of a teacher’s desk
10 meters or 1 meter
__________

Answer: 1 meter
The estimation of the width of the teacher’s desk is 1 meter.

Question 4.
The amount of liquid a punch bowl holds
2 liters or 20 liters
__________

Answer: 2 liters

20 liters is greater than 2 liters.
The estimation of the amount of liquid a punch bowl holds is 2 liters.

Question 5.
distance between Seattle and San Francisco
6 miles or 680 miles
__________

Answer: 680 miles
The distance between Seattle and San Francisco is 680 miles.

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 114

Question 6.
length of a football field
__________

Answer: Yard
The units to measure the length of a football field is Yards.

Question 7.
weight of a pumpkin
__________

Answer: Pound
The customary unit I use to measure the weight of a pumpkin is pounds.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 8.
weight of a watermelon
4 pounds or 4 ounces
__________

Answer: 4 pounds
The estimation of the weight of the watermelon is 4 pounds.

Question 9.
The amount of liquid a fish tank holds
10 cups or 10 gallons
__________

Answer: 10 gallons
The estimation of the amount of liquid a fish tank holds is 10 gallons.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 10.
Matthew’s large dog weighs ________ than one ton.
________

Answer: Less
1 ton = 1000 kgs
The weight of dogs can’t be more than a ton.
So, Matthew’s large dog weighs less than one ton.

Question 11.
The amount of liquid a sink can hold is _______ than one cup of water.
________

Answer: More
1 cup holds a very small amount of water.
So, The amount of liquid a sink can hold is more than one cup of water.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Answer Key Question 12.
A paper clip has a mass of _______ than one kilogram.
________

Answer: Less

The weight of a paper clip is about 1 gram.
So, A paper clip has a mass of less than one kilogram.

Page No. 644

For 13–15, use benchmarks to explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 115

Question 13.
Cristina is making macaroni and cheese for her family. Would Cristina use 1 pound of macaroni or 1 ounce of macaroni?
__________

Answer: Cristina should use 1 pound of macaroni.

Question 14.
Which is the better estimate for the length of a kitchen table, 200 centimeters or 200 meters?
__________

Answer: 200 centimeters

Centimeters are less than meters. The length of the kitchen will be measured in centimeters.
So, the answer is 200 centimeters.

Question 15.
Jodi wants to weigh her cat and measure its standing height. Which two units should she use?
weight: ________
height: ________

Answer:
The weight of the cat should be measured in Kilograms.
The height of the cat should be measured in Centimeters.

Question 16.
Evaluate Reasonableness Dalton used benchmarks to estimate that there are more cups than quarts in one gallon. Is Dalton’s estimate reasonable? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Dalton’s reasoning is correct because the measurement of cups is smaller than the measurement of quarts, therefore there would be more cups in a gallon than quarts.

Question 17.
Select the correct word to complete the sentence. Justine is thirsty after running two miles.
She should Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 116 of water.
__________

Answer: 1 pint

The suitable word for the above sentence is the pint. A pint is a measure of liquid equal to about half a liter. There are eight pints in a gallon.

Conclusion

Make maths your favorite subject by solving the problems. If you understand the concepts you can prepare the questions on your own. It is an easy and scoring subject compared to all. So, go through the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 11 Angles to secure the highest marks in the exams. If you have doubts regarding the subject you can comment in the below comment box. All the best!!!!

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Angles Read More »

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-13-algebra-perimeter-and-area

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key Pdf Algebra: Perimeter and Area

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key Pdf: Hello students!!! Are you searching for the Grade 4 Answer Key of Go Math Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area. Then what are you waiting for Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area pdf for free of cost here. Make our Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Solution Key as a reference while practicing for your exams. Check out the topics covered in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area from the below.

Algebra: Perimeter and Area Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key Pdf

Students can get the solution for only for the exercises and homework problems but also for the Mid-Chapter checkpoint and review test. So, the students who are practicing seriously for the exams can go through the Go Math 4th Grade Key of Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area. You can test your knowledge by solving the problems in this HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Perimeter and Area.

Common Core – New – Page No. 721

Perimeter

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 1
9+3+9+3=24
24 inches

Explanation:

Length = 9 inches
Width = 3 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
9+3+9+3=24
Therefore the Perimeter of the rectangle = 24 inches.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 2
_____ meters

Answer: 32 meters

Explanation:

Side of a square = 8 meters
The perimeter of a square = 4a
= 4 × 8 meters = 32 meters
Thus the perimeter of a square = 32 meters.

Class 4 Maths Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 3
_____ feet

Answer: 44 feet

Explanation:

Length = 10 ft
Width = 12 ft
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
P = 10 + 12 + 10 + 12 = 20 + 24 = 44 feets
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle = 44 feet.

Remember: perimeter is the total distance around the outside, which can be found by adding together the length of each side. In the case of a rectangle, opposite sides are equal in length, so the perimeter is twice its width plus twice its height.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 4
_____ centimeters

Answer: 108 centimeters

Explanation:

Length = 30 cm
Width = 24 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 30 + 24 + 30 + 24 = 60 + 48
= 108 centimeters
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle = 108 centimeters

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 5
_____ inches

Answer: 216 inches

Explanation:

Length = 25 in.
Width = 83 in.
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 25 + 83 + 25 + 83
= 216 inches
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle = 216 inches

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 6
_____ meters

Answer: 240 meters

Explanation:

The side of a square = 60 meters
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 60 meters = 240 meters
Thus the perimeter of the square = 240 meters.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Troy is making a flag shaped like a square. Each side measures 12 inches. He wants to add ribbon along the edges. He has 36 inches of ribbon. Does he have enough ribbon? Explain.
_____

Answer: No. He needs 48 inches of ribbon.

Explanation:

Troy is making a flag shaped like a square. Each side measures 12 inches.
He wants to add a ribbon along the edges.
He has 36 inches of ribbon.
36 inches + 12 inches = 48 inches

Question 8.
The width of the Ochoa Community Pool is 20 feet. The length is twice as long as its width. What is the perimeter of the pool?
_____ feet

Answer: 120 feet

Explanation:

The width of the Ochoa Community Pool is 20 feet.
The length is twice as long as its width.
Length = 2 × 20 feet = 40 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 40 + 20 + 40 + 20 = 120 feet
Thus the perimeter of the pool is 120 feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 722

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long?
Options:
a. 40 inches
b. 72 inches
c. 144 inches
d. 1,296 inches

Answer: 144 inches

Explanation:

Given, Side of a square = 36 inches
The perimeter of the square = 4 × side = 4a
= 4 × 36 inches = 144 inches
Thus the perimeter of the square = 144 inches
The correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 7
Options:
a. 11 meters
b. 14 meters
c. 18 meters
d. 400 meters

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 5 meter
Width of the rectangle = 4 meters
The perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 5 + 4 + 5 + 4 = 18 meters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is the most reasonable estimate for the measure of the angle Natalie drew?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 8
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 210°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that it is the right angle.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts. How many ounces of mixed nuts does Ethan have?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 48 ounces
d. 54 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:

Given that, Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
How many lines of symmetry does the shape below appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 9
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. more than 2

Answer: 1

Explanation:

The above shape has 1 line of symmetry.
The correct answer is option B.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Pdf Perimeter for a Square Question 6.
Which of the following comparisons is correct?
Options:
a. 0.70 > 7.0
b. 0.7 = 0.70
c. 0.7 < 0.70
d. 0.70 = 0.07

Answer: 0.7 = 0.70

Explanation:

a. 0.70 > 7.0
7.0 = 7
0.7 is less than 7

b. 0.7 = 0.70
0.7 is nothing but 0.70
So, the comparision is correct.
The answer is option B.

Page No. 725

Question 1.
Find the area of the rectangle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 10
A = _____ square cm

Answer: 143 square cm

Explanation:

Length = 11 cm
Width = 13 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 11 cm × 13 cm = 143 square cm
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 143 square cm

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 11
A = _____ square inches

Answer: 14 square inches

Explanation:

Length = 7 inches
Width = 2 inches
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 7 inches × 2 inches = 14 inches
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 14 square inches

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 12
A = _____ square meters

Answer: 81 square meters

Explanation:

Side of the square = 9 m
Area of a square = s × s
= 9 m × 9 m = 81 square meters
Thus the area of a square = 81 square meters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 13
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 112 square feet

Explanation:

Length = 8 feet
Width = 14 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 8 feet × 14 feet = 112 square feet
Therefore, area of the rectangle = 112 square feet

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 14
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 65 square feet

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 13 ft
Width of the rectangle = 5 feet
Area of a rectangle = l × w
= 13 feet × 5 feet = 65 square feet
Thus, the area of the rectangle = 65 square feet

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 15
A = _____ square yards

Answer: 169 square yards

Explanation:

Side of the square = 13 yards
Area of a square = s × s
= 13 yards × 13 yards = 169 square yards
Therefore, the area of a square = 169 square yards

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 16
A = _____ square centimeters

Answer: 40 square centimeters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 20 cm
Width of the rectangle = 2 cm
Area of a rectangle = l × w
= 20 cm × 2 cm = 40 square centimeters
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 40 square centimeters.

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 8.
base: 16 feet
height: 6 feet
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:

base: 16 feet
height: 6 feet
Area of a rectangle = b ×h
= 16 feet × 6 feet = 96 square feet
Thus the area of the rectangle = 96 square feet

Question 9.
base: 9 yards
height: 17 yards
A = _____ square yards

Answer: 153 square yards

Explanation:

base: 9 yards
height: 17 yards
Area of a rectangle = b × h
9 yards × 17 yards = 153 square yards
The area of the rectangle = 153 square yards

Question 10.
base: 14 centimeters
height: 11 centimeters
A = _____ square centimeters

Answer: 154 square centimeters

Explanation:

base: 14 centimeters
height: 11 centimeters
Area of a rectangle = b × h
14 centimeters × 11 centimeters = 154 square centimeters
The area of the rectangle = 154 square centimeters

Question 11.
Terry’s rectangular yard is 15 meters by 18 meters. Todd’s rectangular yard is 20 meters by 9 meters. How much greater is the area of Terry’s yard than Todd’s yard?
_____ square meters

Answer: 90 square meters

Explanation:

Given,
Terry’s rectangular yard is 15 meters by 18 meters.
Todd’s rectangular yard is 20 meters by 9 meters.
Terry’s rectangular yard:
Area of a rectangle = b × h
= 15 meters × 18 meters = 270 square meters
Todd’s rectangular yard:
Area of a rectangle = b × h
20 meters × 9 meters = 180 square meters
270 square meters – 180 square meters = 90 square meters
Terry’s yard is 90 square meters greater than Todd’s yard.

Question 12.
Reason Quantitatively Carmen sewed a square baby quilt that measures 36 inches on each side. What is the area of the quilt?
A = _____ square inches

Answer: 1296 square inches

Explanation:

Carmen sewed a square baby quilt that measures 36 inches on each side.
Area of a square = s × s
= 36 inches × 36 inches = 1296 square inches
Therefore the area of the quilt is 1296 square inches.

Page No. 726

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 17

Question 13.
Nancy and Luke are drawing plans for rectangular flower gardens. In Nancy’s plan, the garden is 18 feet by 12 feet. In Luke’s plan, the garden is 15 feet by 15 feet. Who drew the garden plan with the greater area? What is the area?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I need to find who drew the garden plan with the greater area.

Question 13.
b. What formula will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will Area of rectangle and Area of a square formula

Question 13.
c. What units will you use to write the answer?
Type below:
__________

Answer: Square feet units

Question 13.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
First, we need to find the area of Nancy’s plan
Length = 18 feet
Width = 12 feet
Area of a rectangle = l × w
A = 18 feet × 12 feet = 216 square feet
And now we need to find the area of Luke’s plan
A = s × s
A = 15 feet × 15 feet = 225 square feet

Question 13.
e. Complete the sentences.
The area of Nancy’s garden is _______.
The area of Luke’s garden is _______.
_______ garden has the greater area.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The area of Nancy’s garden is 216 square feet.
The area of Luke’s garden is 225 square feet.
Luke’s garden has a greater area.

Question 14.
Victor wants to buy fertilizer for his yard. The yard is 35 feet by 55 feet. The directions on the bag of fertilizer say that one bag will cover 1,250 square feet. How many bags of fertilizer should Victor buy to be sure that he covers the entire yard?
______ bags

Answer: 2 bags

Explanation:
Given that,
Victor wants to buy fertilizer for his yard. The yard is 35 feet by 55 feet.
The directions on the bag of fertilizer say that one bag will cover 1,250 square feet.
A = b × h
A = 35 feet × 55 feet
A = 1925 square feet
1925 square feet is greater than 1,250 square feet.
So, Victor has to buy 2 bags to be sure that he covers the entire yard.

Question 15.
Tuan is an artist. He is painting on a large canvas that is 45 inches wide. The height of the canvas is 9 inches less than the width. What is the area of Tuan’s canvas?
A = ______ square inches

Answer: 1620 square inches

Explanation:
Tuan is an artist. He is painting on a large canvas that is 45 inches wide.
The height of the canvas is 9 inches less than the width.
So, h = 45 – 9 = 36 inches
A = b × h
A = 45 inches × 36 inches
A = 1,620 square inches
Therefore the area of Tuan’s canvas is 1620 square inches.

Common Core – New – Page No. 727

Area

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 18

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 19
______ square yards

Answer: 64 square yards

Explanation:

Side of the square = 8 yards
Area of the square = s × s
8 yards × 8 yards = 64 square yards
Therefore, The area of the square is 64 square yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 20
_____ square meters

Answer: 45 square meters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 15 m
Width of the rectangle = 3 m
Area of the rectangle = b × h
= 15 m × 3 m = 45 square meters
Thus the area of the rectangle is 45 square meters.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 21
______ square inches

Answer: 78 square inches

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 13 in.
Height of the rectangle = 6 in.
Area of the rectangle = b × h
13 in. × 6 in. = 78 square inches
Thus the area of the rectangle is 78 square inches.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 22
______ square centimeters

Answer: 150 square centimeters

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 30 cm
Height of the rectangle = 5 cm
Area of the rectangle = b × h
30 cm × 5 cm = 150 square centimeters
Therefore, the area of the rectangle = 150 square centimeters

Go Math Grade 4 Book My Homework Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 23
______ square feet

Answer: 56 square feet

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 14 feet
Height of the rectangle = 4 feet
Area of the rectangle = b × h
14 feet × 4 feet = 56 square feet
Therefore, the area of the rectangle = 56 square feet.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Meghan is putting wallpaper on a wall that measures 8 feet by 12 feet. How much wallpaper does Meghan need to cover the wall?
______ square feet wallpaper

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:

Meghan is putting wallpaper on a wall that measures 8 feet by 12 feet.
The base of the rectangle = 8 feet
Height of the rectangle = 12 feet
Area of the rectangle = b × h
8 feet × 12 feet = 96 square feet
Thus the Area of the rectangle = 96 square feet

Question 8.
Bryson is laying down sod in his yard to grow a new lawn. Each piece of sod is a 1-foot by 1-foot square. How many pieces of sod will Bryson need to cover his yard if his yard measures 30 feet by 14 feet?
______ pieces

Answer: 420 pieces

Explanation:

Bryson is laying down sod in his yard to grow a new lawn.
Each piece of sod is a 1-foot by 1-foot square.
The base of the rectangle = 30 feet
Height of the rectangle = 14 feet
Area of the rectangle = b × h
= 30 feet × 14 feet = 420 sq. ft.
Therefore Bryson needs 420 pieces of sod to cover his yard.

Common Core – New – Page No. 728

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms. Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet. Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet. Whose floor model represents the greater area? How much greater?
Options:
a. Ellie; 138 square feet
b. Heather; 24 square feet
c. Ellie; 300 square feet
d. Heather; 324 square feet

Answer: Heather; 24 square feet

Explanation:

Given,
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms.
Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet.
Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet.
Area of Ellie’s model = 20 feet × 15 feet = 300 square feet
Area of Heather’s model = 18 feet × 18 feet = 324 square feet
Now subtract the area of Ellie’s model from Heather’s model = 324 square feet – 300 square feet = 24 square feet
Thus the area of Heather’s model is greater than Ellie’s model
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio. Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. If Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide, how many pieces of square carpet will Tyra need?
Options:
a. 10
b. 11
c. 22
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio.
Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide
Area of the rectangle = b × h
= 7 yards × 4 yards
= 28 square yards
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Typically, blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute. How many times does blood circulate through the body in 1 hour?
Options:
a. 48
b. 240
c. 480
d. 4,800

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute.
1 minute = 60 seconds
8 × 60 seconds = 480 seconds
The correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon. What is the least amount of money the class raised?
Options:
a. $5,200
b. $700
c. $660
d. $196

Answer: $700

Explanation:

Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon.
Multiply number od students with $25
28 × $25 = $700
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
What is the perimeter of the shape below if 1 square is equal to 1 square foot?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 24
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 14 feet
c. 24 feet
d. 28 feet

Answer: 28 feet

Explanation:

Given that 1 square is equal to 1 square foot
There are 14 squares
Length = 14 squares
Width = 2 squares
Area of the rectangle = l × w = 14 × 2 = 28 sq. feets
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Ryan is making small meat loaves. Each small meat loaf uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of meat. How much meat does Ryan need to make 8 small meat loaves?
Options:
a. 4 pounds
b. 6 pounds
c. 8 pounds
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:

Ryan is making small meatloaves.
Each small meatloaf uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of meat.
Ryan need to make 8 small meatloaves.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 8 = 6 pounds
The correct answer is option B.

Page No. 731

Question 1.
Explain how to find the total area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 25
A = ______ square units

Answer: 23 square units

Explanation:
Rectangle:
Each square box = 1 unit
There are 7 units
Base = 7 units
Height = 2 units
The area of the figure = b × h
A = 7 units × 2 units = 14 square units
Square:
The side is 3 units
Area of the square = 3 units × 3 units = 9 square units
Add both the areas = 14 square units + 9 square units = 23 square units
Therefore the area of the above figure is 23 square units.

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 26
A = ______ square mm

Answer: 72 square mm

Explanation:
Area of top rectangle = b × h
Base = 12 mm
Height = 3 mm
A = 12 mm × 3 mm = 36 square mm
Area of square = s × s
s = 6 mm
A = 6 mm × 6 mm = 36 square mm
Area of the figure = 36 square mm + 36 square mm = 72 square mm
Thus the area of the above figure is 72 square mm.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 27
A = ______ square miles

Answer: 146 square miles

Explanation:
Area of rectangle = b × h
Area of the first rectangle = 10 mi × 9 mi
A = 90 square miles
Area of the second rectangle = 8 mi × 7 mi
A = 56 square miles
Area of the figure = Area of first rectangle + Area of the second rectangle
Area of the figure = 90 square mi + 56 square miles
Thus the Area of the figure = 146 square miles

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 28
A = ______ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
There are 2 squares and one rectangle in this figure
Area of the square = s × s
A = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square ft
Area of the square = s × s
A = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square ft
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 16 ft × 4 ft = 64 square ft
Area of the figure = 16 square ft + 16 square ft + 64 square ft
Thus the Area of the figure = 96 square feet.

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 5.
Attend to Precision Jamie’s mom wants to enlarge her rectangular garden by adding a new rectangular section. The garden is now 96 square yards. What will the total area of the garden be after she adds the new section?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 29
A = ______ square yards

Answer: 180 square yards

Explanation:

There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 12 yard × 8 yards  = 96 square yards
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 6 yards × 14 yards = 84 square yards
Area of the figure = 96 square yards + 84 square yards
Therefore the area of the figure = 180 square yards.

Go Math Workbook Grade 4 Area and Perimeter Answer Key Question 6.
Explain how to find the perimeter and area of the combined rectangles at the right.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 30
P = ______ feet; A = ______ square feet

Answer: A = 92 square feet; P = 52 feet

Explanation:
There are 2 rectangle in the figure
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 5 ft × 4 ft = 20 square ft
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 8 ft × 9 ft = 72 square ft
Area of the figure = 20 square ft + 72 square ft = 92 square ft
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w
P = 2 × 5 + 2 × 4 = 10 + 8 = 18 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w
P = 2 × 8 + 2 × 9 = 16 + 18 = 34 feet
Perimeter of the figure = 52 feet

Page No. 732

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 31

Question 7.
The diagram shows the layout of Mandy’s garden. The garden is the shape of combined rectangles. What is the area of the garden?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I need to find the area of the garden.

Question 7.
b. How can you divide the figure to help you find the total area?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will divide the figure into 3 parts to find the total area

Question 7.
c. What operations will you use to find the answer?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will use the addition operation to find the area.

Question 7.
d. Draw a diagram to show how you divided the figure. Then show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-31
There are 2 rectangles and 1 square in this figure.
Area of rectangle = b × h
Base = 1 ft
H = 7 ft
A = 1 ft × 7 ft = 7 square ft
Area of rectangle = b × h
Base = 5 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 5 ft × 2 ft = 10 square ft
Area of the square = s × s
A = 3 ft × 3 ft = 9 square ft
Total area = 7 square ft + 10 square ft + 9 square ft
= 26 square ft

Question 8.
Workers are painting a large letter L for an outdoor sign. The diagram shows the dimensions of the L. For numbers 8a–8c, select Yes or No to tell whether you can add the products to find the area that the workers will paint.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 32
8a. 2 × 8 and 2 × 4
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 2 ft
H = 8 ft
A = 2 × 8
B = 4 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 4 × 2
Thus the above statement is correct.

Question 8.
8b. 2 × 6 and 2 × 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 6 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 2 × 6
Then 2 will be subtracted from 8 = 6
So, the above statement 2 × 6 and 2 × 8 is false.

Question 8.
8c. 2 × 6 and 6 × 2
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 6 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 6 × 2
B = 2 ft
H = 6 ft
A = 2 × 6
Thus the above statement is true.

Common Core – New – Page No. 733

Area of Combined Rectangles

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 33

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 34
______ square feet

Answer: 143 square feet

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-34

Area of A = 9 ft × 5 ft = 45 sq. ft.
Area of B = 14 ft. × 7 ft. = 98 sq. ft.
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
= 45 sq. ft. + 98 sq. ft. = 143 square feet
Therefore the total Area = 143 square feet

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 35
______ square inches

Answer: 63 square inches

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-35

Area of A = 9 in. × 5 in. = 45 square inches
Area of B = 6 inches × 3 inches = 18 square inches
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 45 square inches + 18 square inches
Total Area = 63 square inches

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 36
______ square feet

Answer: 50 square feet

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-36

Area of A = 4 feet × 2 feet = 8 square feet
Area of B = 7 feet × 6 feet = 42 square feet
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 8 square feet + 42 square feet
Total Area = 50 square feet

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 37
______ square centimeters

Answer: 180 square centimeters

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-37

Area of A = 12 cm × 7 cm = 84 square cm
Area of B = 16 cm × 6 cm = 96 square cm
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 84 square cm + 96 square cm
Total Area = 180 square centimeters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 38
______ square yards

Answer: 68 square yards

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-38

Area of A = 14 yd × 1 yd = 14 square yards
Area of B = 9 yd × 6 yd = 54 square yards
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 14 square yards + 54 square yards
Total Area = 68 square yards

Problem Solving

Use the diagram for 7–8.

Nadia makes the diagram below to represent the counter space she wants to build in her craft room.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 39

Question 7.
What is the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking?
______ square feet

Answer: 52 square feet

Explanation:

Length = 13 feet
Width = 9 feet – 5 feet = 4 feet
Area of scrapbooking = l × w
= 13 feet × 4 feet
= 52 square feet
Therefore the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking is 52 square feet.

Question 8.
What is the area of the space she has shown for painting?
______ square feet

Answer: 25 square feet

Explanation:
The space for painting is a square.
Side of the square is 5 feet
Area of the square = 5 feet × 5 feet
= 25 square feet
Thus the area of the space she has shown for painting is 25 square feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 734

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the area of the combined rectangles below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 40
Options:
a. 136 square yards
b. 100 square yards
c. 76 square yards
d. 64 square yards

Answer: 76 square yards

Explanation:
Area of 1st rectangle = 5 yards × 8 yards = 40 square yards
Area of 2nd rectangle = 12 yards × 3 yards = 36 square yards
Area of the figure = Area of 1st rectangle + Area of 2nd rectangle
Area of the figure = 40 square yards + 36 square yards
Therefore, the Area of the figure is 76 square yards.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Marquis is redecorating his bedroom. What could Marquis use the area formula to find?
Options:
a. how much space should be in a storage box
b. what length of wood is needed for a shelf
c. the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
d. how much water will fill up his new aquarium

Answer: the amount of paint needed to cover a wall

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards. How tall would the giraffe be in feet?
Options:
a. 2 feet
b. 6 feet
c. 12 feet
d. 18 feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards.
6 yards + 6 yards + 6 yards = 18 yards
The correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4. Which of the following could be the prices of the 3 books?
Options:
a. $4, $10, $10
b. $4, $8, $12
c. $5, $8, $11
d. $3, $7, $14

Answer: $4, $8, $12

Explanation:
Given that,
Drew purchased 3 books for $24.
The cost of each book was a multiple of 4.
So, the prices of books will be multiple of 4.
That means $4 × 1, $4 × 2, $4 × 3
=  $4, $8, $12
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long. What is the perimeter of her magnet?
Options:
a. 3 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 9 inches
d. 12 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long.
Side = 3 inches
The perimeter of the square = 4s
P = 4 × 3 = 12 inches
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the area of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 41
Options:
a. 63 square feet
b. 32 square feet
c. 18 square feet
d. 16 square feet

Answer: 63 square feet

Explanation:
Area of the rectangle = base × height
Base = 9 feet
Height = 7 feet
A = 9 feet × 7 feet
A = 63 square feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 735

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 42

Question 1.
A square that is 1 unit wide and 1 unit long is a ________.
__________

Answer: Square unit

Question 2.
The _______ of a two-dimensional figure can be any side.
__________

Answer: Base

Question 3.
A set of symbols that expresses a mathematical rule is called a ______.
__________

Answer: Formula

Question 4.
The ______ is the distance around a shape.
__________

Answer: Perimeter

Find the perimeter and area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 43
Perimeter = ______ cm
Area = ______ square cm

Answer:
Perimeter = 52 cm
Area = 169 square cm

Explanation:
P = 4s
P = 4 × 13 = 52 cm
A = s × s
A = 13 × 13 = 169 square cm

Go Math 4th Grade Answers Chapter 13 Area and Perimeter Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 44
Perimeter = ______ ft
Area = ______ square ft

Answer:
Perimeter: 48 ft
Area = 63 square ft

Explanation:
Base = 21 ft
Height = 3 ft
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 (21 ft + 3 ft)
P = 2 × 24 = 48 feet
A = b × h
A = 21 × 3
A = 63 square ft

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 45
Perimeter = ______ in.
Area = ______ square in.

Answer:
Perimeter = 46 in.
Area = 120 square in.

Explanation:
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 × 15 + 2 × 8
P = 30 + 16 = 46 inches
A = l × w
A = 15 × 8 = 120 square inches

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 46
Area = ____ square yd

Answer:
Area of the rectangle = 20 yards × 5 yards = 100 square yards
Area of the rectangle = 18 yards × 5 yards = 90 square yards
Area of the figure = 100 square yards + 90 square yards = 190 square yards

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 47
Area = ____ square meters

Answer:
A = b × h
A = 5 m × 2 m = 10 square meters
A = b × h
A = 5 m × 2 m = 10 square meters
A = b × h
A = 4 m × 2 m = 8 square meters
Now add all the areas
10 square meters + 10 square meters + 8 square meters
= 28 square meters
Therefore the area of the figures is 28 square meters

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 48
Area = ____ square feet
Answer:
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 14 ft × 2 ft = 28 square feet
A = s × s
A = 8 ft × 8 ft = 64 square feet
Area of the figures = 64 square feet + 28 square feet
Therefore Area of the figure = 92 square feet

Page No. 736

Question 11.
Which figure has the greatest perimeter?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 49
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 50
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 51
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 52
________

Answer: Figure B has the highest perimeter.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 49
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 × 3 + 2 ×5 = 6 + 10 = 16
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 51

P = 2 × 6 + 2 × 3 = 12 + 6 = 18
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 50
P = 4a = 4 × 4 = 16
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 52
P = 2 × 4 + 2 × 3 = 8+ 6 = 14
Thus the greatest perimeter is figure B.

Question 12.
Which figure has an area of 108 square centimeters?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 53
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 54
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 55
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 56
________

Answer: Figure C

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 53
A = 13 cm × 6 cm = 78 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 55
A = 11 cm × 11 cm = 121 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 54
A = 12 cm × 9 cm = 108 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 56
A = 16 cm × 38 cm = 608 square cm.
Thus the area of 108 square centimeters is Figure C.

Question 13.
Which of the combined rectangles has an area of 40 square feet?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 57
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 58
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 59
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 60
________

Answer: Figure A

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 57
Area of top rectangle = 6 ft × 2 ft = 12 square feet
Area of bottom rectangle = 6 ft × 2 ft = 12 square feet
Area of square = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square feet
Add Area of top rectangle, Area of bottom rectangle and Area of square
= 12 square feet +  12 square feet + 16 square feet = 40 square feet.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 739

Question 1.
Find the unknown measure. The area of the rectangle is 36 square feet.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 61
A = b × h
The base of the rectangle is ________ .
base = _____ ft

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
The area of the rectangle = 36 square feet
Height = 3 feet
Base =?
A = b × h
36 square feet = b × 3 feet
b × 3 feet = 36 square feet
b = 36/3 = 12 feet
The base of the rectangle is 12 feets.

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 62
Perimeter = 44 centimeters
width = _____ cm

Answer: 10 cm

Explanation:
Given,
Perimeter = 44 centimeters
Length = 12 cm
width =?
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
P = 2l + 2w
44 cm = 24 cm + 2w
2w = 44 cm – 24 cm
2w = 20 cm
w = 20/2 = 10
Therefore width = 10 cm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 63
Area = 108 square inches
height = _____ in.

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 108 square inches
Base = 9 inches
height = _____ in.
A = b × h
108 square inches = 9 inches × h
h = 108/9
Height = 12 inches
Therefore the height of the rectangle = 12 inches

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 64
Area = 90 square meters
base = _____ cm

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 90 square meters
Height = 5 meters
base = _____ cm
A = b × h
90 square meters = b × 5 meters
b × 5 meters = 90 square meters
b = 90/5 = 18 meters
Therefore the base of the rectangle = 18 meters

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 65
Perimeter = 34 yards
length = _____ yd

Answer: 12 yards

Explanation:
Given,
Perimeter = 34 yards
Width = 5 yards
Length =?
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
P = 2l + 2w
34 yards = 2 × l + 2 × 5 yards
34 yards = 2 × l + 10 yards
2 × l + 10 yards = 34 yards
2l = 34 yards – 10 yards
2l = 24 yards
l = 24/2 = 12 yards
Therefore the length of the rectangle = 12 yards.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 66
Area = 96 square feet
base = ______ ft

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 96 square feet
Height = 8 feet
Base =?
A = b × h
96 square feet = b × 8 feet
b × 8 feet = 96 square feet
b = 96/8 = 12 feet
Thus base of the rectangle = 12 feet.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 67
Area = 126 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: 14 centimeters

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 126 square centimeters
Base = 9 cm
height = _____ centimeters
A = b × h
126 square centimeters = 9 cm × h
9 cm × h = 126 square centimeters
h = 126/9 = 14 centimeters
Therefore the Height of the rectangle = 14 centimeters

Question 8.
A square has an area of 49 square inches. Explain how to find the perimeter of the square.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
Given that,
A square has an area of 49 square inches.
A = 49 square inches
s^2 = 49 square inches
The square root of 49 is 7
So, each side of the square is 7 inches
The perimeter of the square = 4 × s
4 × 7 inches = 28 inches.
Therefore the perimeter of the square is 28 inches.

Page No. 740

Question 9.
Identify Relationships The area of a swimming pool is 120 square meters. The width of the pool is 8 meters. What is the length of the pool in centimeters?
length = _____ centimeters

Answer:
Given that the area of a swimming pool is 120 square meters.
The width of the pool is 8 meters.
We have to find the length of the pool in centimeters.
We know that Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = l × w
120 square meters = l × 8 meters
l × 8 meters = 120 square meters
l = 120/8 = 15 meters
Therefore, the length of the pool = 15 meters
Convert meters to centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
15 meters = 1500 centimeters.
The length of the pool in centimeters = 1500 centimeters

Go Math Grade 4 Additional Practice 13.6 Answer Key Question 10.
An outdoor deck is 7 feet wide. The perimeter of the deck is 64 feet. What is the length of the deck? Use the numbers to write an equation and solve it. A number may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 68
P=(2 × l) + (2 × w)
So, the length of the deck is _______ feet.
length = _____ ft

Answer:
An outdoor deck is 7 feet wide.
The perimeter of the deck is 64 feet.
We know that,
P=(2 × l) + (2 × w)
64 feet = (2 × l) + (2 × 7)
64 feet = 2l + 14 feet
2 × l = 64 feet – 14 feet
2 × l = 50 feet
l = 50/2 = 25 feet
Therefore the length of the deck = 25 feet.

Question 11.
A male mountain lion has a rectangular territory with an area of 96 square miles. If his territory is 8 miles wide, what is the length of his territory?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 69
length = _____ miles

Answer:
A male mountain lion has a rectangular territory with an area of 96 square miles.
Width = 8 miles
Length =?
A = l × w
96 square miles = l × 8 miles
l × 8 miles = 96 square miles
l = 96/8
l = 12 miles
Therefore, length of his territory = 12 miles

Common Core – New – Page No. 741

Find Unknown Measures

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 70
Perimeter = 54 feet
width = 7 feet
Think: P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
54 = (2 × 20) + (2 × w)
54 = 40 + (2 × w)
Since 54 = 40 + 14, 2 × w = 14, and w = 7.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 71
Perimeter = 42 meters
length = _____ meters

Answer: length = 12 meters

Explanation:

Given, Perimeter = 42 meters
Width = 9 meters
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × l) + (2 × 9 m)
42 m = 2l + 18 m
42 m – 18 m = 2l
2l = 24 meters
l = 24 meters/2 = 12 meters
Therefore length = 12 meters

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 72
Area = 28 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: height = 7 centimeters

Explanation:

Given,
Area = 28 square centimeters
Base = 4 cm
A = b × h
28 square centimeters = 4 cm × h
4 × h = 28
h = 28/4 = 7 cm
The height of the rectangle = 7 centimeters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 73
Area = 200 square inches
base = _____ inches

Answer: base = 8 inches

Explanation:

Given,
Area = 200 square inches
Height = 25 inches
Base = ?
Area of the rectangle = b × h
200 square inches = b × 25 inches
b × 25 inches = 200 square inches
b = 200/25 = 8 inches
The base of the rectangle = 8 inches.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Susie is an organic vegetable grower. The perimeter of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards. The width of the vegetable garden is 9 yards. How long is the vegetable garden?
length = _____ yards

Answer: 27 yards

Explanation:

Susie is an organic vegetable grower.
The perimeter of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards.
The width of the vegetable garden is 9 yards.
P = 72 yards
W = 9 yards
L =?
We know that,
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
72 yards = (2 × l) + (2 × 9)
72 yards – 18 yards = (2 × l)
(2 × l) = 72 yards – 18 yards
2l = 54 yards
l = 54/2 = 27 yards
Thus the vegetable garden is 27 yards long.

Question 6.
An artist is creating a rectangular mural for the Northfield Community Center. The mural is 7 feet tall and has an area of 84 square feet. What is the length of
the mural?
length = _____ feet

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:

An artist is creating a rectangular mural for the Northfield Community Center.
The mural is 7 feet tall and has an area of 84 square feet.
A = 84 square feet
W = 7 feet
L =?
A = l × w
84 square feet = l × 7 feet
l × 7 feet = 84 square feet
l = 84/7 = 12 feet
Thus the length of Murali is 12 feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 742

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches. If the width of the photo is 5 inches, how tall is the photo?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 25 inches
d. 30 inches

Answer: 7 inches

Explanation:

The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches.
Width = 5 inches
A = l × w
35 square inches = l × 5 inches
Length = 35/5 = inches
Thus the photo is 7 inches tall.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board. If the bulletin board is 36 inches wide, how long is it?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 38 inches
c. 40 inches
d. 76 inches

Answer: 20 inches

Explanation:

Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board.
Width = 36 inches
A = 112 inches
A = l × w
112 inches = l × 36 inches
l × 36 inches = 112 inches
l = 112/36 = 20 inches
Length = 20 inches
The correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle. It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long. A player ran one time around the edge of the court. How far did the player run?
Options:
a. 144 feet
b. 194 feet
c. 238 feet
d. 288 feet

Answer: 288 feet

Explanation:

A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle.
It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long.
A player ran one time around the edge of the court.
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 94 feet) + (2 × 50 feet)
P = 188 feet + 100 feet = 288 feet
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle is 288 feet.

Question 4.
On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north. How many degrees are in a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 60°
c. 90°
d. 180°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 360°/4 = 90°
The correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps. The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters. What was the total length of the frog’s three jumps?
Options:
a. 189 centimeters
b. 225 centimeters
c. 486 centimeters
d. 585 millimeters

Answer: 225 centimeters

Explanation:

Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps.
The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters.
Convert other units to centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
400 millimeters = 40 centimeters
100 + 85 + 40 = 225 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Karen colors in squares on a grid. She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red. What fraction of the squares are not colored in?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

Karen colors in squares on a grid.
She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)
Total number of fractions = \(\frac{8}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction of the squares are not colored.

Page No. 745

Question 1.
Lila is wallpapering one wall of her bedroom, as shown in the diagram. She will cover the whole wall except for the doorway. How many square feet of wall does Lila need to cover?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 74
First, find the area of the wall.
A = b × h
Awall = _____ square feet

Answer:
Base = 12 feet
Height = 8 feet
A = b × h
Awall = 12 feet × 8 feet
Awall = 96 square feet

Question 1.
Next, find the area of the door.
A = b × h
Adoor = _____ square feet

Answer:
Base = 3 feet
Height = 7 feet
A = b × h
Adoor = 3 feet × 7 feet
Adoor = 21 square feet

Question 1.
Last, subtract the area of the door from the area of the wall.
_____ – _____ = _____ square feet
So, Lila needs to cover _____ of wall.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Adoor = 21 square feet
Awall = 96 square feet
Last, subtract the area of the door from the area of the wall.
A = Awall – Adoor
A = 96 square feet – 21 square feet
A = 75 square feet
So, Lila needs to cover 75 square feet

Question 2.
What if there was a square window on the wall with a side length of 2 feet? How much wall would Lila need to cover then? Explain.
______ square feet

Answer:
If there is a square window of length 2 feet
Area of square = s × s
Awindow = 2 × 2 = 4 square feet
Now Subtract the area of the door, area of the window from the area of the wall.
A = 96 square feet – 21 square feet – 4 square feet
A = 71 square feet
Therefore Lila need to cover 71 square feet.

Question 3.
Ed is building a model of a house with a flat roof, as shown in the diagram. There is a chimney through the roof. Ed will cover the roof with square tiles. If the area of each tile is 1 square inch, how many tiles will he need? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 75
_____ tiles

Answer:
Roof:
Base = 20 inches
Height = 30 inches
Area of the roof = b × h
Aroof = 20 inches × 30 inches
Aroof = 600 inches
Chimney:
Base = 3 inches
Height = 4 inches
Area of the chimney = b × h
Achimney = 3 × 4 = 12 inches
Now subtract Area of Chimney from Area of the roof
A = 600 inches – 12 inches
A = 588 inches
Therefore Ed needs 588 tiles.

Page No. 746

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems Lia has a dog and a cat. Together, the pets weigh 28 pounds. The dog weighs 3 times as much as the cat. How much does each pet weigh?
cat weight = _____  pounds dog weight = _____ pounds

Answer:
Given that, the pets weigh 28 pounds.
28 = 7 + 7 + 7 + 7
The dog weighs 3 times as much as the cat.
= 3 × 7 = 21 pounds
The dog weighs 21 pounds
28 – 21 = 7
The cat weighs = 7 pounds.

Question 5.
Mr. Foster is covering two rectangular pictures with glass. One is 6 inches by 4 inches and the other one is 5 inches by 5 inches. Does he need the same number of square inches of glass for each picture? Explain.
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
Mr. Foster is covering two rectangular pictures with glass.
One is 6 inches by 4 inches and the other one is 5 inches by 5 inches.
Area of first rectangular picture = 6 × 4 = 24 square inches
Area of second rectangular picture = 5 × 5 = 25 square inches
Area of two rectangular pictures = 25 square inches – 24 square inches
1 square inch.
Therefore, he doesn’t need the same number of square inches of glass for each picture.

Question 6.
Claire says the area of a square with a side length of 100 centimeters is greater than the area of a square with a side length of 1 meter. Is she correct? Explain.
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
Claire says the area of a square with a side length of 100 centimeters is greater than the area of a square with a side length of 1 meter.
Her statement is not correct because 1 meter = 100 centimeters.
So, the area of a square with a side length of 100 centimeters is equal to the area of a square with a side length of 1 meter.

Question 7.
A rectangular floor is 12 feet long and 11 feet wide. Janine places a rug that is 9 feet long and 7 feet wide and covers part of the floor in the room. Select the word(s) to complete the sentence.
To find the number of square feet of the floor that is NOT covered by the rug,
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 76 the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 77 Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 78 the area of the floor.
_____ square feet

Answer:
Length = 12 feet
Width = 11 feet
Area of the rectangular floor = l × w
= 12 feet × 11 feet = 132 square feet
Room:
Length = 9 feet
Width = 7 feet
Area of the floor in the room = l × w
= 9 feet × 7 feet
= 63 square feet
Subtract the area of the rug from the area of the floor
= 132 square feet – 63 square feet = 69 square feet
The number of square feet of the floor that is NOT covered by the rug is 69 square feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 747

Problem Solving Find the Area

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
A room has a wooden floor. There is a rug in the center of the floor. The diagram shows the room and the rug. How many square feet of the wood floor still shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 79
82 square feet
Area of the floor: 13 × 10 = 130 square feet
Area of the rug: 8 × 6 = 48 square feet
Subtract to find the area of the floor still showing: 130 – 48 = 82 square feet

Question 2.
A rectangular wall has a square window, as shown in the diagram.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 80
What is the area of the wall NOT including the window?
The area of the wall NOT including the window = _____ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
Wall:
Base = 14 feet
Height = 8 feet
Area of the wall = b × h
A = 14 feet × 8 feet
A = 112 square feet
Window:
Length = 4 feet
Area of the square = s × s
Area of the window = 4 feet × 4 feet = 16 square feet
Now subtract Area of the window from the area of the rectangular wall
= 112 square feet – 16 square feet
= 96 square feet
Therefore the area of the wall NOT including the window = 96 square feet.

Question 3.
Bob wants to put down new sod in his backyard, except for the part set aside for his flower garden. The diagram shows Bob’s backyard and the flower garden.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 81
How much sod will Bob need?
The area covered with new sod = _____ square yards

Answer: 235 square yards

Flower Garden:
Base = 20 yards
Height = 14 yards
Area of the rectangular flower garden = b × h
A = 20 yards × 14 yards
A = 280 square yards
Sod:
Base = 5 yards
Height = 9 yards
Area of sod = b × h
= 5 yards × 9 yards = 45 square yards
Now subtract area of sod from area of flower garden
= 280 square yards – 45 square yards
= 235 square yards
Thus the area covered with new sod = 235 square yards

Question 4.
A rectangular painting is 24 inches wide and 20 inches tall without the frame. With the frame, it is 28 inches wide and 24 inches tall. What is the area of the frame not covered by the painting?
The area of the frame = _____ square inches

Answer: 192 square inches

Explanation:
A rectangular painting is 24 inches wide and 20 inches tall without the frame.
A = b × h
A = 24 inches × 20 inches
A = 480 square inches
With the frame, it is 28 inches wide and 24 inches tall.
A = b × h
A = 28 inches × 24 inches
A = 672 square inches
The area of the frame not covered by the painting
= 672 square inches – 480 square inches
= 192 square inches
Therefore, The area of the frame = 192 square inches

Question 5.
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall. There is a door 3 feet wide and 6 feet tall. She has a poster on the wall that is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is visible?
The area of the wall visible = _____ square feet

Answer: 80 square feet

Explanation:
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall.
Area of Jeanne’s bedroom = 13 feet × 8 feet = 104 square feet
Area of door = 3 feet × 6 feet = 18 square feet
Area of the wall = 2 feet × 3 feet = 6 square feet
To find the area of the wall visible we have to subtract Area of the wall, Area of the door from Area of Jeanne’s bedroom.
104 square feet – 18 square feet – 6 square feet
= 80 square feet
The area of the wall visible = 80 square feet

Common Core – New – Page No. 748

Lesson Check

Question 1.
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall. Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is not covered by the poster?
Options:
a. 16 square feet
b. 34 square feet
c. 35 square feet
d. 46 square feet

Answer: 34 square feet

Explanation:
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall.
Area of the wall in Zoe’s bedroom = b × h
A = 5 feet × 8 feet
A = 40 square feet
Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
Area of the poster = b × h
A = 2 feet × 3 feet = 6 square feet
Now subtract Area of the poster from the Area of the wall in Zoe’s bedroom
= 40 square feet – 6 square feet
= 34 square feet
Thus the area of the wall is not covered by the poster = 34 square feet.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high. It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown. How much of the garage door is white?
Options:
a. 22 square feet
b. 70 square feet
c. 80 square feet
d. 81 square feet

Answer: 81 square feet

Explanation:
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high.
Area of the garage door = b × h
A = 15 feet × 6 feet
A = 90 square feet
It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown.
b = 9 feet
h = 1 foot
A = b × h
A = 9 feet × 1 feet
A = 9 square feet
Area of the garage door is white = 90 square feet – 9 square feet
Area of the garage door is white = 81 square feet
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake. If the cake was 9 inches wide, how long was the cake?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 24 inches
d. 33 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake.
Width = 9 inches
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
42 inches = (2 × l) + (2 × 9)
(2 × l) + (2 × 9) = 42 inches
(2 × l) = 42 inches – 18 inches
2l = 24 inches
l = 24/2 = 12 inches
Therefore the cake is 12 inches long.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice. Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\) of his. Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) of hers. Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of his. Who drank less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice?
Options:
a. Larry
b. Mary
c. Mary and Terry
d. Larry and Terry

Answer: Mary

Explanation:
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice.
Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\), Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) and Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) is less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice.
The correct answer is Option B.

Question 5.
Which of the following statements is NOT true about the numbers 7 and 9?
Options:
a. 7 is a prime number.
b. 9 is a composite number.
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Answer: 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9

Explanation:
a. 7 is a prime number is true.
b. 9 is a composite number is true
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1 is true.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9 is not true because 7 is not the multiple of 27.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M. How long did the movie last?
Options:
a. 1 hour 35 minutes
b. 1 hour 45 minutes
c. 1 hour 55 minutes
d. 2 hours 15 minutes

Answer: 1 hour 45 minutes

Explanation:
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M.
Subtract 2:30 P.M. from 4:15 P.M.
4 hour 15 minutes
-2 hour 30 minutes
1 hour 45 minutes
The movie last for 1 hour 45 minutes
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 749

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1e, select Yes or No to indicate if a rectangle with the given dimensions would have a perimeter of 50 inches.
a. length: 25 inches; width: 2 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 25 in.) + (2 × w)
(2 × w) = 50 inches – 50 inches
w = 0
Thus the above statement is false

Question 1.
b. length: 20 inches; width: 5 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 20 in.) + (2 × 5)
50 inches = 40 in. + 10 in.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. length: 17 inches; width: 8 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 17 in.) + (2 × 8 in.)
50 inches = 34 in. + 16 in.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 1.
d. length: 15 inches; width: 5 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 15 in.) + (2 × 5 in.)
50 inches = 30 in. + 10 in.
50 inches = 40 inches
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 1.
e. length: 15 inches; width: 10 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 15 in.) + (2 × 10 in.)
50 inches = 30 in. + 20 in.
50 inches = 50 inches
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 2.
The swimming club’s indoor pool is in a rectangular building.
Marco is laying tile around the rectangular pool.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 82
Part A
What is the area of the pool and the area of the pool and the walkway? Show your work.
A(pool) = ____ m2    A(building) = ____ m2

Answer:
Pool:
Base = 20 m
Height = 16 m
A = b × h
Area of the pool = 20 m × 16 m = 320 square meters
Pool and the walkway:
Area of the pool and the walkway = 26 m × 22 m = 572 square meters

Question 2.
Part B
How many square meters of tile will Marco need for the walkway?
Explain how you found your answer.
A(walkway) = ____ m2

Answer: 252 square meters

Explanation:
Area of walkway = Area of the pool and the walkway – Area of pool
Area of the walkway = 572 square meters – 320 square meters
= 252 square meters
Therefore the Area of walkway = 252 square meters

Page No. 750

Question 3.
Match the dimensions of the rectangles in the top row with the correct area or perimeter in the bottom row
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 83

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-83

Question 4.
Kyleigh put a large rectangular sticker on her notebook. The height of the sticker measures 18 centimeters. The base is half as long as the height. What area of the notebook does the sticker cover?
________ square centimeters

Answer: 162 square centimeters

Explanation:
Kyleigh put a large rectangular sticker on her notebook.
The height of the sticker measures 18 centimeters.
The base is half as long as the height.
Base = h/2 = 18/2 = 9 centimeters
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 9 cm × 18 cm
A = 162 square centimeters
Thus the area of the notebook the sticker cover is 162 square centimeters.

Question 5.
A rectangular flower garden in Samantha’s backyard has 100 feet around its edge. The width of the garden is 20 feet. What is the length of the garden? Use the numbers to write an equation and solve. A number may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 84
□ = (2 × l) + (2 × □)
□ = 2 × l + □
□ = 2 × l
□ = l
So, the length of the garden _____ feet.

Answer:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
100 = (2 × l) + (2 × 20)
100 – 40 = 2 × l
2 × l = 60
l = 60/2 = 30 feet
Length = 30 feet
So, the length of the garden 30 feet.

Question 6.
Gary drew a rectangle with a perimeter of 20 inches. Then he tried to draw a square with a perimeter of 20 inches.
Draw 3 different rectangles that Gary could have drawn. Then draw the square, if possible.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The possible rectangles with a perimeter of 20 inches are:
Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key review solution image-1HMH Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key review solution image-2Go Math 4th Grade Solution Key Review solution image-3
The possible square with a perimeter of 20 inches is:
Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 solution key review solution image-4

Page No. 751

Question 7.
Ami and Bert are drawing plans for rectangular vegetable gardens. In Ami’s plan, the garden is 13 feet by 10 feet. In Bert’s plan, the garden is 12 feet by 12 feet. For numbers 7a−7d, select True or False for each statement.
a. The area of Ami’s garden is 130 square feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
A = b × h
Area of Ami’s garden = 13 feet × 10 feet =
Area of Ami’s garden = 130 square feet
The above statement is true.

Question 7.
b. The area of Bert’s garden is 48 square feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
Area of Bert’s garden = 12 feet × 12 feet = 144 square feet
The above statement is false.

Question 7.
c. Ami’s garden has a greater area than Bert’s garden.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
Area of Ami’s garden = 13 feet × 10 feet = 130 square feet
Area of Bert’s garden = 12 feet × 12 feet = 144 square feet
130 square feet is less than 144 square feet
The area of Ami’s garden is less than Area of Bert’s garden.
The above statement is false.

Question 7.
d. The area of Bert’s garden is 14 square feet greater than Ami’s.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
Area of Ami’s garden = 13 feet × 10 feet = 130 square feet
Area of Bert’s garden = 12 feet × 12 feet = 144 square feet
144 square feet – 130 square feet = 14 square feet
The above statement is true.

Question 8.
A farmer planted corn in a square field. One side of the field measures 32 yards. What is the area of the cornfield? Show your work.
_______ square yards

Answer: 1024 square yards

Explanation:
A farmer planted corn in a square field. One side of the field measures 32 yards.
Area of the square = 32 yards × 32 yards
A = 1,024 square yards
Therefore the area of the cornfield is 1,024 square yards.

Question 9.
Harvey bought a frame in which he put his family’s picture.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 85
What is the area of the frame not covered by the picture?
_______ square inches

Answer: 136 square inches

Explanation:
Area of the picture = 12 in. × 18 in.
A = 216 square inches
Area of the frame = 16 in. × 22 in.
A = 352 square inches
The area of the frame not covered by the picture = 352 square inches – 216 square inches
= 136 square inches
Therefore the area of the frame not covered by the picture is 136 square inches.

Question 10.
Kelly has 236 feet of fence to use to enclose a rectangular space for her dog. She wants the width to be 23 feet. Draw a rectangle that could be the space for Kelly’s dog. Label the length and width.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Kelly has 236 feet of fence to use to enclose a rectangular space for her dog.
She wants the width to be 23 feet.
Perimeter = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
236 = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
236 = (2 × l) + (2 × 23)
236 – 46 = (2 × l)
(2 × l) = 190HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 13 review solution img- 5
l = 190/2
l = 95 feet
Therefore length = 95 feet.

Page No. 752

Question 11.
The diagram shows the dimensions of a new parking lot at Helen’s Health Food store.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 86
Use either addition or subtraction to find the area of the parking lot. Show your work.
_______ square yards

Answer: 1100 square yards

Explanation:
Addition:
Top:
Base = 40 yards
Height = 20 yards
Area of the top rectangle = b × h
A = 40 yards × 20 yards = 800 square yards
Bottom:
Base = 30 yards
Height = 10 yards
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 30 yards × 10 yards = 300 square yards
Area of the parking = Area of top + Area of bottom
A = 800 square yards + 300 square yards
Area of parking = 1100 square yards.

Question 12.
Chad’s bedroom floor is 12 feet long and 10 feet wide. He has an area rug on his floor that is 7 feet long and 5 feet wide. Which statement tells how to find the amount of the floor that is not covered by the rug? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Add 12 × 10 and 7 × 5.
b. Subtract 35 from 12 × 10
c. Subtract 10 × 5 from 12 × 7.
d. Add 12 + 10 + 7 + 5.
e. Subtract 7 × 5 from 12 × 10.
f. Subtract 12 × 10 from 7 × 5.

Answer: B, F

Chad’s bedroom floor is 12 feet long and 10 feet wide.
A = 12 feet × 10 feet = 120 square feet
Area rug on his floor = 7 feet × 5 feet = 35 square feet
To find the amount of the floor that is not covered by the rug we have to subtract 120 square feet from 35 square feet or 35 square feet from 12 × 10.
So, the correct answers are B and F.

Question 13.
A row of plaques covers 120 square feet of space along a wall. If the plaques are 3 feet tall, what length of the wall do they cover?
____ feet

Answer: 40 feet

Explanation:
Given that,
A row of plaques covers 120 square feet of space along a wall.
Height = 3 feet
A = b × h
120 square feet = b × 3 feet
b = 120/3 = 40
Therefore the base is 40 feet.

Page No. 753

Question 14.
Ms. Bennett wants to buy carpeting for her living room and dining room.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 87
Explain how she can find the amount of carpet she needs to cover the floor in both rooms. Then find the amount of carpet she will need.
____ square feet

Answer:
She can find the area of each rectangle and then find the sum. The area of the living room is 20 × 20 = 400 square feet.
The area of the dining room is 15 × 10 = 150 square feet.
The sum of the two rooms = 400 + 150 = 550 square feet.
She needs 550 square feet of carpeting.

Question 15.
Lorenzo built a rectangular brick patio. He is putting a stone border around the edge of the patio. The width of the patio is 12 feet. The length of the patio is two feet longer than the width.
How many feet of stone will Lorenzo need? Explain how you found your answer.
____ feet

Answer: 52 feet

Explanation:
Width = 12 feet
Length = 2 × width
Length = 2 + 12 feet = 14 feet
Perimeter = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 14) + (2 × 12)
P = 28 + 24
P = 52 feet

Page No. 754

Question 16.
Which rectangle has a perimeter of 10 feet? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 88
Rectangle: ____
Rectangle: ____

Answer: A, C

Explanation:
i. Perimeter of A = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 1) + (2 × 4) = 2 + 8 = 10 feet
ii. Perimeter of B = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 2) + (2 × 5) = 4 + 10 = 14 feet
iii. Perimeter of C = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 2) + (2 × 3) = 4 + 6 = 14 feet
iv. Perimeter of D = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 4) + (2 × 6) = 8 + 12 = 20 feet
The correct answer is option A and C.

Question 17.
A folder is 11 inches long and 8 inches wide. Alyssa places a sticker that is 2 inches long and 1 inch wide on the notebook. Choose the words that correctly complete the sentence.
To find the number of square inches of the folder that is NOT covered by the sticker,
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 89
Type below:
________

Answer: Subtract the area of the sticker from the area of the notebook.

Question 18.
Tricia is cutting her initial from a piece of felt. For numbers 18a–18c, select Yes or No to tell whether you can add the products to find the number of square centimeters Tricia needs.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 90
a. 1 × 8 and 5 × 2 _______
b. 3 × 5 and 1 × 8 _______
c. 2 × 5 and 1 × 3 and 1 × 3 _______

Answer:
a. 1 × 8 and 5 × 2 _______
Yes
b. 3 × 5 and 1 × 8 _______
No
c. 2 × 5 and 1 × 3 and 1 × 3 _______
No

Question 19.
Mr. Butler posts his students’ artwork on a bulletin board.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 91
The width and length of the bulletin board are whole numbers. What could be the dimensions of the bulletin board Mr. Butler uses?
Type below:
________

Answer: 5 feet long by 3 feet wide
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 15 square feet
The factor of 15 is 5 and 3.
So, the length = 5 feet long
Width = 3 feet long.

Quick learning is not only important but also understanding is important to learn the concepts. You can’t love maths if you don’t understand the subject. So, to help you guys we have provided the images for your better understanding. Learn the simple techniques to solve the problem in less time in our Go Math Answer Key.

Conclusion:

Hope you are satisfied with the solutions provided in the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area. For unlimited practice check out the questions in the review at the end of the chapter. You can also find all chapter’s solutions in our Go Math Answer Key. Make use of the links and score the highest marks in the exams. Best Of Luck!!!!

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key Pdf Algebra: Perimeter and Area Read More »

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers will help the students to enhance math skills. Improve logical thinking with the best practice of 4th Grade HMH Go Math problems. The 4th Grade Go Math Answer Key is provided with solved questions that make the students show interest in doing maths. Also, the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 will reach the student’s expectations. It is totally developed on user standards. Every candidate can easily understand and solve every math problem using HMH Go Math Answer Key.

1, 2, 3, 4….. counting the number of advantages with Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key is an infinite process. From a very basic level to standard level, all problems are solved in an easy manner. By referring step by step process involved in Go Math Grade 4 Chapter Answer Key, students can learn all the concepts included in their math book. The learning way of math is simplified and explained with the best examples. So, quickly interact with Go Math Solution Key and improve your math skills.

Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf

Use the provided handy solutions of all questions included in our HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Learn quick math with the best approach. You can implement these math practices into your real-time life and solve daily life math calculations within a fraction of seconds. Get the best and do the best with the help of Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key.

Lesson 1: Multiples of Unit Fractions

Lesson 2: Multiples of Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 3: Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Lesson 4: Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Comparison Problems with Fractions

Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 459

Multiples of Unit Fractions

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 1

Answer:
5 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 5/6 or 5 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/6 = 5 x 1/6.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
7 x 1/8

Explanation:
Given that 7/8 or 7 eighth-size parts.
Each eighth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/8.
You can use unit fractions to show 7/8
7/8 = 7 x 1/8.

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{3}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
5 x 1/3

Explanation:
Given that 5/3 or 5 third-size parts.
Each third-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/3.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/3 = 5 x 1/3.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Lesson 8.1 Answer Key Question 4.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
9 x 1/10

Explanation:
Given that 9/10 or 9-tenth-size parts.
Each tenth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/10.
You can use unit fractions to show 9/10
9/10 = 9 x 1/10.

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3 x 1/4

Explanation:
Given that 3/4 or 3 fourth-size parts.
Each fourth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/4.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
3/4 = 3 x 1/4.

Question 6.
\(\frac{11}{12}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
11 x 1/12

Explanation:
Given that 11/12 or 11 twelve-size parts.
Each twelve-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/12.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
11/12 = 11 x 1/12.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 4/6 or 4 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 4/6
4/6 = 4 x 1/6.

Question 8.
\(\frac{8}{20}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8 x 1/20

Explanation:
Given that 8/20 or 8 twenty-size parts.
Each twenty-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/20.
You can use unit fractions to show 8/20
8/20 = 8 x 1/20.

Question 9.
\(\frac{13}{100}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
13 x 1/100

Explanation:
Given that 13/100 or 13 hundred-size parts.
Each hundred-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/100.
You can use unit fractions to show 13/100
13/100 = 13 x 1/100.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 2
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 3
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Problem Solving

Question 12.
So far, Monica has read \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days. What fraction of the book does Monica read each day?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the book

Answer:
1/6 of the book

Explanation:
Monica has read 5/6 of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days.
For 1 day, she read one page. In total, she read 5 pages in 5 days. So, Monica read 1/6 of a book each day.

Question 13.
Nicholas buys \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound of cheese. He puts the same amount of cheese on 3 sandwiches. How much cheese does Nicholas put on each sandwich?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound of cheese

Answer:
1/8 pound of cheese

Explanation:
Nicholas buys 3/8 pound of cheese. He bought 3 sandwiches. Then, he applied 3/8 pound of cheese on 3 sandwiches. So, 3 x 1/8 cheese he put on 3 sandwiches. So, for one sandwich he put 1/8 pound of cheese.

Common Core – New – Page No. 460

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon. Altogether, she walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. How far does Selena live from school?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile
d. 2 miles

Answer:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile

Explanation:
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon. Altogether, she walks 2/3 miles each day. The distance between home and school will remain the same. So, 2/3 x 1/2 = 1/3 mile far Selena live from the school.

Go Math Lesson 8.1 4th Grade Question 2.
Will uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing. How much oil does Will use for one batch of salad dressing?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer:
1/8 pound of cheesa. \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup

Explanation:
Will uses 34 cups of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing. To know the one batch of salad dressing, we need to take one part of salad dressing = 1/3. So, 3/4 x 1/3 = 1/4 cup of olive oil will use for one batch of salad dressing.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Liza bought \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of trail mix. She gives \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound of trail mix to Michael. How much trail mix does Liza have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
d. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Answer:
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
Liza bought 58 pound of trail mix. She gives 28 pound of trail mix to Michael.
So, Liza have left 5/8 – 2/8 = 3/8 trail mix.

Question 4.
Leigh has a piece of rope that is 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet long. How do you write 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) as a fraction greater than 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{11}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{15}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{20}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{62}{3}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{20}{3}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominator with the whole number. i.e Multiply 3 with 6 in the given example, 6 (2/3).
3 x 6 =18.
Add 18 + 2 =20.
Keep the Denominator the same i.e. 3.
The obtained fraction is 20/3.

Question 5.
Randy’s house number is a composite number. Which of the following could be Randy’s house number?
Options:
a. 29
b. 39
c. 59
d. 79

Answer:
b. 39

Explanation:
The composite numbers can be defined as whole numbers that have more than two factors. Whole numbers that are not prime are composite numbers because they are divisible by more than two numbers. 39 is the composite number. 39 is divided by 13 and 3.

Question 6.
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes. Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting and the rest have vanilla frosting. What fraction of the cupcakes have vanilla frosting?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes.
Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting = 9/12.
The rest have vanilla frosting. So, there are 3 cups remaining = 3/12 = 1/4.
1/4 cupcakes have vanilla frosting.

Page No. 463

Question 1.
Write three multiples of \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 2
1 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{■}{8}\)
2 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{■}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{■}{8}\)
Multiples of \(\frac{3}{8}\) are ____ , ____ , and ____ .
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3/8, 6/8, 9/8, 12/8.

Explanation:
1 x 3/8 = 3/8.
2 x 3/8 = 6/8.
3 x 3/8 = 9/8.
4 x 3/8 = 12/8.
Multiples of 3/8 are 3/8, 6/8, 9/8, 12/8.

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6/6, 9/6, 12/6, 20/6

Explanation:
1 x 3/6 = 3/6.
2 x 3/6 = 6/6.
3 x 3/6 = 9/6.
4 x 3/6 = 12/6.
5 x 4/6 = 20/6.
Next four multiples of 3/6 are 6/6, 9/6, 12/6, 20/6.

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4/10, 6/10, 8/10, 10/10

Explanation:
1 x 2/10 = 2/10.
2 x 2/10 = 4/10.
3 x 2/10 = 6/10.
4 x 2/10 = 8/10.
5 x 2/10 = 10/10.
The next four multiples of 2/10 are 4/10, 6/10, 8/10, 10/10.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 3
3 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
9/4 = 9 x 1/4

Explanation:
1 group of 3/4 = 3/4
2 groups of 3/4 = 6/4
3 groups of 3/4 = 9/4
3 x 3/4 = 9/4.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 4
2 × \(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8/6 = 8 x 1/6

Explanation:
1 group of 4/6 = 4/6
2 groups of 4/6 = 8/6
2 x 4/6 = 8/6 = 8 x 1/6.

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8/5, 12/5, 16/5, 20/5

Explanation:
1 x 4/5 = 4/5.
2 x 4/5 = 8/5.
3 x 4/5 = 12/5.
4 x 4/5 = 16/5.
5 x 4/5 = 20/5.
The next four multiples of 4/5 are 8/5, 12/5, 16/5, 20/5.

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{4}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4/4, 6/4, 8/4, 10/4

Explanation:
1 x 2/4 = 2/4.
2 x 2/4 = 4/4.
3 x 2/4 = 6/4.
4 x 2/4 = 8/4.
5 x 2/4 = 10/4.
The next four multiples of 2/4 are 4/4, 6/4, 8/4, 10/4.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 5
4 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8/8 = 8 x 1/8

Explanation:
1 group of 2/8 = 2/8
2 groups of 2/8 = 4/8
3 groups of 2/8 = 6/8
4 groups of 2/8 = 8/8
4 x 2/8 = 8/8 = 8 x 1/8.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 6
3 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
9/5 = 9 x 1/5

Explanation:
1 group of 3/5 = 3/5
2 groups of 3/5 = 6/5
3 groups of 3/5 = 9/5
3 x 3/5 = 9/5 = 9 x 1/5.

Question 10.
Use Repeated Reasoning Are \(\frac{6}{10}\) and \(\frac{6}{30}\) multiples of \(\frac{3}{10}\)?
Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3/30

Explanation:
Use Repeated Reasoning Are 6/10 and 6/30 multiples of 3/10 and 3/30.

Question 11.
Which is greater, 4 × \(\frac{2}{7}\) or 3 × \(\frac{3}{7}\)? Explain.
4 × \(\frac{2}{7}\) _____ 3 × \(\frac{3}{7}\)

Answer:
4 × \(\frac{2}{7}\) __<___ 3 × \(\frac{3}{7}\)

Explanation:
8/7 < 9/7
So, 4 x 2/7 < 3 x 3/7

Page No. 464

Question 12.
Josh is watering his plants. He gives each of 2 plants \(\frac{3}{5}\) pint of water. His watering can holds \(\frac{1}{5}\) pint. How many times will he fill his watering can to water both plants?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 7
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
We need to find how many times Josh needs to fill his watering can to water both plants.

Question 12.
b. What information do you need to use?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Use the Number of plants = 2.
He gives each plant a 3/5 pint of water.
His watering can hold 1/5 pint.

Question 12.
c. How can drawing a model help you solve the problem?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 6

Question 12.
d. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
If Josh gives each plant 3/5 pint, then that’s a total of 6/5 pint.
6/5 = 6 x 1/5.

Question 12.
e. Complete the sentence. Josh will fill his watering can ____ times.
____ times

Answer:
Josh will fill his watering can 6 times.

Go Math 4th Grade Pdf Practice and Homework Lesson 8.2 Question 13.
Alma is making 3 batches of tortillas. She adds \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of water to each batch. The measuring cup holds \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup. How many times must Alma measure \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of water to have enough for the tortillas? Shade the model to show your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 8
Alma must measure \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup ______ times.
____ times

Answer:
12 times

Explanation:
Alma is making 3 batches of tortillas. She adds a 3/4 cup of water to each batch. The measuring cup holds 1/4 cup.
Alma must measure 1/4 cup 12 times.

Common Core – New – Page No. 465

Multiples of Fractions

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5

Explanation:
1 x 3/5 = 3/5.
2 x 3/5 = 6/5.
3 x 3/5 = 9/5.
4 x 3/5 = 12/5.
5 x 4/5 = 20/5.
The next four multiples of 3/5 are 6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6

Explanation:
1 x 2/6 = 2/6.
2 x 2/6 = 4/6.
3 x 2/6 = 6/6.
4 x 2/6 = 8/6.
5 x 2/6 = 10/6.
The next four multiples of 2/6 are 4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6.

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8

Explanation:
1 x 4/8 = 4/8.
2 x 4/8 = 8/8.
3 x 4/8 = 12/8.
4 x 4/8 = 16/8.
5 x 4/8 = 20/8.
The next four multiples of 4/8 are 8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8.

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) ,
Type below:
__________

Answer:
10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10

Explanation:
1 x 5/10 = 5/10.
2 x 5/10 = 10/10.
3 x 5/10 = 15/10.
4 x 5/10 = 20/10.
5 x 5/10 = 25/10.
The next four multiples of 5/10 are 10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 9
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
8/5 = 8 x 1/5

Explanation:
1 group of 4/5 = 4/5
2 groups of 4/5 = 8/5
2 x 4/5 = 8/5 = 8 x 1/5.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 10
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
10/3 = 10 x 1/3

Explanation:
1 group of 2/3 = 2/3
2 group of 2/3 = 4/3
3 group of 2/3 = 6/3
4 group of 2/3 = 8/3
5 group of 2/3 = 10/3
5 x 2/3 = 10/3 = 10 x 1/3.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of sugar for each loaf. Her measuring cup can only hold \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of sugar. How many times will Jessica need to fill the measuring cup in order to get enough sugar for both loaves of bread?
_____ times

Answer:
6 times

Explanation:
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs a 3/4 cup of sugar for each loaf.
For 2 loaves, she needs 2 x 3/4 = 6/4 cups of sugar.
Her measuring cup can only hold 1/4 cup of sugar. So, to get the 3/4 cup of sugar, she needs to fill the cup 3 times. 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 = 3/4.
So, to fill 2 loaves, she needs to fill cup 3 x 2 = 6 times.

Question 8.
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add \(\frac{3}{8}\) teaspoon of salt to a solution. The group only has a \(\frac{1}{8}\) teaspoon measuring spoon. How many times will the group need to fill the measuring spoon in order to perform the experiment?
_____ times

Answer:
12 times

Explanation:
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add a 3/8 teaspoon of salt to a solution. 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 teaspoon of salt required to finish the experiment.
If they have 1/8 teaspoon measuring spoon, 12 x 1/8.
So, the group needs to fill the measuring spoon 12 times in order to perform the experiment.

Common Core – New – Page No. 466

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Eloise made a list of some multiples of \(\frac{5}{8}\). Which of the following lists could be Eloise’s list?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{16}, \frac{15}{24}, \frac{20}{32}, \frac{25}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{6}{8}, \frac{7}{8}, \frac{8}{8}, \frac{9}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{8}, \frac{4}{8}, \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)

Explanation:
1 x 5/8 = 5/8.
2 x 5/8 = 10/8.
3 x 5/8 = 15/8.
4 x 5/8 = 20/8.
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.
The next four multiples of 5/8 are 10/8, 15/8, 20/8, 25/8.

Go Math Workbook Grade 4 Pdf Multiples of Fractions Lesson 8.2 Question 2.
David is filling five \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart bottles with a sports drink. His measuring cup only holds \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart. How many times will David need to fill the measuring cup in order to fill the 5 bottles?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 15
d. 20

Answer:
c. 15

Explanation:
David is filling five 3/4 quart bottles with a sports drink = 5 x 3/4 = 15/4.
His measuring cup only holds 1/4 quart.
So, 15 x 1/4. David needs to fill the measuring cup 15 times in order to fill the 5 bottles.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages. How many stamps are on each page?
Options:
a. 12
b. 14
c. 16
d. 18

Answer:
c. 16

Explanation:
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages.
128/8 = 16 stamps on each page.

Question 4.
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198. So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks. How much more money does Ryan need in order to be able to buy the bike?
Options:
a. $ 8
b. $ 18
c. $ 48
d. $ 180

Answer:
b. $ 18

Explanation:
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198.
So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks = $15 x 12 = $180.
$198 – $180 = $18 needed in order to buy the bike.

Question 5.
Tina buys 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of the fabric left over. How many yards of material did Tina use?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer:
c. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
Tina buys 3 7/8 yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 3/8 yards of the fabric left over.
3 -1 = 2; 7/8 – 3/8 = 4/8. So, the answer is 2 4/8.

Question 6.
Which list shows the fractions in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{7}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{7}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
2/3 = 0.666
3/4 = 0.75
7/12 = 0.5833
7/12, 2/3, 3/4

Page No. 467

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 11

Question 1.
A __________ of a number is the product of the number and a counting number.
__________

Answer:
Multiple

Question 2.
A _________ always has a numerator of 1.
_________

Answer:
Unit Fraction

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ,
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2

Explanation:
1 x 1/2 = 1/2.
2 x 1/2 = 2/2.
3 x 1/2 = 3/2.
4 x 1/2 = 4/2.
5 x 1/2 = 5/2.
The next four multiples of 1/2 are 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2.

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ,
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Explanation:
1 x 1/5 = 1/5.
2 x 1/5 = 2/5.
3 x 1/5 = 3/5.
4 x 1/5 = 4/5.
5 x 1/5 = 5/5.
The next four multiples of 1/5 are 2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5.

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = _____ × \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
4/10 = 4 x 1/10

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{12}\) = _____ × \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Answer:
8

Explanation:
8/12 = 8 x 1/12

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = _____ × \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
3

Explanation:
3/4 = 3 x 1/4

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) ,
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/5, 6/5, 8/5, 10/5

Explanation:
1 x 2/5 = 1/5.
2 x 2/5 = 4/5.
3 x 2/5 = 6/5.
4 x 2/5 = 8/5.
5 x 2/5 = 10/5.
The next four multiples of 1/5 are 4/5, 6/5, 8/5, 10/5.

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ,
Type below:
_________

Answer:
10/6, 15/6, 20/6, 25/6

Explanation:
1 x 5/6 = 5/6.
2 x 5/6 = 10/6.
3 x 5/6 = 15/6.
4 x 5/6 = 20/6.
5 x 5/6 = 25/6.
The next four multiples of 5/6 are 10/6, 15/6, 20/6, 25/6.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 12
4 × \(\frac{2}{6}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8/6 = 8 x 1/6

Explanation:
1 group of 2/6 = 2/6
2 groups of 2/6 = 4/6
3 groups of 2/6 = 6/6
4 groups of 2/6 = 8/6
4 x 2/6 = 8/6 = 8 x 1/6.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 13
3 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer:
9/8 = 9 x 1/8

Explanation:
1 group of 3/8 = 3/8
2 groups of 3/8 = 6/8
3 groups of 3/8 = 9/8
3 x 3/8 = 9/8 = 9 x 1/8.

Page No. 468

Question 12.
Pedro cut a sheet of poster board into 10 equal parts. His brother used some of the poster board and now \(\frac{8}{10}\) is left. Pedro wants to make a sign from each remaining part of the poster board. How many signs can he make?
______ signs

Answer:
8 signs

Explanation:
Pedro cut a sheet of poster board into 10 equal parts.
His brother uses some of the poster board and now an 8/10 is left.
So, the remaining part of the b\poster board is 8/10 parts.
Pedro can use 8/ 10 parts of the board to make signs.
So, he can make 8 signs.

Question 13.
Ella is making 3 batches of banana milkshakes. She needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallon of milk for each batch. Her measuring cup holds \(\frac{1}{4}\) gallon. How many times will she need to fill the measuring cup to make all 3 batches of milkshakes?
______ times

Answer:
9 times

Explanation:
Ella is making 3 batches of banana milkshakes. She needs 3/4 gallon of milk for each batch. So, she needs 3 x 3/4 = 9/4 cups for 3 batches of banana milkshakes. Her measuring cup holds 1/4 gallon.
9/4 = 9 x 1/4.
So, Ella needs to fill the measuring cup 9 times to make all 3 batches of milkshakes.

Question 14.
Darren cut a lemon pie into 8 equal slices. His friends ate some of the pie and now \(\frac{5}{8}\) is left. Darren wants to put each slice of the leftover pie on its own plate. What part of the pie will he put on each plate?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the pie on each plate.

Answer:
5/8 of the pie on each plate

Explanation:
Darren cut a lemon pie into 8 equal slices. His friends ate some of the pie and now 5/8 is left. So, 5 pie slices leftover.
Darren can put 5/8 parts of the pie on each plate.

Question 15.
Beth is putting liquid fertilizer on the plants in 4 flowerpots. Her measuring spoon holds \(\frac{1}{8}\) teaspoon. The directions say to put \(\frac{5}{8}\) teaspoon of fertilizer in each pot. How many times will Beth need to fill the measuring spoon to fertilize the plants in the 4 pots?
______ times

Answer:
20 times

Explanation:
Beth is putting liquid fertilizer on the plants in 4 flowerpots. Her measuring spoon holds 1/8 teaspoon.
The directions say to put 5/8 teaspoons of fertilizer in each pot. So, 4 x 5/8 = 20/8.
20/8 = 20 x 1/8. Beth needs to fill the measuring spoon 20 times to fertilize the plants in the 4 pots.

Page No. 471

Question 1.
Find the product of 3 × \(\frac{5}{8}\).
1 group of \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{8}\)
2 groups of \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{8}\)
3 groups of \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
15/8

Explanation:
1 group of 5/8 = 2/8
2 groups of 5/8 = 4/8
3 groups of 5/8 = 6/8
3 x 5/8 = 15/8.

Multiply.

Question 2.
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
8/5

Explanation:
1 group of 4/5 = 4/5
2 groups of 4/5 = 8/5
2 x 4/5 = 8/5.

Question 3.
4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
8/3

Explanation:
1 group of 2/3 = 2/3
2 groups of 2/3 = 4/3
3 groups of 2/3 = 6/3
4 groups of 2/3 = 8/3
4 x 2/3 = 8/3

Question 4.
5 × \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
15/10

Explanation:
1 group of 3/10 = 3/10
2 groups of 3/10 = 6/10
3 groups of 3/10 = 9/10
4 groups of 3/10 = 12/10
5 groups of 3/10 = 15/10
5 x 3/10 = 15/10

Question 5.
4 × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
20/6

Explanation:
1 group of 5/6 = 5/6
2 groups of 5/6 = 10/6
3 groups of 5/6 = 15/6
4 groups of 5/6 = 20/6
4 x 5/6 = 20/6

Multiply.

Question 6.
2 × \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
7/6

Explanation:
1 group of 7/12 = 7/12
2 groups of 7/12 = 14/12
2 x 7/12 = 14/12 = 7/6

Question 7.
6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
9/4

Explanation:
1 group of 3/8 = 3/8
2 groups of 3/8 = 6/8
3 groups of 3/8 = 9/8
4 groups of 3/8 = 12/8
5 groups of 3/8 = 15/8
6 groups of 3/8 = 18/8
6 x 3/8 = 18/8 = 9/4

Question 8.
5 × \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5/2

Explanation:
1 group of 2/4 = 2/4
2 groups of 2/4 = 4/4
3 groups of 2/4 = 6/4
4 groups of 2/4 = 8/4
5 groups of 2/4 = 10/4
5 x 2/4 = 10/4 = 5/2

Question 9.
3 × \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2

Explanation:
1 group of 4/6 = 4/6
2 groups of 4/6 = 8/6
3 groups of 4/6 = 12/6
3 x 4/6 = 12/6 = 2

Question 10.
2 × \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2

Explanation:
1 group of 5/10 = 5/10
2 groups of 5/10 = 10/10
2 x 10/10 = 2 x 1 = 2

Question 11.
4 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1

Explanation:
1 group of 2/8 = 2/8
2 groups of 2/8 = 4/8
3 groups of 2/8 = 6/8
4 groups of 2/8 = 8/8
4 x 2/8 = 8/8 = 1

Look for a Pattern Algebra Write the unknown number.

Question 12.
□ × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{12}{3}\)
□ = ____

Answer:
6

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is s.
s x 2/3 = 12/3
s = 12/3 x 3/2 = 6.

Question 13.
5 × \(\frac{□}{4}\) = \(\frac{10}{4}\)
□ = ____

Answer:
2

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is s.
5 x s/4 = 10/4
5/4 x s = 10/4
s = 10/4 x 4/5 =2.

Question 14.
2 × \(\frac{7}{□}\) = \(\frac{14}{8}\)
□ = ____

Answer:
8

Explanation:
Let the unknown number is s.
2 x 7/s = 14/8
14/s = 14/8
s x 14/8 = 14
s = 14 x 8/14
s = 8.

Page No. 472

Question 15.
Lisa makes clothes for pets. She needs \(\frac{5}{6}\) yard of fabric to make 1 dog coat. How much fabric does she need to make 3 dog coats?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The number of fabric yards required for 3 dog coats

Question 15.
b. What information do you need?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
How much she needs of fabric for 1 dog coat can help to find 3 dog coats.

Question 15.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Lisa makes clothes for pets. She needs a 5/6 yard of fabric to make 1 dog coat.
For 3 dogs = 5/6 x 3 =5/2

Question 15.
d. Complete the sentence.
Lisa needs _____ yards of fabric to make 3 dog coats.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Lisa needs a 5/2 yard of fabric to make 3 dog coats.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Question 16.
Manuel’s small dog eats \(\frac{2}{4}\) bag of dog food in 1 month. His large dog eats \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag of dog food in 1 month. How many bags do both dogs eat in 6 months?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) bags

Answer:
2 bags

Explanation:
Manuel’s small dog eats a 2/4 bag of dog food in 1 month. His large dog eats a 3/4 bag of dog food in 1 month.
In total 2/4 + 3/4 = 5/4 bag of dog food eaten in 1 month.
So, for 6 months = 6 x 5/4 = 30/4 = 15/2.
So, 2 bags are needed for 6 months.

Question 17.
Select the correct product for the equation.
9 × \(\frac{2}{12}\) = □
3 × \(\frac{6}{7}\) = □
6 × \(\frac{4}{7}\) = □
8 × \(\frac{3}{12}\) = □
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8 × \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 2

Explanation:
9 × \(\frac{2}{12}\) = 3/2
3 × \(\frac{6}{7}\) = 18/7
6 × \(\frac{4}{7}\) = 24/7
8 × \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 2

Common Core – New – Page No. 473

Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Multiply.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 14

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 14

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 473
3 x 2/5 = 6/5

Question 3.
7 × \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 2 473
7 x 3/10 = 21/10

Question 4.
3 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 3 473
3 x 5/12 = 15/12

Question 5.
6 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 4 473
6 x 3/4 = 18/4

Question 6.
4 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 5 473
4 x 2/8 = 8/8

Question 7.
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 6 473
5 x 2/3 = 10/3

Question 8.
2 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 7 473
2 x 7/8 = 14/8

Question 9.
6 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 8 473
6 x 4/5 = 28/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Matthew walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to the bus stop each morning. How far will he walk in 5 days?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
25/8 miles

Explanation:
Matthew walks 5/8 mile to the bus stop each morning.
In 5 days, 5 x 5/8 = 25/8 miles.

Question 11.
Emily uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of milk to make one batch of muffins. How many cups of milk will Emily use if she makes 3 batches of muffins?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
6/3 cups of milk

Explanation:
Emily uses a 2/3 cup of milk to make one batch of muffins.
Emily use 3 x 2/3 = 6/3 cups of milk to make 3 batches of muffins

Common Core – New – Page No. 474

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Aleta’s puppy gained \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound each week for 4 weeks. Altogether, how much weight did the puppy gain during the 4 weeks?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{12}\) pound
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) pounds
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\) pounds
d. 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer:
6/3 cups of milk

Explanation:
Aleta’s puppy gained 3/8 pound each week.
It gained 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 pounds in 4 weeks.

Question 2.
Pedro mixes \(\frac{3}{4}\) teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water. How many teaspoons of plant food should Pedro mix into 5 gallons of water?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{20}\) teaspoon
b. \(\frac{4}{15}\) teaspoon
c. \(\frac{8}{4}\) teaspoons
d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Answer:
d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Explanation:
If Pedro mixes 3/4 teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water, then 5 x 3/4 = 15/4 teaspoon of plant food mix into 5 gallons of water.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ivana has \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties. Each patty weighs the same amount. How much does each hamburger patty weigh?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 3 pounds

Answer:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound

Explanation:
Ivana has 3/4 pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties.
Each patty weighs the same amount. So, each hamburger patty weight 1/4 pound.

Question 4.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) = 7/10
b. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = 7/10
c. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\) = 8/10
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) = 7/10

Question 5.
Lance wants to find the total length of 3 boards. He uses the expression 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + (2 + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)). How can Lance rewrite the expression using both the Associative and Commutative Properties of Addition?
Options:
a. 5 + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. (3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2) + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. 2 + (3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\))
d. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + (4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2)

Answer:
She can write as (3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2) + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
Which of the following statements is true?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}>\frac{9}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{12}>\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}>\frac{4}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}>\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
6/3 cups of milk

Explanation:
0.625 > 0.9
0.416 > 0.333
0.5 > 0.8
0.5 > 0.75

Page No. 477

Question 1.
2 × 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = □
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
7\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 11/3
2 x 11/3 = 22/3
22/3 = 7 and remainder 1. So, 22/3 = 7 (1/3)

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 2.
6 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 12/5. 12/5 = 2 and remainder. So, 12/5 = 2 2/5

Question 3.
3 × 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
8\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 11/4
3 x 11/4 = 33/4. 33/4 = 8 and the remainder 1. So, 33/4 = 8 1/4

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 8.4 Homework Answer Key Question 4.
4 × 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
7 \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 11/6
4 x 11/6 = 44/6. 44/6 = 7 and the remainder 2. So, 44/6 = 7 2/6

Question 5.
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 5/2. 5/2 = 2 and remainder 1. So, 5/2 = 2 1/2

Question 6.
6 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
6 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = 5/2. 5/2 = 2 and remainder 1. So, 5/2 = 2 1/2

Question 7.
3 × 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 7/2
3 x 7/2 = 21/2. 21/2 = 10 and remainder 1. So, 21/2 = 10 1/2

Question 8.
2 × 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
2 x 8/3 = 16/3. 16/3 = 5 and remainder 1. So, 16/3 = 5 1/3

Question 9.
5 × 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 6/4
5 x 6/4 = 30/4 = 15/2. 15/2 = 7 and remainder 1. So, 15/2 = 7 1/2

Question 10.
4 × 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
9\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 12/5
4 x 12/5 = 48/5. 48/5 = 9 and remainder 3. So, 48/5 = 9 3/5

Look for a Pattern Algebra Write the unknown number.

Question 11.
□ × 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
□ = ______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 7/3
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 28/3
Let the unknown numer s.
s x 7/3 = 28/3
s = 4

Question 12.
3 × 2 \(\frac{2}{□}\) = 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
□ = ______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 30/4
Let the unknown number s. If s is 4, 3 × 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 3 x 10/4 = 30/4.
So, the unknown number is 4.

Question 13.
3 × □ \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
□ = ______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 33/8
Let the unknown number is s. If s is 1, 3 × 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 3 x 11/8 = 33/8.

Question 14.
Describe two different ways to write \(\frac{7}{3}\) as a mixed number.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
One is 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Another one is 2 + 1/3

Explanation:
7/3 = 2 and the remainder is 1. So, 2 1/3 is one mixed fraction.
Seond method is 3/3 + 3/3 + 1/3 = 2 + 1/3.

Page No. 478

Use the recipe for 15–18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 15

Question 15.
Otis plans to make 3 batches of sidewalk chalk. How much plaster of Paris does he need?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups plaster of Paris

Answer:
4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups plaster of Paris

Explanation:
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3/2 + 3/2 + 3/2 = 9/2
9/2 = 4, the remainder is 1. So, 4 1/2 cups plaster of Paris need for 3 batches of sidewalk chalk.

Question 16.
What’s the Question? The answer is \(\frac{32}{3}\).
Type below:
_________

Answer:
How many tablespoons of powdered paint are needed for 4 batches of chalk?

Question 17.
Patty has 2 cups of warm water. Is that enough water to make 4 batches of sidewalk chalk? Explain how you know without finding the exact product.
______

Answer:
No. 4 x 1/2 = 2 and also 3/4 is greater than 1/2. So, 4 x 3/4 is greater than 2.

Go Math Lesson 8.4 4th Grade Question 18.
Rita makes sidewalk chalk 2 days a week. Each of those days, she spends 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours making the chalk. How much time does Rita spend making sidewalk chalk in 3 weeks?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer:
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours

Explanation:
Rita makes sidewalk chalk 2 days a week. Each of those days, she spends 1 1/4 hours making the chalk.
1 week = 2 x 5/4 = 10/4 = 5/2.
3 weeks = 3 x 5/2 = 15/2 = 7 1/2.

Question 19.
Oliver has music lessons Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Each lesson is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour. Oliver says he will have lessons for 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours this week. Without multiplying, explain how you know Oliver is incorrect.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3/4 is less than 1, and 1 × 3 = 3. So 3/4 × 3 will also be less than 3.
Oliver’s answer, 3 1/2 is greater than 3, so it is incorrect.

Common Core – New – Page No. 479

Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number.

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 16

Answer:
1\(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
5 x 3/10 = 15/10 = 1 and remainder is 5. So, the mixed fraction is 1 5/10

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
3 x 3/5 = 9/5 = 1 and remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 1 4/5

Question 3.
5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
15/4 = 3 and remainder is 3. So, the mixed fraction is 3 3/4

Question 4.
4 × 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 6/5.
4 x 6/5 = 24/5 = 4 and the remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 4 4/5

Question 5.
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 7/3.
2 x 7/3 = 14/3.
14/3 = 4 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/3

Question 6.
5 × 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 7/6
5 x 7/6 = 35/6.
35/6 = 5 and the remainder is 5. So, the mixed fraction is 5 5/6

Question 7.
2 × 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
6\(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 23/8
2 x 23/8 = 46/8 = 6 1/1

Question 8.
7 × 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
9\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 7/4
7 x 7/4 = 39/4
39/4 = 9 and the remainder is 3. So, the mixed fraction is 9 3/4

Question 9.
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
12\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 8/5
8 x 8/5 = 64/5
64/5 = 12 and the remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 12 4/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Brielle exercises for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each day for 6 days in a row. Altogether, how many hours does she exercise during the 6 days?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
6 x 3/4 = 18/4 = 4 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/4.

Question 11.
A recipe for quinoa calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa. How much milk does he need?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
10\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
quinoa calls for 8/3 cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa.
So, 4 x 8/3 = 32/3 = 10 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 10 2/3

Common Core – New – Page No. 480

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A mother is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall. How tall is the mother?
Options:
a. 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
d. 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet

Answer:
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Explanation:
A mother is 1 3/4 times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall.
So, 3 x 7/4 = 21/4 = 5 and the remainder is 1. The mixed fraction is 5 1/4 feet.

Question 2.
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. The length of the banner is 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) times the width of the banner. How long is the banner?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 8 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet
c. 10 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer:
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Explanation:
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. he length of the banner is 1 1/3 times the width of the banner.
So, 8 x 4/3 = 32/3 =10 and the remainder is 2. The mixed fraction is 10 2/3 feet.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karleigh walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to school every day. How far does she walk to school in 5 days?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{40}\) mile
b. \(\frac{25}{40}\) mile
c. \(\frac{10}{8}\) miles
d. \(\frac{25}{8}\) miles

Answer:
d. \(\frac{25}{8}\) miles

Explanation:
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.

Question 4.
Which number is a multiple of \(\frac{4}{5}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{15}\)
c. \(\frac{16}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{5}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{12}{5}\)

Explanation:
The multiple of \(\frac{4}{5}\) has the denominator 5. So, \(\frac{12}{5}\) is the correct answer.

Go Math Chapter 8 Grade 4 Answer Key Question 5.
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices. The next day, \(\frac{7}{8}\) of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate. How many plates does she need?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer:
c. 7

Explanation:
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices. The next day, \(\frac{7}{8}\) of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate. She needs 7 plates.

Question 6.
Over the weekend, Ed spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours doing his math homework and 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours doing his science project. Altogether, how much time did Ed spend doing homework over the weekend?
Options:
a. 3 hours
b. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours
d. 2 hours

Answer:
a. 3 hours

Explanation:
5/4 + 7/4 = 12/4 = 3 hours

Page No. 483

Question 1.
Komodo dragons are the heaviest lizards on Earth. A baby Komodo dragon is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long when it hatches. Its mother is 6 times as long. How long is the mother?
First, draw a bar model to show the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 483

Question 1.
Then, write the equation you need to solve.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
A baby Komodo dragon is 5/4 feet.
Her mother is 6 x 5/4 = 30/4 feet long.

Question 1.
Finally, find the length of the mother Komodo dragon.
The mother Komodo dragon is _____ feet long.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
7\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
30/4 = 7 and the remainder is 2. The mixed fraction is 7 2/4 feet.

Question 2.
What if a male Komodo dragon is 7 times as long as the baby Komodo dragon? How long is the male? How much longer is the male than the mother?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet long
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet longer

Answer:
35/4 feet long
5/4 feet longer

Explanation:
If a male Komodo dragon is 7 times as long as the baby Komodo dragon, then 7 x 5/4 = 35/4.
35/4 – 30/4 = 5/4 feet male Komodo dragon is grater than female Komodo dragon.

Question 3.
The smallest hummingbird is the Bee hummingbird. It has a mass of about 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) grams. A Rufous hummingbird’s mass is 3 times the mass of the Bee hummingbird. What is the mass of a Rufous hummingbird?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) grams

Answer:
9/2 grams

Explanation:

The smallest hummingbird is the Bee hummingbird. It has a mass of about 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) grams. A Rufous hummingbird’s mass is 3 times the mass of the Bee hummingbird.
3 x 3/2 = 9/2 grams.

Question 4.
Sloane needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour to drive to her grandmother’s house. It takes her 5 times as long to drive to her cousin’s house. How long does it take to drive to her cousin’s house?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer:
\(\frac{15}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
5 x 3/4 = 15/4
To drive to her cousin’s house, it takes 15/4 hours.

Page No. 484

Use the table for 5 and 6.

Payton has a variety of flowers in her garden. The table shows the average heights of the flowers.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 17

tulip = 5/4 = 1.25
daisy = 5/2 = 2.5
tiger lily = 10/3 = 3.33
sunflower = 31/4 = 7.75

Question 5.
Make Sense of Problems What is the difference between the height of the tallest flower and the height of the shortest flower in Payton’s garden?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer:
6\(\frac{2}{4}\) feet

Explanation:
tallest flower = sunflower
shortest flower = tulip
The difference between the tallest flower and shortest flower = 31/4 – 5/4 = 26/4 =6 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 6 2/4 feet.

Question 6.
Payton says her average sunflower is 7 times the height of her average tulip. Do you agree or disagree with her statement? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
I will disagree with her statement. Tulip = 5/4. 7 x 5/4 = 35/4. 31/4 is smaller than 35/4. So the statement is not correct.

Question 7.
Miguel ran 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\) miles on Monday. On Friday, Miguel ran 3 times as far as he did on Monday. How much farther did Miguel run on Friday than he did on Monday?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
3\(\frac{9}{10}\) miles

Explanation:
Miguel ran 13/10 miles on Monday.
On Friday, 3 x 13/10 = 39/10 miles = 3 and the remainder is 9. the mixed fraction is 3 9/10 miles

Question 8.
The table shows the lengths of different types of turtles at a zoo.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 18
For numbers 8a–8d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Daisy is 4 times as long as Tuck.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
Tuck = 7/6
Lolly = 35/6
Daisy = 7/2
7/6 x 4 = 28/6.
So, the statement is false.

Question 8.
b. Lolly is 5 times as long as Tuck.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
5 x 7/6 = 35/6.
So, the statement is true.

Question 8.
c. Daisy is 3 times as long as Tuck.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
3 x 7/6 = 21/6 = 7/2
So, the statement is true.

Question 8.
d. Lolly is 2 times as long as Daisy.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
2 x 7/2 = 7.
So, the statement is false.

Common Core – New – Page No. 485

Problem Solving Comparison

Problems with Fractions

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
A shrub is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet tall. A small tree is 3 times as tall as the shrub. How tall is the tree?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 19

Answer:
5 feet

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 19

Question 2.
You run 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day. Your friend runs 4 times as far as you do. How far does your friend run each day?
__________ miles

Answer:
7 miles

Explanation:
4 x 7/4 = 7 miles each day

Question 3.
At the grocery store, Ayla buys 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of ground turkey. Tasha buys 2 times as much ground turkey as Ayla. How much ground turkey does Tasha buy?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer:
2\(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds

Explanation:
2 x 4/3 = 8/3 = 2 and the remainder is 2. The mixed fraction is 2 2/3 pounds

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Review Test Answers Question 4.
When Nathan’s mother drives him to school, it takes \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour. When Nathan walks to school, it takes him 4 times as long to get to school. How long does it take Nathan to walk to school?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) hours

Explanation:
4 x 1/5 = 4/5 hour

Common Core – New – Page No. 486

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A Wilson’s Storm Petrel is a small bird with a wingspan of 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. A California Condor is a larger bird with a wingspan almost 7 times as wide as the wingspan of the petrel. About how wide is the wingspan of the California Condor?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{21}\) foot
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Answer:
d. 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Explanation:
1 1/3 = 4/3.
7 x 4/3 = 28/3 feet = 9 and the remainder is 1. The mixed fraction is 9 1/3

Question 2.
The walking distance from the Empire State Building in New York City to Times Square is about \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile. The walking distance from the Empire State Building to Sue’s hotel is about 8 times as far. About how far is Sue’s hotel from the Empire State Building?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{80}\) mile
b. \(\frac{72}{80}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles
d. 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) miles

Answer:
d. 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) miles

Explanation:
8 x 9/10 mile = 72/10 mile = 7 and the remainder is 2. The mixed fraction is 7 2/10 miles.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to 3 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)?
Options:
a. 3 × \(\frac{9}{4}\)
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\))
c. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. 3 × 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
d. 3 × 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
3 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 x 9/4 = 27/4
a. 3 × \(\frac{9}{4}\) = 27/4
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)) = 6 + 3/4 = 27/4
c. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 27/4
d. 3 × 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 6 + 1/4 = 25/4

Question 4.
At a bake sale, Ron sells \(\frac{7}{8}\) of an apple pie and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a cherry pie. Altogether, how much pie does he sell at the bake sale?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{16}\)
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{35}{8}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\)

Explanation:
7/8 + 5/8 = 12/8
The bake sale 12/8 pie.

Question 5.
On a ruler, which measurement is between \(\frac{3}{16}\) inch and \(\frac{7}{8}\) inch?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{16}\) inch
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) inch
c. \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch
d. \(\frac{15}{16}\) inch

Answer:
c. \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch

Question 6.
Which of the following numbers is composite?
Options:
a. 4
b. 3
c. 2
d. 1

Answer:
a. 4

Explanation:
4 has more than 2 factors.

Page No. 487

Question 1.
What are the next four multiples of \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
1 x 1/8 = 1/8.
2 x 1/8 = 2/8.
3 x 1/8 = 3/8.
4 x 1/8 = 4/8.
5 x 1/8 = 5/8.
Next four multiples of 1/8 are 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8.

Question 2.
Marta is making 3 servings of fruit salad. She adds \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup blueberries for each serving. Her measuring cup holds \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup. How many times must Marta measure \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of blueberries to have enough for the fruit salad? Shade the models to show your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 20
Marta must measure \(\frac{1}{8}\) _________ cup times.
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 487

Marta must measure \(\frac{1}{8}\) 9 cup times.

Question 3.
Mickey exercises \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour every day. How many hours does he exercise in 8 days?
_____ hours

Answer:
6 hours

Explanation:
8 x 3/4 = 24/4 = 6

Page No. 488

Question 4.
Molly is baking for the Moms and Muffins event at her school. She will bake 4 batches of banana muffins. She needs 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of bananas for each batch of muffins.
Part A
Molly completed the multiplication below and said she needed 8 cups of bananas for 4 batches of muffins. What is Molly’s error?
\(4 \times 1 \frac{3}{4}=4 \times \frac{8}{4}=\times \frac{32}{4}=8\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 x 1 3/4 = 4 x 8/4 = 8
Molly did not write the mixed number, 1 3/4 as a fraction correctly. 1 3/4 is not equal to 8/4.

Question 4.
Part B
What is the correct number of cups Molly needs for 4 batches of muffins? Explain how you found your answer.
_____ cups

Answer:
7 cups

Explanation:
She will bake 4 batches of banana muffins. She needs 7/4 cups of bananas for each batch of muffins.
So, if she prepares 4 batches of muffins = 4 x 7/4 = 7 cups of banana.

Question 5.
Which fraction is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{9}\)? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{9}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{12}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{9}\)
e. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
f. \(\frac{9}{9}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{3}{9}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{9}\)
f. \(\frac{9}{9}\)

Explanation:
The multiples of \(\frac{1}{9}\) have the denominator of 9.

Question 6.
Mimi recorded a soccer game that lasted 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours. She watched it 3 times over the weekend to study the plays. How many hours did Mimi spend watching the soccer game? Show your work.
_____ hours

Answer:
5 hours

Explanation:
3 x 1 2/3 = 3 x 5/3 = 5 hours.

Question 7.
Theo is comparing shark lengths. He learned that a horn shark is 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet long. A blue shark is 4 times as long. Complete the model. Then find the length of a blue shark.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 21
A blue shark is ____ feet long.
_____

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 2 487
4 x 11/4 = 11.
A blue shark is 11 feet long.

Page No. 489

Question 8.
Joel made a number line showing the multiples of \(\frac{3}{5}\).
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 22
The product 2 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) is shown by the fraction _________ on the number line.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
The product 2 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) is shown by the fraction \(\frac{6}{5}\) on the number line.

Question 9.
Bobby has baseball practice Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Each practice is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours. Bobby says he will have practice for 4 hours this week.
Part A
Without multiplying, explain how you know Bobby is incorrect.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Bobby needs to find 3 × 2 1/2. If he estimates 3 × 2 hours, then he finds the practice is at least 6 hours. 6 is greater than 4, so Bobby’s answer is incorrect.

Question 9.
Part B
How long will Bobby have baseball practice this week? Write your answer as a mixed number. Show your work.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer:
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours

Explanation:
3 x 2 1/2 = 3 x 5/2 = 15/2 = 7 1/2

Question 10.
Look at the number line. Write the missing fractions.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 23
Type below:
_________

Answer:
9/6, 10/6, 11/6, 12/6

Go Math Grade 4 Pdf Chapter 8 Review/Test Answer Key Question 11.
Ana’s dachshund weighed 5 \(\frac{5}{8}\) pounds when it was born. By age 4, the dog weighed 6 times as much. Fill each box with a number or symbol from the list to show how to find the weight of Ana’s dog at age 4. Not all numbers and symbols may be used.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 24
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 25
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 489

Page No. 490

Question 12.
Asta made a fraction number line to help her find 3 × \(\frac{4}{5}\).
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 26
Select a way to write 3 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 27
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 490
12 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
3 x 4/5 = 12/5 = 12 x 1/5.

Question 13.
Yusif wanted to give \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his total toy car collection to 2 of his friends. How many of his toy cars will he give away?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Yusif wanted to give \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his total toy car collection to 2 of his friends. He has three toy cars in total. He has given 2 cars out of 3 cars. So, the answer is \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Question 14.
Select the correct product for the equation.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 28
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = □ 4 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) = □
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{20}{8}\)
4 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{16}{8}\)

Page No. 491

Question 15.
The lengths of different types of snakes at a zoo are shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 29
For numbers 15a–15d, select True or False for the statement.
a. Bobby is 4 times as long as Kenny.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
Kenny = 3/2
Bobby = 9/2
Puck = 15/2
4 x 3/2 =6
So, the statement is false.

Question 15.
b. Bobby is 3 times as long as Kenny.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
3 x 3/2 = 9/2
So, the statement is true.

Question 15.
c. Puck is 5 times as long as Kenny.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
5 x 3/2 = 15/2
So, the statement is true.

Question 15.
d. Puck is 2 times as long as Bobby.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
2 x 9/2 = 9
So, the statement is false.

Question 16.
Hank used 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) bags of seed to plant grass in his front yard. He used 3 times as much seed to plant grass in his back yard. How much seed did Hank need for the backyard?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
10\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
3 x 7/2 = 21/2 = 10 and the remainder is 1. The answer is 10 1/2.

Question 17.
Jess made a big kettle of rice and beans. He used 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of beans. He used 4 times as much rice.
Part A
Draw a model to show the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 491

Question 17.
Part B
Use your model to write an equation. Then solve the equation to find the amount of rice Jess needs.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6 cups

Explanation:
Rice = 4 x 3/2 = 12/2 = 6.
Jess needs 6 cups of rice.

Page No. 492

Question 18.
Mrs. Burnham is making modeling clay for her class. She needs \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of warm water for each batch.
Part A
Mrs. Burnham has a 1-cup measure that has no other markings. Can she make 6 batches of modeling clay using only the 1-cup measure? Describe two ways you can find the answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Yes. She needs 6 x 2/3 cups of water. 6 x 2/3 = 12/3 = 4 cups.
So, she can use the 1-cup measure 4 times to make 6 batches.

Question 18.
Part B
The modeling clay recipe also calls for \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of cornstarch. Nikki says Mrs. Burnham will also need 4 cups of cornstarch. Do you agree or disagree? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Disagree; 6 x 1/2 = 3 cups of cornstrach.
She doesn’t need 4 cups of cornstarch.

Question 19.
Donna buys some fabric to make place mats. She needs \(\frac{1}{5}\) yard of each type of fabric. She has 9 different types of fabrics to make her design. Use the following equation. Write the number in the box to make the statement true.
\(\frac{9}{5}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
9

Question 20.
Mr. Tuyen uses \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a tank of gas each week to drive to and from his job. How many tanks of gas does Mr. Tuyen use in 5 weeks? Write your answer two different ways.
Mr. Tuyen uses __________ or _________ tanks of gas.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Mr. Tuyen uses 25/8 or 3\(\frac{1}{8}\) tanks of gas

Explanation:
5 x 5/8 = 25/8 = 3 and the remainder is 1. So, the mixed fraction is 3 1/8.

Question 21.
Rico is making 4 batches of salsa. Each batch needs \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of corn. He only has a \(\frac{1}{3}\)– cup measure. How many times must Rico measure \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of corn to have enough for all of the salsa?
______ times

Answer:
8 times

Explanation:
Rico is making 4 batches of salsa. Each batch needs \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of corn. He only has a \(\frac{1}{3}\)– cup measure.
So, he needs 2x 1/3 cups for one batch. For 4 batches of salsa, 4 x 2 = 8 cups of corn required.

Page No. 497

Question 1.
Write five tenths as a fraction and as a decimal.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 30
Fraction: __________ Decimal: __________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 497
5/10 = 0.5

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 31
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3\(\frac{2}{10}\)
three and two-tenths

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 2 497

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 33
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/10 = 0.4

Explanation:
4 boxes are shaded out of 10 boxes. So, the fraction is 4/10.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1\(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2\(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 36
Type below:
_________
Answer:
3\(\frac{4}{10}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 8.
5 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
\(\frac{59}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 10 x 5 = 50.
Add 50 + 9 = 59.
The fraction is 59/10

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
0.1

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
0.7

Question 11.
8 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
\(\frac{89}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 10 x 8 = 80.
Add 80 + 9 = 89.
The fraction is 89/10

Question 12.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
0.6

Question 13.
6 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
\(\frac{63}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 10 x 6 = 60.
Add 60 + 3 = 63.
The fraction is 63/10

Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
0.5

Question 15.
9 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = _____

Answer:
\(\frac{97}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 10 x 9 = 90.
Add 90 +7 = 97.
The fraction is 97/10

Page No. 498

Use the table for 16−19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 37
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 38

Question 16.
What part of the rocks listed in the table are igneous? Write your answer as a decimal.
_____

Answer:
0.5

Question 17.
Sedimentary rocks make up what part of Ramon’s collection? Write your answer as a fraction and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3/10 and three-tenths

Question 18.
What part of the rocks listed in the table are metamorphic? Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/10 or 0.2

Question 19.
Communicate Niki wrote the following sentence in her report: “Metamorphic rocks make up 2.0 of Ramon’s rock collection.” Describe her error.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Metamorphic rocks make up 2.0 of Ramon’s rock collection. But from the given table, it is clearly mentioned that the answer is 0.2. So, she made a mistake to make up Ramon’s rock collection.

Question 20.
Josh paid for three books with two $20 bills. He received $1 in change. Each book was the same price. How much did each book cost?
$ _____ each book

Answer:
$19/3 for each book.

Explanation:
Josh paid for three books with two $20 bills. He received $1 in change. So, he paid $19 for three books. As the each book has same price, the answer is $19/3 for each book.

Question 21.
Select a number shown by the model. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 39
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1\(\frac{7}{10}\)
1.7

Conclusion:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers PDF with solved problems are provided here. Review every problem and way of answering. Refer Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key to get success in exams. Get your estimated grade with easy learning. It is possible when you use Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Solution Key.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Read More »

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-6-fraction-equivalence-and-comparison

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf Fraction Equivalence and Comparison

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf: Get access to Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison for free. Don’t look for the resource of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Just check out here for the Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Solution Key for all the questions, answers, and also explanations for every question. The top-rated Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key and Practice Books are provided for all the students for free.

Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf

Join in the list of the top-ranking students by taking the help of Go Math 4th Grade Solution key. HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key PDF also provided for free. Download it now and start solving every question to gain knowledge. Online and also offline practice will easy with the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison. The HMH Grade 4 Answer Key is designed with easy problem-solving.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Equivalent Fractions

Lesson 2: Generate Equivalent Fractions

Lesson 3: Simplest Form

Lesson 4: Common Denominators

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Find Equivalent Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks

Lesson 7: Compare Fractions

Lesson 8: Compare and Order Fractions

Review/Test

Common Core – Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 331

Equivalent Fractions
Use the model to write an equivalent fraction.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Equivalent Fractions img 1
\(\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The first image has 4 parts shaded our of 6 parts. Divide \(\frac{8}{10}\) with 2. You will get \(\frac{2}{3}\). That means 2 parts are shaded out of 3 parts.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Equivalent Fractions img 2
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Explanation:
The first image has 3 parts shaded our of 4 parts. Multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) with 2. You will get \(\frac{6}{8}\). That means 6 parts are shaded out of 8 parts.

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠.

Question 3.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) _______ \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4 / 5 with 2
8 / 10 = (2 / 2 ) x (4 / 5 )
= 8 / 10
So, 8 / 10 = 4 / 5.

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) _______ \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ≠ \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1 / 2 with 6
1 / 2 = (6 / 6) x (1 / 2)
= (6 / 12)
So, 1/2 ≠ 7 / 12

My Homework Lesson 6 Answer Key 4th Grade Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) _______ \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3 / 4 with 3
3 / 4 = (3 / 3) x (3 / 4)
= (9 / 12)
So, 3 / 4 ≠ 8 / 12

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) _______ \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2 / 3 with 2
2 / 3 = (2 / 2) x ( 2 / 3 )
= 4 / 6
So, 2 / 3 = 4 / 6.

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5 / 8 with 2
5 / 8 =(2 / 2) x (5 / 8)
= (10 / 16)
So, 5 / 8 ≠ 4 / 10

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) _______ \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2 / 6 with 2
2 / 6 = (2 / 2) x (2 / 6)
= (4 / 12)
So, 2 / 6 = 4 / 12.

Question 9.
\(\frac{20}{100}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{20}{100}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Cross Multiply the 20 / 100 with 20 / 20
20 / 100 = (20 / 20) x (20 / 100)
= (1 / 5)
So, 20 / 100 = 1 / 5.

Question 10.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ≠ \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5 / 8 with 2
5 / 8 = (2 / 2) x (5 / 8)
= 10 / 16
So, 5 / 8 ≠ 9 / 10

Question 11.
Jamal finished \(\frac{5}{6}\) of his homework. Margaret finished \(\frac{3}{4}\) of her homework, and Steve finished \(\frac{10}{12}\) of his homework. Which two students finished the same amount of homework?
_______

Answer:
Jamal and Steve

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Jamal finished work = 5 /6 of his homework
Margaret finished work = 3 / 4th of her homework
Steve finished work = 10 / 12 of his homework
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/ 6 with 2
Then, (2 / 2) x (5 / 6) = 10 / 12
Then, Jamal and Steve finished the same amount of homework.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Review/Test Answer Key Question 12.
Sophia’s vegetable garden is divided into 12 equal sections. She plants carrots in 8 of the sections. Write two fractions that are equivalent to the part of Sophia’s garden that is planted with carrots.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Sophia’s vegetable garden is divided into 12 equal sections
She plants carrots in 8 of the sections out of 12 sections = 8 / 12
By simplifying the 8 / 12, we will get 4 / 6
Again simplify the 4 /6 by dividing method, you will get 2 /3
2 / 3 = (2 / 2) x (2 / 3)
= 4 / 6
Then, the equivalent fractions are 2 / 3, 4 /6

Common Core – Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 332

Question 1.
A rectangle is divided into 8 equal parts. Two parts are shaded. Which fraction is equivalent to the shaded area of the rectangle?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A rectangle is divided into 8 equal parts
Two parts are shaded
Then, the shaded area of the rectangle = 2 / 8
By simplifying the 2/ 8, you will get 1/ 4
So, the shaded area of the rectangle = 1 / 4

Question 2.
Jeff uses 3 fifth-size strips to model \(\frac{3}{5}\). He wants to use tenth-size strips to model an equivalent fraction. How many tenth-size strips will he need?
Options:
a. 10
b. 6
c. 5
d. 3

Answer:
b. 6

Explanation:
From the given data,
Jeff uses 3 fifth–size strips to model = 3 / 5 size strips
If he wants to use tenth–size strips to an equivalent fraction = 1 / 10 size strips
The number of strips = x
(1 / 10) x = 3 / 5
x = 30/5
Then, the required number of tenth-size trips = 6

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf Question 3.
Cassidy places 40 stamps on each of the 8 album pages. How many stamps does she place in all?
Options:
a. 300
b. 320
c. 360
d. 380

Answer:
b. 320

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Cassidy places 40 stamps on each of 8 album pages = 8 x 40
= 320
So, the total placed stamps on album pages by Cassidy = 320 stamps

Question 4.
Maria and 3 friends have 1,200 soccer cards. If they share the soccer cards equally, how many will each person receive?
Options:
a. 30
b. 40
c. 300
d. 400

Answer:
c. 300

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Maria and 3 friends have 1200 soccer cards
If soccer cards shared equally by four members = 1200/4
= 300
Then, each person received soccer cards = 300

Question 5.
Six groups of students sell 162 balloons at the school carnival. There are 3 students in each group. If each student sells the same number of balloons, how many balloons does each student sell?
Options:
a. 9
b. 18
c. 27
d. 54

Answer:
a. 9

Explanation:
As per the given, data,
Six groups of students sell 162 balloons at the school carnival
There are 3 students in each group
Then, total number of students in 6 groups = 6 x 3 = 18
If each student sells the same number of balloons = 162 / 18
= 9
Number of balloons sells by each student = 9

Question 6.
Four students each made a list of prime numbers.
Eric: 5, 7, 17, 23
Maya: 3, 5, 13, 17
Bella: 2, 3, 17, 19
Jordan: 7, 11, 13, 21
Who made an error and included a composite number?
Options:
a. Eric
b. Maya
c. Bella
d. Jordan

Answer:
d. Jordan

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Four students each made a list of prime numbers.
Eric: 5, 7, 17, 23
Maya: 3, 5, 13, 17
Bella: 2, 3, 17, 19
Jordan: 7, 11, 13, 21
21 is not a prime number
So, An error made by Jordan

Page No. 335

Question 1.
Complete the table below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
chapter 6 - Common Core - Image 3. jpg

Write two equivalent fractions.

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac { 4×□ }{ 5×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac { 4×□ }{ 5×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 4/5,
(4/5) x (2/2) = 8/10
And
(4/5) x (20/20) = 80/100
8/10 = (8/10) (10/10)
= (80/100)
So, the equivalent fractions of 4/5 = 8/10, 80/100

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{4}\)
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac { 2×□ }{ 4×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac { 2×□ }{ 4×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{16}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 2/4,
(2/4) x (2/2) = 4/8
And
(2/4) x (4/4) = 8/16
4/8 = (4/8) (2/2)
= (8/16)
So, the equivalent fractions of 2/4 = 4/8, 8/16

Write two equivalent fractions.

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{12}{24}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 3/6,
(3/ 6) x (2/2) = 6/12
And
(3/6) x (4/ 4) = 12/24
6/12 = (6/12) (2/2)
= (12/24)
So, the equivalent fractions of 3/6 = 6/12, 12/24

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{6}{20}\) = \(\frac{12}{40}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 3/10,
(3/ 10) x (2/2) = 6/20
And
(3/10) x (4/ 4) = 12/40
6/20 = (6/20) (2/2)
= (12/40)
So, the equivalent fractions of 3/10 = 6/20, 12/40

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{20}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 2/5,
(2/ 5) x (2/2) = 4/10
And
(2/5) x (4/ 4) = 8/20
4/10 = (4/10) (2/2)
= (8/20)
So, the equivalent fractions of 2/5 = 4/10, 8/20

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠.

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ______ \(\frac{10}{18}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ≠ \(\frac{10}{18}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/6 with 2
5/6 =(2/2) x (5/6)
= (10/12)
So, 5/6 ≠ 10/ 18

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ______ \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/5 with 2
4/5 =(2/2) x (4/5)
= (8/10)
So, 4/5 = 8/10

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/5 with 4
1/5 =(4/4) x (1/5)
= (4/20)
So, 1/5 ≠ 4/10

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 2
1/4 =(2/2) x (1/4)
= (2/8)
So, 1/4 = 2/8

Page No. 336

Use the recipe for 11–12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 4

Question 11.
Kim says the amount of flour in the recipe can be expressed as a fraction. Is she correct? Explain.
______

Answer:
As per the given data, Kim says the amount of flour in the recipe can be expressed as a fraction. But in the recipe, 1 tablespoon flour is added. So, Kim says wrong.

Question 12.
How could you use a \(\frac{1}{8}\) – cup measuring cup to measure the light corn syrup?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As per the given data,
By using the 1/8 cup measure the 9/12 cup light corn syrup
(9/12)/(1/8) = (9 x 8)/12
= (3 x 8)/4
= (3 x 2)
= 6
So, required 6 cups of 1/8 to measure the light corn syrup of 9/12.

Question 13.
Communicate Explain using words how you know a fraction is equivalent to another fraction.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
If you multiply the numerator and denominator of the first fraction by the same number and the products are the numerator and denominator of the second fraction, then the fractions are equivalent

Question 14.
Kyle drank \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of apple juice. Fill in each box with a number from the list to generate equivalent fractions for \(\frac{2}{3}\). Not all numbers will be used.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) and \(\frac{12}{18}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Kyle drank 2/3 cup of apple juice
(2/3) x (2/2) = 4/6
(4/6) x (3/3) = 12/18
Equivalent fractions of 2/3 are 4/6 and 12/18

Common Core – Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 337

Write two equivalent fractions for each.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Equivalent Fractions img 5

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) and \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/3
(1/3) x (2/2) = 2/6
(1/3) x (4/4) = 4/12
So, the equivalent fractions of 1/3 are 2/6 and 4/12

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) and \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/3
(2/3) x (2/2) = 4/6
(2/3) x (4/4) = 8/12
Then, the equivalent fractions of 2/3 = 4/6 and 8/12

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 6.2 Answer Key Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) and \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
1/2
(1/2) x (2/2) = 2/4
(1/2) x (4/4) = 4/8
Then, the equivalent fractions of 1/2 = 2/4, 4/8

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{80}{100}\)

Explanation:
4/5
(4/5) x (2/2) = 8/10
(4/5) x (20/20) = 80/100
Then, the equivalent fractions of 4/5 = 8/10 and 80/100

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write # or ≠.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 3
Then, (1/4) x (3/3) = 3/12
So, 1/4 = 3/12

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ______ \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ≠ \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
4/5
Multiply numerator and denominator of 4/5 with 2
(4/5) x (2/2) = 8/10
Then 4/5 ≠ 5/10

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) ______ \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) ≠ \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
3/8 ≠ 2/6

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Explanation:
3/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 2
Then, (3/4) x (2/2) = 6/8
So, 3/4 = 6/8

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ______ \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
5/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator with 2
(5/6) x (2/2) = 10/12
So, 5/6 = 10/12

Question 10.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) ______ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
6/12 ≠ 5/8

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
2/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 with 2
(2/5) x (2/2) = 4/10
So, 2/5 = 4/10

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/4 with 3
(2/4) x (3/3) = 6/12
So, 2/4 ≠ 3/ 12

Question 13.
Jan has a 12-ounce milkshake. Four ounces in the milkshake are vanilla, and the rest is chocolate. What are two equivalent fractions that represent the fraction of the milkshake that is vanilla?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Jan has a 12-ounce milkshake
Four ounces in the milkshake are vanilla = 4/12 = 1/3
Then, 8-ounces in milkshake are chocolate = 8/12 = 2/3
4/12 = 1/3
By multiplying 1/3 with 2
(1/3) x (2/2) = 2/6
So, the equivalent fractions of vanilla milkshake are 1/3 and 2/6

Question 14.
Kareem lives \(\frac{4}{10}\) of a mile from the mall. Write two equivalent fractions that show what fraction of a mile Kareem lives from the mall.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{8}{20}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Kareem lives 4/10 of a mile from the mall
To find the equivalent fractions of 4/10
Simplify the 4/10 = 2/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 with 4
(2/5) x (4/4) = 8/20
Then, the equivalent fraction of a mile Kareem lives from the mall = 2/5 and 8/20

Common Core – Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 338

Question 1.
Jessie colored a poster. She colored \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the poster red. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{5}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{2}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Jessie colored a poster
She colored 2/5th of the poster red
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 with 2
Then, (2/5) x (2/2) = 4 /10
So, the equivalent fraction of 2/5 is 4/10

Question 2.
Marcus makes a punch that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) cranberry juice. Which two fractions are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{4}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{3}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{12}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{6}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Marcus makes a punch that is 1/4th of cranberry juice
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 2
Then, (1/4) x (2/2) = 2/8
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 3
Then, (1/4) x (3/3) = 3/12
Equivalent fractions of 1/4 are 2/8 and 3/12

Question 3.
An electronics store sells a large flat-screen television for $1,699. Last month, the store sold 8 of these television sets. About how much money did the store make on the television sets?
Options:
a. $160,000
b. $16,000
c. $8,000
d. $1,600

Answer:
b. $16,000

Explanation:
As per the given data,
An electronics store sells a large flat-screen television for $1,699
Last month, the store sold 8 of these television sets = 8 x $1,699 = $13,952. The money is about to $16,000.

Question 4.
Matthew has 18 sets of baseball cards. Each set has 12 cards. About how many baseball cards does Matthew have in all?
Options:
a. 300
b. 200
c. 150
d. 100

Answer:
b. 200

Explanation:
From the given data,
Matthew has 18 sets of basketball cards
Each set has 12 cards = 12 x 18
= 216
Total number of basketball cards with Matthew = 216. So, it is near to 200.

Question 5.
Diana had 41 stickers. She put them in 7 equal groups. She put as many as possible in each group. She gave the leftover stickers to her sister. How many stickers did Diana give to her sister?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer:
d. 6

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Diana has 41 stickers
She put them in 7 equal groups = 41/7
= 5 (remaining 6)
She gave the leftover stickers to her sister
The number of stickers Diana gives to her sister = 6

Question 6.
Christopher wrote the number pattern below. The first term is 8.
8, 6, 9, 7, 10, …
Which is a rule for the pattern?
Options:
a. Add 2, add 3.
b. Add 6, subtract 3.
c. Subtract 6, add 3.
d. Subtract 2, add 3

Answer:
d. Subtract 2, add 3

Explanation:
From the given data,
Christopher wrote the number pattern = 8, 6, 9, 7, 10, …..
The first number in the pattern = 8
8 – 2 = 6 + 3 = 9 – 2 = 7 +3 = 10 ….
So, the rule for the above pattern is to subtract 2, add 3

Page No. 341

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{8}{10}\) in simplest form.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac { 8÷□ }{ 10÷□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
8/10 in simplest form
Divide the 8/10 with 2
(8/2)/(10/2) = 4/5
So, the simplest form of 8/10 is 4/5

Write the fraction in simplest form.

Question 2.
\(\frac{6}{12}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
6/12 in simplest form
Divide the 6/12 with 6
(6/6)/(12/6) = 1/2
So, the simplest form of 6/12 is 1/2

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
2/10 in simplest form
Divide the 2/10 with 2
(2/2)/(10/2) = 1/5
So, the simplest form of 2/10 is 1/5

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
6/8 in simplest form
Divide the 6/8 with 2
(6/2)/(8/2) = 3/4
So, the simplest form of 6/8 is 3/4

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
4/6 in simplest form
Divide the 4/6 with 2
(4/2)/(6/2) = 2/3
So, the simplest form of 4/6 is 2/3

Write the fraction in simplest form.

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{12}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
9/12in simplest form
Divide the 9/12 with 3
(9/3)/(12/3) = 3/4
So, the simplest form of 9/12 is 3/4

Lesson 6.3 Answer Key 4th Grade Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
4/8in simplest form
Divide the 4/8 with 4
(4/4)/(8/4) = 1/2
So, the simplest form of 4/8 is 1/2

Question 8.
\(\frac{10}{12}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
10/12 in simplest form
Divide the 10/12 with 2
(10/2)/(12/2) = 5/6
So, the simplest form of 10/12 is 5/6

Question 9.
\(\frac{20}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
20 /100 in simplest form
Divide the 20/100 with 20
(20/20)/(100/20) = 1/5
So, the simplest form of 20/100 is 1/5

Tell whether the fraction is in simplest form. Write yes or no.

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{8}\)
______

Answer:
No

Explanation:
2/8 in simplest form
Divide the 2/8 with 2
(2/2)/(8/2) = 1/4
The simplest form of 2/8 is 1/4
So, 2/8 is not the simplest form

Question 11.
\(\frac{9}{12}\)
______

Answer:
No

Explanation:
9/12 in simplest form
Divide the 9/12 with 3
(9/3)/(12/3) = 3/4
The simplest form of 9/12 is 3/4
So, 9/12 is not the simplest form

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)
______

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
5/6 is not divided by any number
Yes, 5/6 is the simplest form

Question 13.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
______

Answer:
No

Explanation:
4/10 in simplest form
Divide the 4/10 with 2
(4/2)/(10/2) = 2/5
So, 4/10 is not the simplest form

Question 14.
There are 18 students in Jacob’s homeroom. Six students bring their lunch to school. The rest eat lunch in the cafeteria. In the simplest form, what fraction of students eat lunch in the cafeteria?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of students

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) of students

Explanation:
As per the given data,
There are 18 students in Jacob’s homeroom
6 students bring their lunch to school = 6/18 = 1/3
The rest eat lunch in the cafeteria = 18 – 6 = 12/18
Divide the numerator and denominator of 12/18 with 6
(12/6) x (18/6) = 2/3
So, 2/3 of students eat lunch in the cafeteria

Page No. 342

Use the map for 15−16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 6

Question 15.
Identify Relationships What fraction of the states in the southwest region share a border with Mexico? Is this fraction in simplest form?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Yes, \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Southwest region states = 4
Number of states in the southwest region shares a border with Mexico out of total southwest region states = 3/4
Yes, 3/4 is the simplest form

Question 16.
What’s the Question? \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the states in this region are on the Gulf of Mexico.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
In the simplest form, what fraction of the states in the southeast area on the Gulf of Mexico?

Common Denominators Lesson 6.4 Question 17.
Pete says that to write \(\frac{4}{6}\) as \(\frac{2}{3}\), you combine pieces, but to write \(\frac{4}{6}\) as \(\frac{8}{12}\), you break apart pieces. Does this make sense? Explain.
______

Answer:
As per the given data,
Yes, it makes sense,
To write 4/6 as 2/3 combine sixth-size pieces into equal groups of 2
Then (4/2)/(6/2) = 2/3
To write 4/6 as 8/12, break each sixth piece into 2 pieces
Then, 4/6 = (4 x 2)/(6 x 2) = 8/12

Question 18.
In Michelle’s homeroom, \(\frac{9}{15}\) of the students ride the bus to school, \(\frac{4}{12}\) get a car ride, and \(\frac{2}{30}\) walk to school.
For numbers 18a–18c, select True or False for each statement.
a. In simplest form, \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the students ride the bus to school.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
9/15 of the students ride the bus to school
By dividing the numerator and denominator of 9/15 with 3
(9/3)/(15/3) =3/5
So, 3/5 of the students ride the bus to school
True

Question 18.
b. In simplest form, \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the students get a car ride to school.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:
a. 4/12 of the students get a car ride
The simplest form of 4/12 = 1/3
So, 1/4 of the students get a car ride to school is a False statement

Question 18.
c. In simplest form, \(\frac{1}{15}\) of the students walk to school.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
a. 2/30 of the students walk to school
By dividing the 2/30 with 2
(2/2)/(30/2) = 1/15
So, 1/15 of the students walk to school is a true statement

Common Core – Simplest Form – Page No. 343

Write the fraction in simplest form.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Simplest Form img 7

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
To write the 6/10 in the simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 2
(6 ÷2)/(10 ÷2) = 3/5
So, the simplest form of 6/10 = 3/5

Question 2.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
To write the 6/8in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/8 with 2
(6 ÷2)/(8 ÷2) = 3/4
So, the simplest form of 6/8 = 3/4

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1

Explanation:
To write the 5/5in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 5/5 with 5
(5 ÷5)/(5 ÷5) = 1/1
So, the simplest form of 5/5 = 1

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
To write the 8/12in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 8/12 with 4
(8 ÷4)/(12 ÷4) = 2/3
So, the simplest form of 8/12 = 2/3

Question 5.
\(\frac{100}{100}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1

Explanation:
The simplest form of 100/100 = 1

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
To write the 2/6in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 2/6 with 2
(2 ÷2)/(6 ÷2) = 1/3
So, the simplest form of 2/6 = 1/3

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
To write the 2/8in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 2/8 with 2
(2 ÷2)/(8 ÷2) = 1/4
So, the simplest form of 2/8 = 1/4

Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
To write the 4/10 in a simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 4 /10 with 2
(4 ÷2)/(10 ÷2) = 2/5
So, the simplest form of 4/10 = 2/5

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠. (if you do not have ≠on your keyboard, copy and paste this one: ≠ )

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
6/12 ≠ 1/12

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) _______ \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
3/4 ≠ 5/6

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) _______ \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6/10
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 2
(6 ÷ 2)/( 10 ÷ 2) = 3/5
So, 6/10 = 3/5

Question 12.
\(\frac{3}{12}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
3/12 ≠ 1/3

Question 13.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) _______ \(\frac{60}{100}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\)

Explanation:
6/10
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 10
(6 x 10)/(10 x 10) = 60/100
So, 6/10 = 60/100

Lesson 6.4 Go Math 4th Grade Question 14.
\(\frac{11}{12}\) _______ \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
11/12 ≠ 9/10

Question 15.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) _______ \(\frac{8}{20}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{20}\)

Explanation:
2/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 with 4
(2 x 4)/(5 x 4) = 8/20
So, 2/5 = 8/20

Question 16.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
4/8
Divide the numerator and denominator of 4/8 with 4
(4 x 4)/(8 x 4) = 1/2
So, 4/8 = 1/2

Question 17.
At Memorial Hospital, 9 of the 12 babies born on Tuesday were boys. In the simplest form, what fraction of the babies born on Tuesday were boys?
_______

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
At Memorial Hospital, 9 of the 12 babies born on Tuesday were boys = 9/12
Divide the numerator and denominator of 9/12 with 3
(9 ÷ 3)/(12 ÷ 3) = 3/4
So, in the simplest form
3/4 of the babies born on Tuesday were boys

Question 18.
Cristina uses a ruler to measure the length of her math textbook. She says that the book is \(\frac{4}{10}\) meter long. Is her measurement in simplest form? If not, what is the length of the book in simplest form?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Cristiana uses a ruler to measure the length of her math textbook
She says that the book is 4/10meter long
It is not in the simplest form
Divide the numerator and denominator of 4/10 with 2
(4÷ 2)/( 10 ÷ 2) = 2/5
The length of the book in the simplest form = 2/5

Common Core – Simplest Form – Page No. 344

Question 1.
Six out of the 12 members of the school choir are boys. In the simplest form, what fraction of the choir is boys?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{12}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{6}\)

Answer:
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Six out of the 12 members of the school choir are boys = 6/12
To write the simplest form of 6/12, divide the numerator and denominator with 6
Then, (6 ÷ 6)/(12 ÷ 6) = 1/2
In the simplest form, 1/2 of the choir is boys

Question 2.
Which of the following fractions is in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
5/6 is in the simplest form
6/8 simplest form = 3/4
8/10 simplest form = 4/5
2/12 simplest form = 1/6

Question 3.
Each of the 23 students in Ms. Evans’ class raised $45 for the school by selling coupon books. How much money did the class raise in all?
Options:
a. $207
b. $225
c. $1,025
d. $1,035

Answer:
d. $1,035

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Each of the 23 students in Ms. Evan’s class raised $45 for the school by selling coupon books
= 23 x $45
= $1,035

Question 4.
Which pair of numbers below have 4 and 6 as common factors?
Options:
a. 12, 18
b. 20, 24
c. 28, 30
d. 36, 48

Answer:
d. 36, 48

Explanation:
36, 48
Here, 36 = 4 x 9
= 2 x 2 x 3 x 3
48 = 6 x 8
= 2 x 3 x 4 x 2

Question 5.
Bart uses \(\frac{3}{12}\) cup milk to make muffins. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{3}{12}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Bart uses 3/12 cup of milk to make muffins
Divide the fraction with 3
(3 ÷ 3)/(12 ÷ 3) = 1/4
So, the equivalent fraction for 3/12 = 1/4

Go Math Lesson 6.4 Answer Key Homework 4th Grade Question 6.
Ashley bought 4 packages of juice boxes. There are 6 juice boxes in each package. She gave 2 juice boxes to each of 3 friends. How many juice boxes does Ashley have left?
Options:
a. 24
b. 22
c. 18
d. 12

Answer:
c. 18

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Ashley bought 4 packages of juice boxes
There are 6 juice boxes in each package = 6 x 4 = 24
She gave 2 juice boxes to each of 3 friends = 2 x 3 = 6 juice boxes
So, 24 – 6 = 18
Total number of juice boxes left with Ashley = 18

Page No. 347

Question 1.
Find a common denominator for \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{12}\) by dividing each whole into the same number of equal parts. Use the models to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 8
common denominator:

Answer:
common denominator: 12

Explanation:
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, ….
List the multiples of 12 = 12, 24, 36, 48, ….
So, the common denominators of 1/3 and 1/ 12 are 12

Write the pair of fractions as a pair of fractions with a common denominator.

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) and \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Explanation:
Common denominator of 1/2 and 1/4
List the multiples of 2 = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, …
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, . . .
Then, the common denominator of 1/2 and 1/4 is 4
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (1 x 4) ÷( 2 x 4) and ( 1 x 4 ) ÷ ( 4 x 4)
So, the common pair of fractions = 4/8 and 2/8

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Common denominator of 3/4 and 5/8
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, . . .
List the multiples of 8 = 8, 16, 24, 32, . . . .
Then, the common denominator of 3/4 and 5/8 is 8
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (3 x 8) ÷( 4 x 8) and ( 5 x 8 ) ÷ ( 8 x 8)
So, the common pair of fractions = 6/8 and 5/8

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{12}\) and \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
The common denominator of 1/3 and 1/4
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, ….
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, . . .
Then, the common denominator of 1 /3 and 1/4 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (1 x 12) ÷( 3 x 12) and ( 1 x 12 ) ÷ ( 4 x 12)
So, the common pair of fractions = 4/12 and 3/12

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{24}\) and \(\frac{15}{24}\)

Explanation:
Common denominator of 4/12 and 5/8
List the multiples of 12 = 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, …..
List the multiples of 8 = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, …
Then, the common denominator of 4/12 and 5/8 is 24
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (4 x 24) ÷( 12 x 24) and ( 5 x 24 ) ÷ ( 8 x 24)
So, the common pair of fractions = 8/24 and 15/24

Write the pair of fractions as a pair of fractions with a common denominator.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12}\) and \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
The common denominator of 1/4 and 5/6
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, . . .
List the multiples of 6 = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, ….
Then, the common denominator of 1/4 and 5/6 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (1 x 12) ÷( 4 x 12) and ( 5 x 12 ) ÷ ( 6 x 12)
So, common pair of fractions = 3/12 and 10/12

Lesson 6.4 Common Denominators Answer Key Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
The common denominator of 3/5 and 4/10
List the multiples of 5 = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, …..
List the multiples of 10 = 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 ….
Then, the common denominator of 3/5 and 4/10 is 10
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (3 x 10) ÷( 5 x 10) and ( 4 x 10 ) ÷ ( 10 x 10)
So, the common pair of fractions = 6/10 and 4/10

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠.

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
3/4 ≠ 1/2

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Explanation:
3/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 2
(3 x 2) ÷ ( 4 x 2 ) = 6/8
So, 3/4 = 6/8

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
1/2
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 with 4
(1 x 4) ÷ ( 2 x 4 ) = 4/8
So, 1/2 = 4/8

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
6/8 ≠ 4/8

Question 12.
Jerry has two same-size circles divided into the same number of equal parts. One circle has \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the parts shaded, and the other has \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the parts shaded. His sister says the least number of pieces each circle could be divided into is 7. Is his sister correct? Explain.
______

Answer:
As per the given data,
Jerry has two same size circles divided into the same number of equal parts
One circle has 3/4 of the parts shaded
So, non-shaded parts of one circle = 1 – 3/4 = 1/4
Another circle has 2/3 of the parts shaded
Non – shaded parts = 1 – 2/3 = 1/3
We can’t draw a conclusion about how many parts or pieces a circle can be divided
So, his sister is incorrect

Page No. 348

Question 13.
Carrie has a red streamer that is \(\frac{3}{4}\) yard long and a blue streamer that is \(\frac{5}{6}\) yard long. She says the streamers are the same length. Does this make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 9
______

Answer:
Carrie has a red streamer that is 3/4 yard long
The blue streamer that is 5/6 yard long
3/4 ≠ 5/6
She says the streamers are the same length, it doesn’t make any sense.

Question 14.
Leah has two same-size rectangles divided into the same number of equal parts. One rectangle has \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the parts shaded, and the other has \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the parts shaded. What is the least number of parts into which both rectangles could be divided?
______ parts

Answer:
15 parts

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Leah has two same size rectangles divided into the same number of equal parts
One rectangle has 1/3 of the parts shaded
Other rectangle has 2/5 of the parts shaded
15 parts

Question 15.
Julian says a common denominator for \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\) is 9. What is Julian’s error? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
As per the given data,
Julian says a common denominator for 3/4 and 2/5 is 9
To find the common denominator for 3/4 and 2/5
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, …..
List the multiples of 5 = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, ….
So, the common denominator for 3/4 and 2/5 is 20
Julian says 9 in place of 20 and it is wrong.

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 6 Answer Key Question 16.
Miguel has two same-size rectangles divided into the same number of equal parts. One rectangle has \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the parts shaded, and the other has \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the parts shaded.
Into how many parts could each rectangle be divided? Show your work by sketching the rectangles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 10
______ parts

Answer:
chapter 6 - simplest form - image 1. jpg
8 parts

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Miguel has two same–size rectangles divided into the same number of equal parts.
One rectangle has 3/4 of the parts shaded.
Another has 5/8 of the parts shaded.
The possible parts are 8.

Common Core – Common Denominators – Page No. 349

Write the pair of fractions as a pair of fractions with a common denominator.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{3}{4}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Common Denominators img 11

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/3 and 3/4
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, …
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, …
Common multiple of 3 and 4 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (2 x 12) ÷( 3 x 12) and ( 3 x 12 ) ÷ ( 4 x 12)
So, common pair of fractions = 8/12 and 9/12

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{4} \text { and } \frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12} \text { and } \frac{8}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/4 and 2/3
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, …
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, …
Common multiple of 4 and 3 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (1 x 12) ÷( 4 x 12) and ( 2 x 12 ) ÷ ( 3 x 12)
So, common pair of fractions = 3/12 and 8/12

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10} \text { and } \frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10} \text { and } \frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
3/10 and 1/2
List the multiples of 10 = 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, ….
List the multiples of 2 = 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, ….
Common multiple of 10 and 2 is 10
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (3 x 10) ÷( 10 x 10) and ( 1 x 10 ) ÷ ( 2 x 10)
So, common pair of fractions = 3/10 and 5/10

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{5} \text { and } \frac{3}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{12}{20} \text { and } \frac{15}{20}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 3/4
List the multiples of 5 = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, ….
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, …
Common multiple of 5 and 4 is 20
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (3 x 20) ÷( 5 x 20) and ( 3 x 20 ) ÷ ( 4 x 20)
So, common pair of fractions = 12/20 and 15/20

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{4} \text { and } \frac{7}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8} \text { and } \frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
2/4 and 7/8
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, …
List the multiples of 8 = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ….
Common multiple of 4 and 8 is 8
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (2 x 8) ÷( 4 x 8) and ( 7 x 8 ) ÷ ( 8 x 8)
So, common pair of fractions = 4/8 and 7/8

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{5}{12}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/3 and 5/12
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, …
List the multiples of 12 = 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, …
Common multiple of 3 and 12 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (2 x 12) ÷( 3 x 12) and ( 5 x 12 ) ÷ ( 12 x 12)
So, common pair of fractions = 8/12 and 5/12

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{4} \text { and } \frac{1}{6}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12} \text { and } \frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/4 and 1/6
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, …
List the multiples of 6 = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, …
Common multiple of 4 and 6 is 12
For the Common pair of fractions, multiply the common denominator with fractions
That is, (1 x 12) ÷( 4 x 12) and ( 1 x 12 ) ÷ ( 6 x 12)
So, common pair of fractions = 3/12 and 2/12

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠.

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ______ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ≠ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 with 2
(1 x 2) ÷ (2 x 2) = 2/4
So, 1/2 ≠ 2/5

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
1/2
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 with 3
(1 x 3) ÷ (2 x 3) = 3/6
So, 1/2 = 3/6

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
3/4 ≠ 5/6

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6/10
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 2
(6 ÷ 2)/(10 ÷2) = 3/5
So, 6/10 = 3/5

Question 12.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
6/8
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/8 with 2
(6 ÷2)/(8 ÷2) = 3/4
So, 6/8 = 3/4

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
3/4 ≠ 2/3

Question 14.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
2/10
Divide the numerator and denominator of 2/10 with 2
(2 ÷ 2)/(10 ÷ 2) = 1/5
So, 2/10 ≠ 1/5

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 3
(1 x 3)/(4 x 3) = 3/12
So, 1/4 = 3/12

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Review Test Answer Key Question 16.
Adam drew two same-sized rectangles and divided them into the same number of equal parts. He shaded \(\frac{1}{3}\) of one rectangle and \(\frac{1}{4}\) of other rectangle. What is the least number of parts into which both rectangles could be divided?
_________

Answer:
12 parts

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Adam drew two same size rectangles and divided them into the same number of equal parts
He shaded 1/3 of one rectangle
1/4 of another rectangle
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, …
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, …
A common multiple of 3 and 4 is 12
So, the least number of parts which rectangles could be divided = 12 parts

Question 17.
Mera painted equal sections of her bedroom wall to make a pattern. She painted \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the wall white and \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the wall lavender. Write an equivalent fraction for each using a common denominator.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1/2 are 4/10 and 5/10

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Mera painted equal sections of her bedroom wall to make a pattern
She painted 2/5 of the wall white and 1/2 of the wall lavender
List the multiples of 5 = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, …
List the multiples of 2 = 2 ,4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, …
The common denominator of 2/5 and 1/2 = 10
Multiply the 2/5 and 1/2 with 10
(2 x 10)/(5 x 10) and (1 x 10)/(2 x 10)
4/10 and 5/10
So, common fractions of 2/5 and 1/2 are 4/10 and 5/10

Common Core – Common Denominators – Page No. 350

Question 1.
Which of the following is a common denominator of \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{5}{6}\)?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 12
d. 15

Answer:
c. 12

Explanation:
The common denominator of 1/4 and 5/6
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, …
List the multiples of 6 = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, ….
So, the common denominator of 1/4 and 5/6 is 12

Question 2.
Two fractions have a common denominator of 8. Which of the following could be the two fractions?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2} \text { and } \frac{2}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4} \text { and } \frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4} \text { and } \frac{1}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2} \text { and } \frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{1}{4} \text { and } \frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Two fractions have a common denominator of 8
a. 1/2 and 2/3
List the multiples of 2 = 2, 4, 6, 8,10, ….
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, …
There is no common denominator of 8 for 1/2 and 2/3
b. 1/4 and 1 /2
List the multiples of 2 = 2, 4, 6, 8,10, ….
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, …
Here, the common denominator of 1 /4 and 1 /2 is 8
So, the answer is 1/4 and 1/2

Question 3.
Which number is 100,000 more than seven hundred two thousand, eighty-three?
Options:
a. 703,083
b. 712,083
c. 730,083
d. 802,083

Answer:
d. 802,083

Explanation:
802,083

Question 4.
Aiden baked 8 dozen muffins. How many total muffins did he bake?
Options:
a. 64
b. 80
c. 96
d. 104

Answer:
c. 96

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Aiden baked 8 dozen muffins
1 dozen = 12
then, 8 dozens = 12 x 8 = 96
So, Aiden baked total 96 muffins

Question 5.
On a bulletin board, the principal, Ms. Gomez, put 115 photos of the fourth grade students in her school. She put the photos in 5 equal rows. How many photos did she put in each row?
Options:
a. 21
b. 23
c. 25
d. 32

Answer:
b. 23

Explanation:
As per the given data,
On a bulletin board, the principal, Ms. Gomez, put 115 photos of the fourth-grade students in her school
She put the photos in 5 equal rows
Then, number of photos in each row = 115/5 = 23
So, Ms. Gomez put photos in each row = 23

Question 6.
Judy uses 12 tiles to make a mosaic. Eight of the tiles are blue. What fraction, in simplest form, represents the tiles that are blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{18}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Judy uses 12 tiles to make a mosaic
Eight of the tiles are blue = 8/12
Divide the numerator and denominator of 8/12 with 4
(8 ÷ 4)/(12 ÷ 4) = 2/3
The simplest form of 8/12 is 2/3

Page No. 353

Question 1.
Keisha is helping plan a race route for a 10-kilometer charity run. The committee wants to set up the following things along the course.
Viewing areas: At the end of each half of the course
Water stations: At the end of each fifth of the course
Distance markers: At the end of each tenth of the course
Which locations have more than one thing located there?
First, make a table to organize the information.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 12
Next, identify a relationship. Use a common denominator, and find equivalent fractions.
Finally, identify the locations at which more than one thing will be set up. Circle the locations.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Keisha is helping plan a race route for a 10-kilometer charity run.

Question 2.
What if distance markers will also be placed at the end of every fourth of the course? Will any of those markers be set up at the same location as another distance marker, a water station, or a viewing area? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
It really depends on where you place the other markers.

Question 3.
Fifty-six students signed up to volunteer for the race. There were 4 equal groups of students, and each group had a different task.
How many students were in each group?
_____ students

Answer:
14 students

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Fifty-six students signed up to volunteer for the race
There are four groups of students
Number of students in each group = 56/4 = 14
Total number of students in each group = 14

Page No. 354

Question 4.
A baker cut a pie in half. He cut each half into 3 equal pieces and each piece into 2 equal slices. He sold 6 slices. What fraction of the pie did the baker sell?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
A baker cut a pie in half. He cut each half into 3 equal pieces and each piece into 2 equal slices. He sold 6 slices. So, the remaining part is 1/2 of the pie.

Question 5.
Andy cut a tuna sandwich and a chicken sandwich into a total of 15 same-size pieces. He cut the tuna sandwich into 9 more pieces than the chicken sandwich. Andy ate 8 pieces of the tuna sandwich. What fraction of the tuna sandwich did he eat?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Let x be the number of pieces of the chicken sandwich so that x + 9 is the number of pieces of a tuna sandwich.
There is a total of 15 same-size pieces. So, we can write as
x + (x + 9) = 15
2x + 9 = 15
2x = 6
x = 3.
This means that there ate 3 + 9 = 12 pieces of a tuna sandwich. Since Andy ate 8, then this corresponds to a fraction of 8/12 = 2/3.

Question 6.
Luke threw balls into these buckets at a carnival. The number on the bucket gives the number of points for each throw. What is the least number of throws needed to score exactly 100 points? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 13
_____ throws

Answer:
13 throws

Explanation:
Take the maximum number to get the minimum throws = 9 X 10 = 90.
6 X 1 = 6; 2 X 2 = 4.
Add 90 + 6 + 4 = 100;
So, the least number of throws needed to score exactly 100 points = 10 + 1 + 2 = 13.

Question 7.
Victoria arranges flowers in vases at her restaurant. In each arrangement, \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the flowers are yellow. What other fractions can represent the part of the flowers that are yellow? Shade the models to show your work.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 14
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
chapter 6
\(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{8}{12}\), \(\frac{40}{60}\)

Explanation:
Basically, any fraction obtained by multiplying both the numerator and denominator by the same value would be an equivalent fraction:
2/3 = 2/3 * 4/4 = 8/12
8/12 = 8/12 * 5/5 = 40/60
etc.

Common Core – Find Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 355

Question 1.
Miranda is braiding her hair. Then she will attach beads to the braid. She wants \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the beads to be red. If the greatest number of beads that will fit on the braid is 12, what other fractions could represent the part of the beads that are red?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Find Equivalent Fractions img 15

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{3}{9}\), \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:
Miranda is braiding her hair. Then she will attach beads to the braid. She wants \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the beads to be red. If the greatest number of beads that will fit on the braid is 12.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) X \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) X \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) X \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 2.
Ms. Groves has trays of paints for students in her art class. Each tray has 5 colors. One of the colors is purple. What fraction of the colors in 20 trays is purple?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{20}{100}\) or \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
If you have 20 trays that are 100 colors with 20 being purple. 20/ 100 is 1/5

Question 3.
Miguel is making an obstacle course for field day. At the end of every sixth of the course, there is a tire. At the end of every third of the course, there is a cone. At the end of every half of the course, there is a hurdle. At which locations of the course will people need to go through more than one obstacle?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\) and final locations

Explanation:
We have three fractions with different denominators: sixths, thirds, and halves.
The first step is to make all the denominators equal for 1/6, 1/3, 1/2.
In this case, we want sixths since LCM(2, 3, 6) = 6
since 1/3 = 2/6, and 1/2 = 3/6. Now we can start solving.
1. There are six tires at the following: 1/6, 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6, and 6/6.
2. There are three cones at the following (G.C.F.): 2/6 (or 1/3), 4/6 (or 2/3), and 6/6 (or 3/3).
3. There are two hurdles at the following (G.C.F.): 3/6 (or 1/2) and 6/6 (or 2/2).
We look for common numbers.
1. On 2/6, there are two obstacles: a tire and a cone.
2. On 3/6, there are two obstacles: a tire and a hurdle.
3. On 4/6, there are two obstacles: a tire and a cone.
4. At 6/6, there are three obstacles: a tire, cone, and a hurdle.
2/6 = 1/3
3/6 = 1/2
4/6 = 2/3
6/6 = 1
The answers are 1/3, 1/2, 2/3, and 1.

Question 4.
Preston works in a bakery where he puts muffins in boxes. He makes the following table to remind himself how many blueberry muffins should go in each box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Find Equivalent Fractions img 16
How many blueberry muffins should Preston put in a box with 36 muffins?
_________

Answer:
12 blueberry muffins

Explanation:
Preston works in a bakery where he puts muffins in boxes. He makes the following table to remind himself how many blueberry muffins should go in each box.
So, he had 2 blueberry muffins out of 6 muffins.
2/6 X 2/2 = 4/12. 4 blueberry muffins out of 12 muffins.
2/6 X 4/4 = 8/24. 8 blueberry muffins out of 24 muffins.
2/6 X 6/6 = 12/36. 12 blueberry muffins out of 36 muffins.

Common Core – Find Equivalent Fractions – Page No. 356

Question 1.
A used bookstore will trade 2 of its books for 3 of yours. If Val brings in 18 books to trade, how many books can she get from the store?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 27

Answer:
b. 12

Explanation:
A used bookstore will trade 2 of its books for 3 of yours. If Val brings in 18 books to trade 2/3 X 6/6 = 12/18, she get 12 books

Question 2.
Every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour Naomi stretches her neck; every \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour she stretches her legs; and every \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour she stretches her arms. Which parts of her body will Naomi stretch when \(\frac{2}{3}\) of an hour has passed?
Options:
a. neck and legs
b. neck and arms
c. legs and arms
d. none

Answer:
c. legs and arms

Explanation:
Summing \(\frac{1}{2}\)‘s only gives integer values giving 1, 2, 3, 4…or
integer values +\(\frac{1}{2}\) and 0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\), 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)…
So neck is excluded
Every \(\frac{1}{3}\): \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Legs will be stretched at \(\frac{2}{3}\) hour
Every \(\frac{1}{6}\): \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Divide top and bottom by 2 giving:
(4 ÷ 2)/(6 ÷ 2) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Arms will be stretched at latex]\frac{2}{3}[/latex] hour

Question 3.
At the beginning of the year, the Wong family car had been driven 14,539 miles. At the end of the year, their car had been driven 21,844 miles. How many miles did the Wong family drive their car during that year?
Options:
a. 6,315 miles
b. 7,295 miles
c. 7,305 miles
d. 36,383 miles

Answer:
c. 7,305 miles

Explanation:
If at the beginning of the year, the Wong family’s car had driven 14539 miles and at the end of the year, it had driven 21844 miles, then subtract 14539 from 21844 to determine the difference between the two values, which will tell you how many miles the Wong family drove their car for during the year.
21844 – 14539 = 7305 miles

Question 4.
Widget Company made 3,600 widgets in 4 hours. They made the same number of widgets each hour. How many widgets did the company make in one hour?
Options:
a. 80
b. 90
c. 800
d. 900

Answer:
d. 900

Explanation:

3,600 widgets in 4 hours therefore 3,600 / 4 for one hour = 900 widgets 900 widgets in one hour.

Question 5.
Tyler is thinking of a number that is divisible by 2 and by 3. By which of the following numbers must Tyler’s number also be divisible?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 9
d. 12

Answer:
a. 6

Explanation:
The number 6 is divisible by 2 and by 3.

Question 6.
Jessica drew a circle divided into 8 equal parts. She shaded 6 of the parts. Which fraction is equivalent to the part of the circle that is shaded?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{10}{16}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{18}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Jessica drew a circle divided into 8 equal parts. She shaded 6 of the parts.
6/8 = 3/4

Page No. 357

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 17

Question 1.
________ name the same amount.
________

Answer:
Equivalent Fractions

Question 2.
A _________ is a common multiple of two or more denominators
________

Answer:
Common Denominator

Write two equivalent fractions.

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) and \(\frac{6}{15}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 2/5
Multiply the 2/5 with 2
(2 x 2)/(5 x 2) = 4/10
Multiply the 2/5 with 3
(2 x 3)/(5 x 3) = 6/15
So, the equivalent fractions of 2/5 are 4/10 and 6/15

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) and \(\frac{3}{9}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 1/3
Multiply the 1/3 with 2
(1 x 2)/(3 x 2) = 2/6
Multiply the 1/3 with 3
(1 x 3)/(3 x 3) = 3/9
So, the equivalent fractions of 1/3 are 2/6 and 3/9

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) and \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
Two equivalent fractions of 3/4
Multiply the 3/4 with 2
(3 x 2)/(4 x 2) = 6/8
Multiply the 3/4 with 3
(3 x 3)/(4 x 3) = 9/12
So, the equivalent fractions of 3/4 are 6/8 and 9/12

Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write = or ≠.

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/ 3
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/3 with 2
(2 x 2)/(3 x 2) = 4/6
So, 2/3 ≠ 4/12

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ______ \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) =_ \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
5/6
Multiply the 5/6 with 2
(5 x 2)/(6 x 2) = 10/12
So, 5/6 = 10/12

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ______ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ≠ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
1/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 4
(1 x 4)/(4 x 4) = 4/16
So, 1/4 ≠ 4/8

Write the fraction in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
6/8
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/8 with 2
(6 ÷ 2)/( 8 ÷ 2) = 3/4
The simplest form of 6/8 is 3/4

Question 10.
\(\frac{25}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
25/100
Divide the numerator and denominator of 25/100 with 25
(25 ÷ 25)/( 100 ÷ 25) = 1/4
The simplest form of 25/100 is 1/4

Question 11.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
8/10
Divide the numerator and denominator of 8/10 with 2
(8 ÷ 2)/( 10 ÷ 2) = 4/5
The simplest form of 8/10 is 4/5

Write the pair of fractions as a pair of fractions with a common denominator.

Question 12.
\(\frac{3}{10} \text { and } \frac{2}{5}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10} \text { and } \frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
3/ 10 and 2/5
List the multiples of 10 = 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, …
List the multiples of 5 = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, …
Common denominator of 3/10 and 2/5 = 10
Multiply the 3/10 and 2/5 with 10
(3 x 10)/(10 x 10) and (2 x 10)/(5 x 10)
3/ 10 and 4/10
Pair of fractions of 3/10 and 2/5 are 3/10 and 4/10

My Homework Lesson 6 Compare and Order Fractions Answer Key Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{3} \text { and } \frac{3}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/3 and 3/4
List the multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, …
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, ….
The common denominator of 1/3 and 3/4 are 12
Multiply the 1/3 and 3/4 with 12
(1 x 12)/(3 x 12) and (3 x 12)/(4 x 12)
3/ 12 and 9/12.
Pair of fractions of 1/3 and 3/4 are 3/12 and 9/12

Page No. 358

Question 14.
Sam needs \(\frac{5}{6}\) cup mashed bananas and \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup mashed strawberries for a recipe. He wants to find out whether he needs more bananas or more strawberries. How can he write \(\frac{5}{6}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\) as a pair of fractions with a common denominator?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{12}\) and \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
Sam needs 5/6 cup mashed bananas and 3/4 cup mashed strawberries for a recipe
He wants to find out whether he needs more bananas or strawberries
List the multiples of 6 = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42,…..
List the multiples of 4 = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, ….
The common denominator of 6 and 4 is 12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/6 and 3/4 with 12
(5 x 12)/(6 x 12) and (3 x 12)/(4 x 12)
10/12 and 9/12
Pair of fractions with a common denominator for 5/6 and 3/4 are 10/12 and 9/12

Question 15.
Karen will divide her garden into equal parts. She will plant corn in \(\frac{8}{12}\) of the garden. What is the fewest number of parts she can divide her garden into?
______ parts

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) parts

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Keren will divide her garden into equal parts
She will plant corn in 8/12 of the garden
To get the least number of parts she can divide her garden, simplify the 8/12
Divide the numerator and denominator of 8/12 with 4
(8 ÷ 4)/(12 ÷ 4) = 2/3
So, Karen can divide her garden into 2/3 of parts

Question 16.
Olivia is making scarves. Each scarf will have 5 rectangles, and \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the rectangles will be purple. How many purple rectangles does she need for 3 scarves?
______ purple rectangles

Answer:
6 purple rectangles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Olivia is making scarves
Each scarf will have 5 rectangles and 2/5 of the rectangles will be purple = 5 x 2/5 = 2
That means each scarf will have 2 purple rectangles
For 3 scarves = 3 x 2 = 6
So, she needs 6 purple rectangles.

Question 17.
Paul needs to buy \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of peanuts. The scale at the store measures parts of a pound in sixteenths. What measure is equivalent to \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound of peanuts

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{16}\) pound of peanuts

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Paul needs to buy 5/8 pounds of peanuts
The scale at the store measures parts of a pound in sixteenths = 16 x 5/8 = 10
To find an Equivalent fraction of 5/8
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/8 with 2
(5 x 2)/( 8 x 2) = 10/16
So, the equivalent fraction of 5/8 is 10/16

Page No. 361

Question 1.
Compare \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{8}\). Write < or >.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 18
\(\frac{2}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Least common denominator of 5 and 8 = 40
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 and 1/8 with 40
2/ 5 = (2 x 8)/(5 x 8) = 16/40
1/8 = (1 x 5)/(8 x 5) = 5/40
The denominators are the same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
16/40 > 5/40
So, 2/5 > 1/8

Compare. Write < or >.

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) _____ \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) < \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
1/2 and 4/6
Least common denominator of 2 and 6 = 6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 and 4/6 with 6
1/ 2 = (1 x 6)/(2 x 6) = 6/12
4/ 6 = (4x 2)/(6 x 2) = 8/12
The denominators are the same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number.
6/12 < 8/12
So, 1/2 < 4/6

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) > \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
1 / 10 and 1/2
The least common denominator of 10 and 2 = 10
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/10 and 1/2 by 10
3/ 10 = (3 x 2)/(10 x 2) = 6/20
1/2 = (1 x 10)/(2 x 10) = 10/20
The denominators are the same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number.
6/20 < 10/20
So, 3/10 > 1/2

Question 4.
\(\frac{11}{12}\) _____ \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{12}\) > \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
11/12 and 4/8
Least common denominator of 12 and 8 = 24
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 11/12 and 4/8 with 24
11/ 12 = (11 x 8)/(12 x 8) = 88/96
4/8 = (4 x 12)/(8 x 12) = 48/96
The denominators are the same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
88/96 > 48/96
So, 11/12 > 4/8

Practice and Homework Lesson 6.6 Answer Key Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) > \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
5/ 8 and 2/5
Least common denominator of 5 and 8 = 40
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/8 and 2/8 with 40
5/ 8 = (5 x 5)/(8 x 5) = 25/40
2/5 = (2 x 8)/(5 x 8) = 16/40
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
25/ 40 > 16/40
So, 5/8 > 2/5

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) _____ \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) > \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
8/10 and 3/8
Least common denominator of 10 and 8 = 40
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 8/10 and 3/8 with 40
8/ 10 = (8 x 8)/(10 x 8) = 64/80
3/8 = (3 x 10)/(8 x 10) = 30/80
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
64/80 > 30/80
So, 8/10 > 3/8

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) _____ \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) < \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
1/3 and 7/12
Least common denominator of 3 and 12 = 12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/3 and 7/12 with 40.
1/ 3 = (1 x 12)/(3 x 12) = 12/36
7/12 = (7 x 3)/(12 x 3) = 21/36
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
12/36 < 21/36
So, 1/3 < 7/12

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) _____ \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) < \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
2/6 and 7/8
Least common denominator of 6 and 8 = 24
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/6 and 7/8 with 40
2/ 6 = (2 x 8)/(6 x 8) = 16/48
7/8 = (7 x 6)/(8 x 6) = 42/48
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
16/48<42/48
So, 2/6 < 7/8

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) > \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
4/8 and 2/10
Least common denominator of 8 and 10 = 40
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/8 and 2/10 with 40
4/ 8 = (4 x 10)/(8 x 10) = 40/80
2/10 = (2 x 8)/(10 x 8) = 16/80
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
40/80 > 16/80
So, 4/8 > 2/10

Reason Quantitatively Algebra Find a numerator that makes the statement true.

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{4}<\frac { □ }{ 6 } \)
□ = _____

Answer:
4

Explanation:
2/4 < x/6
Least common denominator of 4 and 6 = 12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/4 < x/6 with 40
2/4 = (2 x 6)/(4 x 6) = 12/24
x/6 = (x x 4)/(6 x 4) = 4 x/24
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
12/24 < 4 X 4/24

Question 11.
\(\frac{8}{10}>\frac { □ }{ 8 } \)
□ = _____

Answer:
1

Explanation:
8/10 < x/8
Least common denominator of 10 and 8 = 40
8/10 = (8 x 4)/(10 x 4) = 32/40
x/8 = (x X 5)/(8 x 5) = 5x/40
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
8/10 < 5x/40. X will be 1

Question 12.
\(\frac{10}{12}>\frac { □ }{ 4 } \)
□ = _____

Answer:
1

Explanation:
10/12 < x/4
Least common denominator of 12 and 4 = 12
10/12 = (10 x 1)/(12 x 1) = 10/12
x/4 = (x X 3)/(4 x 3) = 3x/12
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
10/12 < 3/12. X will be 1.

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{5}<\frac { □ }{ 10 } \)
□ = _____

Answer:
5

Explanation:
2/5 < x/10
Least common denominator of 5 and 10 = 10
2/5 = (2x 2)/(5 x 2) = 4/10
x/10 = (x X 1)/(10 x 1) = x/10
The denominators are same now
So, compare the numerator to find the greater number
2/5 < 5/10. X will be 5.

Question 14.
When two fractions are between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\), how do you know which fraction is greater? Explain.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
When two fractions are between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\). \(\frac{1}{2}\) is greater. As the tenths place of 5 is greater than 0. \(\frac{1}{2}\) is greater.

Question 15.
If you know that \(\frac{2}{6}<\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}<\frac{1}{2}\), what do you know about \(\frac{2}{6} \text { and } \frac{3}{4}\)?
Type below:
_______

Answer:

Explanation:
As per the given data,
2/6 < 1/2 and 3/4 < 1/2
Then, 2/6 and 3/4 is
The least common denominator of 6 and 4 is 12
(2 x 4)/(6 x 4) and (3 x 6)/(4 x 6)
8/24 and 18/24
Now, the denominators are same, then compare the numerators
8/24 > 18/24
So, 2/6 > 3/4

Question 16.
Sandra has ribbons that are \(\frac{3}{4}\) yard, \(\frac{2}{6}\) yard, \(\frac{1}{5}\) yard, and \(\frac{4}{7}\) yard long. She needs to use the ribbon longer than \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard to make a bow. Which length of ribbon could she use for the bow?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer:

Explanation:

Page No. 362

Question 17.
Saundra ran \(\frac{7}{12}\) of a mile. Lamar ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a mile. Who ran farther? Explain.
_______

Answer:
As per the given data,
Saundra ran 7/12 of a mile
Lamar ran 3/4 of a mile
The least common denominator of 7/12 and 3/4 is 12
(7x 1)/( 12 x 1) and ( 3 x 3 )/( 4 x 3)
7/12 and 9/12
So, 7/12 < 9/12
So, 7/12 < 3/4
Lamar ran greater distance than Saundra

Question 18.
What’s the Question? Selena ran farther than Manny.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
Who ran farther? Selena or Manny

Go Math Grade 4 Practice Book Pdf Lesson 6.6 Question 19.
Chloe made a small pan of ziti and a small pan of lasagna. She cut the ziti into 8 equal parts and the lasagna into 9 equal parts. Her family ate \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the lasagna. If her family ate more lasagna than ziti, what fraction of the ziti could have been eaten?
Type below:
_______

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Chloe made a small pan of ziti and a small pan of lasagna
She cut the ziti into 8 equal parts and the lasagna into 9 equal parts
Her family ate 2/3 of the lasagna = (2/3) x 9 = 6 parts
If her family ate more lasagna than ziti, then that is less than 6 parts
So, 1/4 of the ziti = (1/4) x 8 = 2 parts
So, 1/4 of the ziti eaten by Chloe’s family

Question 20.
James, Ella, and Ryan biked around Eagle Lake. James biked \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the distance in an hour. Ella biked \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the distance in an hour. Ryan biked \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the distance in an hour. Compare the distances biked by each person by matching the statements to the correct symbol. Each symbol may be used more than once or not at all.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 19
Type below:
_______

Answer:
2/10 < 4/8
1 / 8 > 2/5
2/10 < 2/5

Explanation:
As per the given data,
James, Ella, and Ryan biked around eagle lake
James biked 2/10 of the distance in an hour
Ella biked 4/8 of the distance in an hour
Ryan biked 2/5 of the distance in an hour
Least common denominator of 2 /10, 4/8, and 2/5 is 40
(2x 4)/(10 x 4), (4 x 5)/(8 x 5), and (2 x 8)/(5 x 8)
8/40, 20/ 40, and 16/ 40
8/40 < 16/40 < 20/40
2/10 < 2/5 < 4/8
So, 2/10 < 4/8
1 / 8 > 2/5
2/10 < 2/5

Common Core – Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks – Page No. 363

Compare. Write < or > .

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks img 20

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) < \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks img 20

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) _______ \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{12}\) < \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
4/12 and 4/6
4/12 is less than 1/2
4/6 is greater than 1/2
So, 4/12 < 4/6

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{8}\) < \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2/8 and 1/2
2/8 is less than 1/2
1/2 is equal to 1/2
So, 2/8 < 1/2

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) _______ \(\frac{3}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) < \(\frac{3}{3}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 3/3
3/5 is greater than 1/2
3/3 is equal to 1
So, 3/5 < 3/3

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) > \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
7/8 and 5/10
7/8 is greater than 1/2
5/10 is equal to 1/2
So, 5/10 < 7/8

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{12}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) > \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
9/12 and 1/3
9/ 12 is greater than 1/2
1/3 is less than 1/2
1/3 < 9/12

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) _______ \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) < \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
4/6 and 7/8
4/6 is greater than 1/2
7/8 is closer to 1
So, 4/6 < 7/8

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{4}\) _______ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) < \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
2/4 and 2/3
2/4 is equal to 1/2
2/3 is greater than 1/2
So, 2/4 < 2/3

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) _______ \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 1/4
3/5 is greater than 1/2
1/4 is less than 1/2
So, 1/4 < 3/5

Question 10.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) _______ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) > \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
6/10 and 2/5
6/10 is greater than 1/2
2/5 is less than 1/2
So, 2/5 < 6/10

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) < \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
1/8 and 2/10
1/8 is less than 1/2
2/10 is less than 1/2 but greater than 1/8
So, 1/8 < 2/10

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) _______ \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) > \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
2/3 and 5/12
2/3 is greater than 1/2
5/12 is less than 1/2
So, 5/12 < 2/3

Question 13.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) _______ \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)< \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
4/5 and 5/6
4/5 is greater than 1/2
5/6 is greater than 1/2
Common denominator is 30
(4×6)/(5×6) and (5×5)/(6×5)
24/30 and 25/30
24/30 < 25/30
So, 4/5 < 5/6

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) _______ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) < \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 5/8
3/5 is greater than 1/2
5/8 is greater than 1/2
Common denominator is 40
(3×8)/(5×8) and (5×5)/(8×5)
24/40 and 25/ 40
24/40 < 25/40
3/5 < 5/8

Question 15.
\(\frac{8}{8}\) _______ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) > \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
8/8 and 3/4
8/8 is equal to 1
3/4 is less than 1
3/4 < 8/8

Question 16.
Erika ran \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile. Maria ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Who ran farther?
_________

Answer:
Maria

Explanation:
As per the data,
Erika ran 3/8 mile
Maria ran 3/4 mile
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 2
(3×2)/(4×2) = 6/8
3/8 < 6/8
So, 3/8 < 3/4
So, Maria ran faster than Erika

Lesson 6.8 Compare and Order Fractions Question 17.
Carlos finished \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his art project on Monday. Tyler finished \(\frac{1}{2}\) of his art project on Monday. Who finished more of his art project on Monday?
_________

Answer:
Tyler

Explanation:
From the given data,
Carlos finished 1/3 of his art project on Monday
Tyler finished ½ of his art project on Monday
1/3 is less than 1/2
1/2 is equal to 1/2
So, 1/3 < 1/2
Then, Tyler finished more of his work on Monday

Common Core – Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks – Page No. 364

Question 1.
Which symbol makes the statement true?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare Fractions Using Benchmarks img 21
Options:
a. >
b.<
c. =
d. none

Answer:
a. >

Explanation:
4/6 ? 3/8
By comparing 4/6 with 1/2, 4/6 > 1/2
By comparing 3/8 with 1/2, 3/8 < 1/2
So, 4/6 > 3/8

Question 2.
Which of the following fractions is greater than \(\frac{3}{4}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
From the given data,
By comparing the 3/4 with 1/2, 3/4 > 1/2
Same as above, compare the options with ½
a. 1/4 < 1/2
b. 5/6 > 1/2
c. 3/8 < 1/2
d. 2/3 > 1/2
5/6 and 2/3 are greater than the 1/2
So, compare the 5/6 with 2/3
Then, 5/6 > 2/3
So, 5/6 > 3/4

Question 3.
Abigail is putting tiles on a tabletop. She needs 48 tiles for each of the 8 rows. Each row will have 6 white tiles. The rest of the tiles will be purple. How many purple tiles will she need?
Options:
a. 432
b. 384
c. 336
d. 48

Answer:
c. 336

Explanation:
As per the given data
Abigail is putting tiles on a tabletop
Number of rows = 8
She needs 48 tiles for each row = 48×8 = 384
Number of white tiles per row = 6×8 = 48
Rest of the tiles will be purple = 384 – 48 =336
So, the total number of purple color tiles = 336

Question 4.
Each school bus going on the field trip holds 36 students and 4 adults. There are 6 filled buses on the field trip. How many people are going on the field trip?
Options:
a. 216
b. 240
c. 256
d. 360

Answer:
b. 240

Explanation:
From the given data,
Each school bus going on the field trip holds 36 students and 4 adults
There are 6 filled buses on the field trip
6 x (36 + 4) = 6 x 40 = 240
So, the total number of people on the field trip = 240

Question 5.
Noah wants to display his 72 collector’s flags. He is going to put 6 flags in each row. How many rows of flags will he have in his display?
Options:
a. 12
b. 15
c. 18
d. 21

Answer:
a. 12

Explanation:
As mentioned in the data,
Noah wants to display his 72 collector’s flag
He is going to put 6 flags in each row = 6x = 72
X = 12
So, a total 12 number of rows of flags will have on his display

Question 6.
Julian wrote this number pattern on the board:
3, 10, 17, 24, 31, 38.
Which of the numbers in Julian’s pattern are composite numbers?
Options:
a. 3, 17, 31
b. 10, 24, 38
c. 10, 17, 38
d. 17, 24, 38

Answer:
b. 10, 24, 38

Explanation:
As per the given information
Julian wrote his number pattern on the board =3, 10, 17, 24, 31, 38
Factors of 3 = 1,3
Factors of 10 = 1,2,5,10
Factors of 17 = 1, 17
Factors of 24 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6
Factors of 31 = 1, 31
Factors of 38 = 1, 2, 19, 38
So, the composite number is 10, 24, and 38, which numbers have more than 2 factors

Page No. 367

Question 1.
Compare \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\).
Think: Use ______ as a common denominator.
\(\frac{2}{5}=\frac { □×□ }{ □×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Think: 4 tenth-size parts Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 22 1 tenth-size part.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Compare 2/5 and 1/10
Think: 10 as common denominator
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/5 with 2
Then, (2×2) ÷ (5×2) = 4/10
Now, compare the 4/10 with 1/10
4/10 > 1/10
So, 2/5 > 1/10

Question 2.
Compare \(\frac{6}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\).
Think: Use ______ as a common denominator.
\(\frac{6}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}=\frac { □×□ }{ □×□ } \) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Think: A tenth-size part Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 23 an eighth-size part.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) _____ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) < \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare 6/10 and 3/4
Think: Use 40 as a common denominator
So, multiply the denominator and numerator of 3/4 with 10
That is, (3×10) ÷ (4×10) = 30/40
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 4
That is, (6×4) ÷ (10×4) = 24/40
Denominators are same, compare the numerator values of 24/40 and 30/40
So, 24/40 < 30/40
Then, 6/10 < 3/4

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) > \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Explanation:
Compare 7/8 and 2/8
Denominator values are same but numerator values are different
Now, compare the numerator values of 7/8 and 2/8
Then, 7/8 > 2/8

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) _____ \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\) < \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare 5/12 and 3/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/6 with 2
(3×2) ÷ (6×2) = 6/12
So, 5/12 < 6/12

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) _____ \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) < \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare 4/10 and 4/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/6 with 10
(4×10) ÷ (6×10) = 40/60
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/10 with 6
(4×6) ÷ (10×6) = 24/60
So, 24/60 < 40/60
Then, 4/10 < 4/6

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare 6/12 and 2/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/4 with 3
(2×3) ÷ (4×3) = 6/12
So, 6/12 = 6/12
Then, 6/12 = 2/4

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) < \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare 1/3 and 1/4
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/3 with 4
(1×4) ÷ (3×4) = 4/12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 3
(1×3) ÷ (4×3) = 3/12
So, 4/12 < 3/12
Then, 1/3 < 1/4

Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Compare 4/5 and 8/10
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/5 with 2
(4×2) ÷ (5×2) = 8/10
So, 8/10 = 8/10
Then, 4/5 = 8/10

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) < \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare 3/4 and 2/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 6
(3×6) ÷ (4×6) = 18/24
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/6 with 4
(2×4) ÷ (6×4) = 8/24
So, 18/24 < 8/24
Then, 3/4 < 2/6

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) _____ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) < \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Compare 1/2 and 5/8
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 with 4
(1×4) ÷ (2×4) = 4/8
So, 4/8 < 5/8
Then, 1/2 < 5/8

Reason Quantitatively Algebra Find a number that makes the statement true.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}>\frac { □ }{ 3 } \)
□ = ______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
1/2 > x/3
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/2 with 3
(1×3) ÷ (2×3) = 3/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of x/3 with 2
(Xx2) ÷ (3×2) = 2x/6
3/6 > 2x/6
So, x= 1
Then, 3/6 > 2/6
1/2 > 1/3

Question 12.
\(\frac{3}{10}>\frac { □ }{ 5 } \)
□ = ______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
3/10 > x/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator of x/5 with 2
(Xx2) ÷ (5×2) =2x/10
3/10 > 2x/10
So, x=1
3/10 > 2/10
3/10 > 1/5

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{12}>\frac { □ }{ 3 } \)
□ = ______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
5/12 > x/3
Multiply numerator and denominator of x/3 with 4
(Xx4) ÷(3×4) = 4x/12
5/12 > 4x/12
So, x = 1
Then, 5/12 > 4/12
5/12 > 1/3

Question 14.
\(\frac{2}{3}>\frac { 4 }{ □ } \)
□ = ______

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 15.
Students cut a pepperoni pizza into 12 equal slices and ate 5 slices. They cut a veggie pizza into 6 equal slices and ate 4 slices. Use fractions to compare the amounts of each pizza that were eaten.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\) < \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Students cut a pepperoni pizza into 12 equal slices and ate 5 slices
=5/12
They cut veggie pizza into 6 equal slices and ate 4 slices = 4/6
Compare 5/12 and 4/6
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/6 with 2
(4×2) ÷ (6×2) = 8/12
So, 5/12 < 8/12
Then, 5/12 < 4/6

Page No. 368

Question 16.
Jerry is making a strawberry smoothie. Which measure is greatest, the amount of milk, cottage cheese, or strawberries?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 24
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
I need to find the greatest measure from milk, cottage cheese, or strawberries

Question 16.
b. How will you find the answer?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Equal the denominators of 3/4, 2/6, and 8/12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 3
(3×3) ÷ (4×3) = 9/12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/6 with 2
(2×2) ÷ (6×2) = 4/12
Compare 4/12 < 8/12 < 9/12
So, 2/6 < 8/12 <3/4

Question 16.
c. Show your work.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/6 < 8/12 < 3/4

Question 16.
d. Jerry needs more ________ than the other two ingredients.
________

Answer:
Jerry needs more strawberries than the other two ingredients

Question 17.
Angie, Blake, Carlos, and Daisy went running. Angie ran \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile, Blake ran \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile, Carlos ran \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile, and Daisy ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Which runner ran the shortest distance? Who ran the greatest distance?
The shortest distance: ________
The greatest distance: ________

Answer:
The shortest distance: \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The greatest distance: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Angie, Blake, Carlos, and Daisy went running
Angie ran 1/3 mile, Blake ran 3/5 mile, Carlos ran 7/10 mile, and Daisy ran 1/2 mile
Least common denominator of 1/3, 3/5, 7/10, and 1/2 =30
(1x 10)/(3×10), (3×6)/(5×6), (7×3)/(10×3), (1×15)/(2×15)
10/30, 18/30, 21/30, 15/30
10/30 < 15/30 < 18/30 < 21/30
1/3 < 1/2 < 3/5 < 7/10
The shortest distance ran by Angie and that is 1/ 3
The greatest distance ran by Carlos and that is 7/10

Question 18.
Elaine bought \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of potato salad and \(\frac{4}{6}\) pound of macaroni salad for a picnic. Use the numbers to compare the amounts of potato salad and macaroni salad Elaine bought.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 25
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As per the given data,
Elaine bought 5/8 pound of potato salad and 4/6 pound of macaroni salad for a picnic
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/8 with 6
(5×6) / (8×6) = 30/48
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 4/6 with 8
(4×8) / (6×8) = 32/48
30/48 < 32/48
So, 5/8 < 4/6
Elaine bought more macaroni salad than potato salad

Common Core – Compare Fractions – Page No. 369

Compare. Write <, >, or =

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare Fractions img 26

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) < \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare Fractions img 26

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
1/5 and 2/10
Think: 10 is a common denominator
1/5 = (1×2) / (5×2) = 2/10
2/10 = 2/10
So, 1/5 = 2/10

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{4}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) > \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
2/4 and 2/5
20 is a common denominator
2/4 = (2×5)/(4×5) = 10/20
2/5 = (2×4)/(5×4) = 8/20
10/20 > 8/20
So, 2/4 > 2/5

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 7/10
10 is a common denominator
3/5 = (3×2)/(5×2) = 6/10
7/10
6/10 < 7/10
So, 3/5 < 7/10

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{12}\) > \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
4/12 and 1/6
12 is a common denominator
4/12
1/6 = (1×2)/(6×2) = 2/12
4/12 > 2/12
So, 4/12 > 1/6

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2/6 and 1/3
6 is a common denominator
2/6
1/3 = (1×2)/(3×2) = 2/6
So, 2/6 =2/6
So, 2/6 = 1/3

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) < \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
1/3 and 2/4
12 is a common denominator
1/3 = (1×4)/(3×4) = 4/12
2/4 = (2×3)/(4×3) = 6/12
4/12 < 6/12
So, 1/3 < 2/4

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) < \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2/5 and 1/2
10 is a common denominator
2/5 = (2×2)/(5×2) = 4/10
1/2 = (1×5)/(2×5) = 5/10
4/10 < 5/10
So, 2/5 < 1/2

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
4/8 and 2/4
8 is a common denominator
4/8
2/4 = (2×2)/(4×2) = 4/8
2/4 = 4/8
So, 4/8 = 2/4

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) _____ \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{12}\) < \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
7/12 and 2/4
12 is a common denominator
7/12
2/4 = (2×3)/(4×3) = 6/12
7/12 < 6/12
So, 7/12 < 2/4

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) _____ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) <  \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
1/8 and 3/4
8 is a common denominator
1/8
3/4 = (3×2)/(4×2) = 6/8
1/8 < 6/8
So, 1/8 < 3/4

Question 12.
A recipe uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) of flour and \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup of blueberries. Is there more flour or more blueberries in the recipe?
more _____

Answer:
flour

Explanation:
From the given data,
A recipe uses 2/3 of flour and 5/8 cup of blueberries
Common denominator is 24
2/3 = (2×8)/(3×8) = 16/24
5/8 = (5×3)/(8×3) = 15/24
16/24 > 15/24
So, 2/3 > 5/8
So, flour is more in the recipe

Question 13.
Peggy completed \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the math homework and Al completed \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the math homework. Did Peggy or Al complete more of the math homework?
_________

Answer:
Peggy completed more work than Al

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Peggy completed 5/6 of the math homework
A1 completed 4/5 of the math homework
30 is a common denominator
5/6 = (5×5)/(6×5) = 25/30
4/5 = (4×6)/(5×6) =24/30
25/30 > 24/30
So, 5/6 > 4/5
So, Peggy completed more work than Al

Common Core – Compare Fractions – Page No. 370

Question 1.
Pedro fills a glass \(\frac{2}{4}\) full with orange juice. Which of the following fractions is greater than \(\frac{2}{4}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) > \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 2.
Today Ian wants to run less than \(\frac{7}{12}\) mile. Which of the following distances is less than \(\frac{7}{12}\) mile?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\) mile
d. \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile

Answer:
d. \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) is less than \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 3.
Ms. Davis traveled 372,645 miles last year on business. What is the value of 6 in 372,645?
Options:
a. 6
b. 60
c. 600
d. 6,000

Answer:
c. 600

Explanation:
Ms. Davis traveled 372, 645 miles last year on business
The value of 6 in 372,645 is 600

Question 4.
One section of an auditorium has 12 rows of seats. Each row has 13 seats. What is the total number of seats in that section?
Options:
a. 25
b. 144
c. 156
d. 169

Answer:
c. 156

Explanation:
From the given information
One section of an auditorium has 12 rows of seats
Each row has 13 seats = 13×12 = 156 seats
So, the total number of seats in the auditorium = 156 seats

Question 5.
Sam has 12 black-and-white photos and 18 color photos. He wants to put the photos in equal rows so each row has either black-and-white photos only or color photos only. In how many rows can Sam arrange the photos?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 3, or 6 rows
b. 1, 3, 6, or 9 rows
c. 1, 2, or 4 rows
d. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or 9 rows

Answer:
a. 1, 2, 3, or 6 rows

Explanation:
As per the given information
Sam has 12 black and white photos 18 color photos
He wants to put the photos in equal rows
So each row has either black and white photos only or color photos only
H.C.F of 12 and 18 is 6
Rows of 6.
2 rows of black equal 12.
3 rows of white equals 18.

Question 6.
The teacher writes \(\frac{10}{12}\) on the board. He asks students to write the fraction in simplest form. Who writes the correct answer?
Options:
a. JoAnn writes \(\frac{10}{12}\)
b. Karen writes \(\frac{5}{12}\)
c. Lynn writes \(\frac{6}{5}\)
d. Mark writes \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
d. Mark writes \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
As per the given data,
The teacher writes 10/12 on the board
He asks students to write the fraction in simplest form
For the simplest form of 10/12, divide the 10/12 with 2
(10÷2)/(12÷2) = 5/6
5/6 is the simplest form of 10/12
So, Mark writes the correct answer

Page No. 373

Question 1.
Locate and label points on the number line to help you write \(\frac{3}{10}, \frac{11}{12}, \text { and } \frac{5}{8}\) in order from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 27
Type below:
___________

Answer:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image1

Explanation:
3/10, 11/12, 5/8
3/10 is closer to 0
11/12 is closer to 1
5/8 is closer to 1/2
So, 3/10 < 5/8 < 11/12

Write the fraction with the greatest value.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{10}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{9}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
7/10, 1/5, and 9/10
7/10 is closer to 1/2
1/5 is closer to 0
9/10 is closer to 1
So, 9/10 > 7/10 > 1/5
Greatest value is 9/10

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}, \frac{7}{12}, \frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
7/12 is less than 1/2
7/10 and 5/6 are greater than 1/2
Compare 5/6 and 7/12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/6 with 2
(5×2)/(6×2) = 10/12 > 7/12
So, 5/6 > 7/12
Compare 5/6 and 7/10
Multiply the 5/6 with 10
(5×10)/(6×10) = 50/60
Multiply the 7/10 with 6
(7×6)/(10×6) = 42/60
So, 5/6> 7/10
So, 7/12 <7/10<5/6

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{8}, \frac{1}{8}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{2}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
2/8, 1/8, 2/4, 2/6
Common denominator of 4,6,8 = 24
(2×3)/(8×3), (1×3)/(8×3), (2×6)/(4×6), (2×4)/(6×4)
6/24, 3/24, 12/24, 8/24
Compare the numerator values
12/24 > 8/24 > 6/24 > 3/24
So, 2/4 > 2/6 > 2/8 >1/8

Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{6}, \frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{3}{6}, \frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
1/4, 3/6, 1/8
1/ 4 is closer to 1/2
3/6 is equal to 1/2
1/8 is closer to 0
So, 1/8 < 3/6 < 1/4

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{10}, \frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}, \frac{3}{10}, \frac{3}{5}, \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
3/5, 2/3, 3/10, 4/5
3/5 is closer to 1/2
2/3 is greater than 1/2
3/10 is less than 1/2
4/5 is closer to 0
So, 4/5 < 3/10 < 3/5 < 2/3

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{7}{12}, \frac{5}{12}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}, \frac{7}{12}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
3/4, 7/12, 5/12
3/ 4 is closer to 1
7/12 is greater than 1/2
5/ 12 is closer to 1/2
So, 5/12 < 7/12 < 3/4

Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{5}, \frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
2/5, 1/3, 5/6
2/5 is closer to 1/2
1/3 is closer to 0
5/6 is closer to 1
So, 1/3 < 2/5 < 5/6

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{8}, \frac{5}{12}, \frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{5}{12}, \frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
4/8, 5/12, 1/6
4/8 is equal to1/2
5/12 is closer to 1/2
1/6 is closer to 0
So, 1/6 < 5/12 < 4/ 8

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{100}, \frac{9}{10}, \frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{100}, \frac{4}{5}, \frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
7/100, 9/10, 4/5
7/100 is closer to 0
9/10 is closer to 1
4/5 is greater than 1/2
So, 7/100 < 4/5 < 9/10

Reason Quantitatively Algebra Write a numerator that makes the statement true.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}<\frac { □ }{ 10 } <\frac{4}{5}\)
□ = _____

Answer:
6 or 7

Explanation:
1/2 < x/10 < 4/5
Common denominator is 10
(1×5)/(2×5) < x/10 < (4×2)/(5×2)
5/10 < x/10 < 8/10
Then, x = 6 or 7

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{4}<\frac{5}{12}<\frac { □ }{ 6 } \)
□ = _____

Answer:
6

Explanation:
1/4 < 5/12 < x/6
Common denominator is 24
(1×6)/(4×6) < (5×2)/(12×2) < 4x/(6×4)
6/24 < 10/24 < 4x/24
If x = 6, then 4x = 24
So, 6/24 < 10/24 < 24/24

Question 13.
\(\frac { □ }{ 8 } <\frac{3}{4}<\frac{7}{8}\)
□ = _____

Answer:
1,2,3,4,5

Explanation:
x/8 < 3/4 < 7/8
Common denominator is 8
x/8 < (3×2)/(4×2) < 7/8
x/8 < 6/8 < 7/8
so x = 1,2,3,4,5

Page No. 374

Question 14.
Nancy, Lionel, and Mavis ran in a 5-kilometer race. The table shows their finish times. In what order did Nancy, Lionel, and Mavis finish the race?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 28
a. What do you need to find?

Answer:
In which Nancy, Lionel, and Mavis finished the race?

Question 14.
b. What information do you need to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
the amount of time it took each runner to finish the race

Question 14.
c. What information is not necessary?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
the distance of the race

Question 14.
d. How will you solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
By using the running race time of Nancy, Lionel, and Mavis

Question 14.
e. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Common denominator of 2/3, 7/12, 3/4 is 12
(2×4)/(3×4), (7/12), (3×3)/(4×3)
8/12, 7/12, 9/12
7/12 < 8/12 < 9/12
7/12 < 2/3 < 3/4
Lionel < Nancy < Mavis

Question 14.
f. Complete the sentences.
The runner who finished first is _______.
The runner who finished second is _______.
The runner who finished third is _______.
The first: _______
The second: _______
The third: _______

Answer:
Lionel finished the race first
Nancy finished the race second
Mavis finished the race third
Lionel
Nancy
Mavis

Common Core – Compare and Order Fractions – Page No. 375

Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{2}{12}, \frac{8}{10}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare and Order Fractions img 29

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{12}, \frac{5}{8}, \frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Common Core Compare and Order Fractions img 29

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{5}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{5}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}, \frac{5}{8}, \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image4
1/5, 2/3, 5/8
1/5 is closer to 0
2/3 is greater than 1/2
5/8 greater than 1/2
1/5 < 5/8 < 2/3

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{2}{5}, \frac{6}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image5
1/2, 2/5, 6/10
1/2 is equal to 1/2
2/5 is less than 1/2
6/10 is greater than 1/2

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{6}, \frac{7}{12}, \frac{5}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) < \(\frac{7}{12}\) < \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image6
4/6, 7/12, 5/10
4/6 is closer to 1
7/12 is greater than 1/2
5/10 is equal to 1/2

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{6}, \frac{1}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) < \(\frac{1}{4}\) < \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image7
1/4, 3/6, 1/8
1/4 is less than 1/2
3/6 is equal to 1/2
1/8 is closer to 0

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{3}{6}, \frac{7}{12}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) < \(\frac{7}{12}\) < \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image8
1/8, 3/6, 7/12
1/8 is closer to 0
3/6 is equal to 1/2
7/12 is greater than 1/2

Question 7.
\(\frac{8}{100}, \frac{3}{5}, \frac{7}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{100}\) < \(\frac{3}{5}\) < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image9
8/100, 3/5, 7/10
8/100 is closer to 0
3/5 is greater than 1/2
7/10 is closer to 1

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{7}{8}, \frac{1}{5}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) < \(\frac{3}{4}\) < \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image10
3/4, 7/8, 1/5
3/4 is greater than 1/2
7/8 is closer to 1
1/5 is closer to 0

Question 9.
Amy’s math notebook weighs \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound, her science notebook weighs \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound, and her history notebook weighs \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound. What are the weights in order from lightest to heaviest?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) pound, \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound, \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
From the given data,
Amy’s math notebook weighs 1/2 pound
Science notebook weighs 7/8 pound
History notebook weighs 3/4 pound
7/8 is closer to 1
3/4 is greater than 1/2
1/2 < 3/4 < 7/8
So, Amy’s math notebook weight < history notebook weight < science notebook

Question 10.
Carl has three picture frames. The thicknesses of the frames are \(\frac{4}{5}\) inch, \(\frac{3}{12}\) inch, and \(\frac{5}{6}\) inch. What are the thicknesses in order from least to greatest?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12}\) inch, \(\frac{4}{5}\) inch, \(\frac{5}{6}\) inch

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Carl has three picture frames
The thickness of the frames are 4/5 inch, 3/12 inch, 5/6 inch
4/5 is greater than 1/2
3/12 is less than 1/2
5/6 is closer to 1
3/12 < 4/5 < 5/6

Common Core – Compare and Order Fractions – Page No. 376

Question 1.
Juan’s three math quizzes this week took him \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour, and \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour to complete. Which list shows the lengths of time in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour
b. \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour, \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour
d. \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour

Answer:
b. \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour, \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour, \(\frac{4}{6}\) hour

Explanation:
From the given information
Juan’s three math quizzes this week took him 1/3 hour, 4/6 hour, and 1/5 hour
Compare 1/3 and 1/2
1/3 is less than 1/2
4/6 is greater than 1/2
1/5 is closer to 0
1/5 < 1/3 < 4/6
So, Juan’s math quizzes times from least to greatest is 1/5, 1/3, 4/6

Question 2.
On three days last week, Maria ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile, and \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile. What are the distances in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile
b. \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile
c. \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile

Answer:
b. \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile, \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile

Explanation:
As per the information
On three days last week, Maria ran 3/4 mile, 7/8 mile, and 3/5 mile
3/4 is greater than 1/2
7/8 is closer to 1
3/5 is greater than 1/2
Compare 3/5 and 3/4
3/4 is greater than 3/5
So, 3/5 < 3/4 < 7/8
Distance from least to greatest is 3/5, 3/4 , 7/8

Question 3.
Santiago collects 435 cents in nickels. How many nickels does he collect?
Options:
a. 58
b. 78
c. 85
d. 87

Answer:
d. 87

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Santiago collects 435 cents in nickels
1 nickel worth is 5 cents
Then, nickels per 435 cents = 435/5 = 87
So, Santiago collects 87 nickels

Question 4.
Lisa has three classes that each last 50 minutes. What is the total number of minutes the three classes last?
Options:
a. 15 minutes
b. 150 minutes
c. 153 minutes
d. 156 minutes

Answer:
b. 150 minutes

Explanation:
From the given data,
Lisa has three classes that each last 50 minutes
The total number of minutes the three classes last = 3×50 =150 minutes

Question 5.
Some students were asked to write a composite number. Which student did NOT write a composite number?
Options:
a. Alicia wrote 2.
b. Bob wrote 9.
c. Arianna wrote 15.
d. Daniel wrote 21.

Answer:
a. Alicia wrote 2.

Explanation:
As per the information
Some students were asked to write a composite number
a. Alicia wrote 2
Factors of 2 is 1 and 2
b. Bob wrote 9
Factors of 9 is 1, 3, 9
c. Arianna wrote 15
Factors of 15 is 1, 3, 5, 15
d. Daniel wrote 21
Factors of 21 is 1,3,7,21
So, Alicia did not write a composite number

Question 6.
Mrs. Carmel serves \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a loaf of bread with dinner. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{6}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{16}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
As per the given information
Mrs. Carmel serves 6/8 of a loaf of bread with dinner
To find the equivalent fraction of 6/8, simplify the 6/8 by dividing with the 2
(6÷2)/(8÷2) = ¾
So, the equivalent fraction of 6/8 is 3/4

Page No. 377

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, tell whether the fractions are equivalent by selecting the correct symbol.
a. \(\frac{4}{16}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
4/16 and 1/4
Divide the numerator and denominator of 4/16 with 4
(4÷4)/(16÷4) = 1/4
So, 4/16 = 1/4

Question 1.
b. \(\frac{3}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{12}{15}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ≠ \(\frac{12}{15}\)

Explanation:
3/5 and 12/15
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/5 with 3
(3×3)/(5×3) = 9/15
So, 3/5 ≠ 12/15

Question 1.
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\) _____ \(\frac{25}{30}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{25}{30}\)

Explanation:
c. 5/6 and 25/30
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 5/6 with 5
(5×5)/(6×5) = 25/30
So, 5/6 = 25/30

Question 1.
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\) _____ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) ≠ \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
6/10 and 5/8
Divide the numerator and denominator of 6/10 with 2
(6÷2)/(10÷2) = 3/5
6/10 ≠5/8

Question 2.
Juan’s mother gave him a recipe for trail mix.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) cup cereal \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup almonds
\(\frac{1}{4}\) cup peanuts \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup raisins
Order the ingredients used in the recipe from least to greatest.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As per the given data,
Juan’s mother gave him a recipe for trail mix
3/4 cup cereal and 2/3 cup almonds
1/4 cup peanuts and 1/2 cup raisins
3/4 is closer to 1
2/3 is greater than 1/2
1/4 is less than 1/2
1/2 is equal to 1/2
So, 1/4 < 1/2 <2/3 < 3/4
So, Jaun’s mother gave him a recipe for trail mix in order
1/4 cup of peanuts < 1/2 cup of raisins < 2/3 cup almonds < 3/4 cup of cereals

Question 3.
Taylor cuts \(\frac{1}{5}\) sheet of construction paper for an arts and crafts project. Write \(\frac{1}{5}\) as an equivalent fraction with the denominators shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 30
Type below:
_________

Answer:
From the given data,
Taylor cuts 1/5 sheet of construction paper for an arts and crafts project
So, the equivalent fractions of 1/5
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/5 with 2
(1×2)/(5×2) = 2/10
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/5 with 3
(1×3)/(5×3) = 3/15
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/5 with 5
(1×5)/(5×5) = 5/25
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/5 with 8
(1×8)/(5×8) = 8/40
So, the equivalent fractions of 1/5 are 2/10, 3/15, 5/25, 8/40

Question 4.
A mechanic has sockets with the sizes shown below. Write each fraction in the correct box.
\(\frac{7}{8} in. \frac{3}{16} in. \frac{1}{4} in. \frac{3}{8} in. \frac{4}{8} in. \frac{11}{16} in.\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 31
Type below:
_________

Answer:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image11

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A mechanic has sockets with the sizes 7/8 inch, 3/16 inch, 1/4 inch, 3/8 inch, 4/8 inch, 11/16 inch
7/8 is greater than 1/2
3/16 is less than 1/2
1/4 is less than 1/2
3/8 is less than 1/2
4/8 is equal to 1/2
11/16 is greater than 1/2

Page No. 378

Question 5.
Darcy bought \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of cheese and \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of hamburger for a barbecue. Use the numbers to compare the amounts of cheese and hamburger Darcy bought.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 32

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 6 image 3

Explanation:
From the given data,
Darcy bought 1/2 pound of cheese and 3/4 pound of hamburger for a barbecue
3/4 is greater than 1/2

Question 6.
Brad is practicing the piano. He spends \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour practicing scales and \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour practicing the song for his recital. For numbers 6a–6c, select Yes or No to tell whether each of the following is a true statement.
a. 12 is a common denominator of \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\).
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
12 is a common denominator of 1/3 and 1/4

Question 6.
b. The amount of time spent practicing scales can be rewritten as \(\frac{3}{12}\).
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
b. The amount of time spent practicing scales can be rewritten as 3/12
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/4 with 3
(1×3)/(4×3) = 3/12
Yes, amount of time spent practicing scales can be rewritten as 3/12

Question 6.
c. The amount of time spent practicing the song for the recital can be rewritten as \(\frac{6}{12}\).
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
c. The amount of time spent practicing the song for the recital can be rewritten as 6/12
The amount of time spent practicing for the song for his recital = 1/3
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 1/3 with 4
(1×4)/(3×4) = 4/12
No, time spent practicing the song for the recital can not be written as 6/12

Question 7.
In the school chorus, \(\frac{4}{24}\) of the students are fourth graders. In simplest form, what fraction of the students in the school chorus are fourth graders?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
As per the given information,
In the school chorus,
4/24 of the students are fourth graders
For the simplest form of 4/24
Divide the numerator and denominator of 4/24 with 4
(4÷4)/(24÷4) =1/6
The simplest form of 4/24 is 1/6

Question 8.
Which pairs of fractions are equivalent? Mark all that apply.
a. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{2}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{4} \text { and } \frac{20}{24}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{5} \text { and } \frac{12}{16}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{10} \text { and } \frac{21}{30}\)

Answer:
a. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
a. 8/12 and 2/3
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 2/3 with 4
(2×4)/(3×4) = 8/12
So, 8/12 = 2/3
b. 3/4 and 20/24
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 3/4 with 6
(3×6)/(4×6) = 18/24
c. 4/5 and 12/16
4/5 ≠ 12/16
d. 7/10 and 21/30
Multiply the numerator and denominator of 7/10 with 3
(7×3)/(10×3) =21/30
So, 7/10 = 21/30

Question 9.
Sam worked on his science fair project for \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour on Friday and \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour on Saturday. What are four common denominators for the fractions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
From the given data,
Sam worked on his science fair project for 1/4 hour on Friday and 1/2 hour on Saturday
4,8,12,16 are all common denominators because they all multiples of 2 and 4

Page No. 379

Question 10.
Morita works in a florist shop and makes flower arrangements. She puts 10 flowers in each vase, and \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the flowers are daisies.
Part A
If Morita makes 4 arrangements, how many daisies does she need? Show how you can check your answer.
_____ daisies

Answer:
8 daisies

Explanation:
If Morita makes 4 arrangements, 4 X 2 = 8.

Question 10.
Part B
Last weekend, Morita used 10 daisies to make flower arrangements. How many flowers other than daisies did she use to make the arrangements? Explain your reasoning.
_____ other flowers

Answer:
40 other flowers

Explanation:
If she used 10 daises, she must have made 5 arrangements. In each vase, she put \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the flowers are daisies. So, remaining flowers for each vase = 10 – 2 = 8. If she made 5 arrangements, 8 X 5 = 40 other flowers.

Question 11.
In Mary’s homeroom, \(\frac{10}{28}\) of the students have a cat, \(\frac{6}{12}\) have a dog, and \(\frac{2}{14}\) have a pet bird. For numbers 11a–11c, select True or False for each statement.
a. In simplest form, \(\frac{5}{14}\) of the students have a cat.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
In simplest form 5/14 of the students have a cat
From the above, 10/28 of the students have a cat
Divide the numerator and denominator of 10/28 with 2
(10÷2)/(28÷2) = 5/14
True

Question 11.
b. In simplest form, \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the students have a dog.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
In simplest form, 2/4 of the students have a dog
From the above, 6/12 of the students have a dog
Divide the 6/12 with 3
(6 = 2/4
True

Question 11.
c. In simplest form, \(\frac{1}{7}\) of the students have a pet bird.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
In the simplest form, 1/7 of the students have a pet bird
From the data, 2/14 of the students have a pet bird
Divide the numerator and denominator of 2/14 with 2
(2÷2)/(14÷2) = 1/7
True

Page No. 380

Question 12.
Regina, Courtney, and Ellen hiked around Bear Pond. Regina hiked \(\frac{7}{10}\) of the distance in an hour. Courtney hiked \(\frac{3}{6}\) of the distance in an hour. Ellen hiked 38 of the distance in an hour. Compare the distances hiked by each person by matching the statements to the correct symbol. Each symbol may be used more
than once or not at all.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 33
Type below:
_________

Answer:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image13

Explanation:
From the given information
Regina, Courtney, and Ellen hiked around Bear Pond
Regina hiked 7/10 of the distance in an hour
Courtney hiked 3/6 of the distance in an hour
Ellen hiked 3 /8 of the distance in an hour
Compare 7/10 and 3/6
The common denominator of 7/10 and 3/6 is 30
(7×3)/(10×3) and (3×5)/(6×5)
21/30 and 15/30
So, 21/30 > 15/30
So, 7/10 > 15/30
Compare 3/8 and 3/6
The common denominator of 3/8 and 3/6 is 24
(3×3)/(8×3) and (3×4)/(6×4)
9/24 and 12/24 = 9/24 < 12/24 = 3/8 < 3/6
Compare 7/10 and 3/8
The common denominator of 7/10 and 3/8 is 40
(7×4)/(10×4) and (3×5)/(8×5)
28/40 >15/40 = 7/10 > 3/8

Question 13.
Ramon is having some friends over after a baseball game. Ramon’s job is to make a vegetable dip. The ingredients for the recipe are given.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 34
Part A
Which ingredient does Ramon use the greater amount of, buttermilk or cream cheese? Explain how you found your answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Ramon use 5/8 cup of buttermilk and 1/2 cup cream cheese
By comparing these two ingredients
The common denominator of 5/8 and 1/2 are 8
(1×4)/(2×4) =4/8
So, 5/8 > 4/8
So, 5/8 cup buttermilk is > ½ cup cream cheese

Question 13.
Part B
Ramon says that he needs the same amount of two different ingredients. Is he correct? Support your answer with information from the problem.
______

Answer:
Ramon says that he needs the same amount of two ingredients
Yes, Ramon uses 3/4 cup parsley and 6/8 cup scallions
Multiply the 3/4 with 2
(3×2)/(4×2) = 6/8
So, Ramon uses the same amount that is 3/4 cup for parsley and scallions

Page No. 381

Question 14.
Sandy is ordering bread rolls for her party. She wants \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the rolls to be whole wheat. What other fractions can represent the part of the rolls that will be whole wheat? Shade the models to show your work.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:
chapter 6 - compare fractions and order fractions- image15

Explanation:
As per the information,
Sandy is ordering bread rolls for her party
She wants 3/5 of the rolls to be whole wheat
For an equivalent fraction of 3/5, multiply with 5
(3×5)/(5×5) = 15/25
Again multiply the 15/25 with 4
(15×4)/(25×4) = 60/100

Question 15.
Angel has \(\frac{4}{8}\) yard of ribbon and Lynn has \(\frac{3}{4}\) yard of ribbon. Do Angel and Lynn have the same amount of ribbon? Shade the model to show how you found your answer. Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 36
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 6 image 4
Angel and Lynn didn’t have the same amount of ribbon. 4/8 is a greater fraction compared to 3/4. So, Angel’s ribbon is long compared to Lynn’s ribbon.

Question 16.
Ella used \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of red ribbon. Fill in each box with a number from the list to show equivalent fractions for \(\frac{1}{4}\). Not all numbers will be used.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 37
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 6 image 3

Explanation:
1/4 = 2/8 = 4/16 = 3/12

Page No. 382

Question 17.
Frank has two same-size rectangles divided into the same number of equal parts. One rectangle has \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the parts shaded, and the other has \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the parts shaded.
Part A
Into how many parts could each rectangle be divided? Show your work by drawing the parts of each rectangle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 38
_____ parts

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 6 image 2
12 parts

Question 17.
Part B
Is there more than one possible answer to Part A? If so, did you find the least number of parts into which both rectangles could be divided? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Yes, as long it is a multiple of 12.
And yes,12 is the least in order to have 1 rectangle have 3/4 shaded and the other 1/3 shaded.

Question 18.
Suki rode her bike \(\frac{4}{5}\) mile. Claire rode her bike \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile. They want to compare how far they each rode their bikes using the benchmark \(\frac{1}{2}\). For numbers 18a–18c, select the correct answers to describe how to solve the problem.
a. Compare Suki’s distance to the benchmark:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ≠ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
The fraction \(\frac{4}{5}\) is not equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 18.
b. Compare Claire’s distance to the benchmark:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) _____ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ≠ \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
The fraction \(\frac{1}{3}\) is not equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 18.
c. Suki rode her bike _____ Claire.

Answer:
Suki rode her bike faster than Claire.

Page No. 387

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 39
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 40
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 41
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 42
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1 – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 43
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 44
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) = 1

Question 7.
Reason Abstractly Sean has \(\frac{1}{5}\) of a cupcake and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of a large cake.
a. Are the wholes the same? Explain.
______

Answer:
Yes; From the given information, the fraction of the cupcake and large cake are the same.

Explanation:

Question 7.
Does the sum \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}=\frac{2}{5}\) make sense in this situation? Explain.
______

Answer:
Yes; it makes sense. From the given data, 1 part is out of 5 parts. So, adding two fractions (1 part is out of 5 parts), the complete fraction becomes 2/5.

Question 8.
Carrie’s dance class learned \(\frac{1}{5}\) of a new dance on Monday, and \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the dance on Tuesday. What fraction of the dance is left for the class to learn on Wednesday?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
The fraction of left for the class to learn on Wednesday is \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Page No. 388

Question 9.
Samantha and Kim used different models to help find \(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{6}\). Whose model makes sense? Whose model is nonsense? Explain your reasoning below each model.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 45

Answer:
Both Samantha and Kim’s statements make sense. Because both models have an equal number of fractions for each diagram.

Question 10.
Draw a model you could use to add \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 6 image 1

Question 11.
Cindy has two jars of paint. One jar is \(\frac{3}{8}\) full. The other jar is \(\frac{2}{8}\) full. Use the fractions to write an equation that shows the amount of paint Cindy has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 46
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison img 47
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

Conclusion:

Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 6 Fraction Equivalence and Comparison PDF for free. Make your students ready for the test with the practice of Go Math Grade 4 Answers. Get all the types of questions, answers in one place for free.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf Fraction Equivalence and Comparison Read More »

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-7-add-and-subtract-fractions

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf Add and Subtract Fractions

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf: Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf for free. Get the steps to add and subtract the fractions in our Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Here we discuss the different possible models students use to find the correct way to solve the fractions.

Add and Subtract Fractions Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf

Students master their understanding if they understand the concepts of adding and subtracting fractions. Check out the below links to get the clear cut explanation for all the questions with images. Get the ability to write the fractions as sum and subtractions.

Lesson: 1 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 2 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 3 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 4 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 5 – Add Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 6 – Subtract Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 7 – Subtract Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 8 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 9 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 10 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 11 – Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 12 – Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 13 – Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 14 – Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 15 – Record Subtraction with Renaming

Lesson: 16 – Record Subtraction with Renaming

Lesson: 17 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 18 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 19 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 20 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 21 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 22 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 389

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 389 Question 1

Answer: 3/8 + 2/8 = 5/8

Explanation:
By seeing the above 3 figures we can say that the fraction of the shaded part of the first circle is 3/8, the fraction of the second figure is 2/8
By adding the 2 fractions we get the fraction of the third circle.
3/8 + 2/8 = 5/8

Question 2:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 389 Question 2

Answer: 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Explanation:
The fraction of the shaded part for the above rectangle is 4/5
The fraction of the box is 3/5
The equation for the above figure is 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Question 3:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 389 Question 3

Answer: 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 3/4
So, The equation for the above figure is 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Question 4:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 389 Question 4

\(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 2/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 3/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 5/6
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Go Math Student Edition Grade 4 Math Boxes Lesson 7.1 Answer Key Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 389 Question 5

\(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of figure is 3/5
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of closed box is 2/5
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Question 6:
Jake ate \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) of a pizza. Millie ate \(\frac { 3}{ 8 } \) of the same pizza. How much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie?

Answer: 7/8 of pizza

Explanation:
Given that,
Jake ate \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) of a pizza.
Millie ate \(\frac { 3}{ 8 } \) of the same pizza.
To find how much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie
We have to add both the fractions
\(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)
Thus the fraction of the pizza eaten by Jake and Millie is \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Question 7:
Kate ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of her orange. Ben ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of his banana. Did Kate and Ben eat \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } +\frac { 2}{ 4 } =\frac { 3}{ 4 } \) of their fruit?

Answer: No, one whole refers to orange and the other whole to a banana.

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 390

Question 1:
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served. How much of the pie is left?
(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \)
(d)\(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served.
The fraction of 8 slices is 8/8.
Out of which 3/8 are served.
8/8 – 3/8 = 5/8
Therefore \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \) of the pie is left.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2:
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges. Jody eats 1 wedge. Then she eats 3 more wedges. How much of the orange did Jody eat?
(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 6} \)
(b) \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 5}{ 6 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 6}{ 6} \)

Answer: \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges.
Jody eats 1 wedge.
Then she eats 3 more wedges.
The fraction of orange that Jody eat is \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 3:
Which list of distances is in order from least to greatest?
(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile
(b) \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile
(c) \(\frac { 1 }{ 8} \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile
(d)\(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile

Explantion:
Compare the three fractions 1/8, 3/4 and 3/16
Make the common denominators.
1/8 × 2/2 = 2/16
3/4 × 4/4 = 12/16
The fractions are 2/16, 12/16 and 3/16
The numerator with the highest number will be the greatest.
The fractions from least to greatest is \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 7 Review Test Question 4:
Jeremy walked 6/8 of the way to school and ran the rest of the way. What fraction, in simplest form, shows the part of the way that Jeremy walked?
(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 1 }{ 2} \)
(d)\(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeremy walked 6/8 of the way to school and ran the rest of the way.
The simplest form of 6/8 is 3/8.
The simplest form of part of the way that Jeremy walked is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5:
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building. It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds. At what floor will the elevator be 60 seconds after it starts?
(a) 60th floor
(b) 66th floor
(c) 72nd floor
(d) 76th floor

Answer: 76th floor

Explanation:
Given,
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building.
It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds.
4 floors – 10 seconds
? – 60 seconds
60 × 4/10 = 240/10 = 24 floors
100 – 24 = 76th floor
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6:
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row. After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short. How many chairs did the class set up?
(a) 400
(b) 450
(c) 495
(d) 500

Answer: 495

Explanation:
Given,
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row.
After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short.
20 × 25 = 500
500 – 5 = 495
Therefore the class set up 495 chairs.
Thus the correct answer is c.

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 393

Question 1:
Write \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) as a sum of unit fractions.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 393 Question 1
\(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 3/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 3/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4.

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.
Question 2:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 393 Question 2
\(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 5/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 5/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Question 3:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 393 Question 3
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 2/3 is 1/3 + 1/3.

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 2/3 is 1/3 + 1/3.

Question 4:
\(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 4/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 4/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

4th Grade Chapter 7 Lesson 7.2 Answer Key Question 5:
\(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 6/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 6/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Question 6:
\(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 8/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 8/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Question 7:
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } = \)

Answer:
The sum of the unit fraction for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The sum of the unit fraction for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Question 8:
Compare Representations How many different ways can you write a fraction that has a numerator of 2 as a sum of fractions? Explain.

Answer:
Let’s say we have the fraction 2/9.
We can split this one fraction into two by modifying the numerator, like so: 2/9 = 1/9 + 1/9
This works because since both fractions have a numerator of 9, you can easily add the numerators to give 2, and that will give 2/9 in return. However, you can’t separate the denominators.
2/9 is not equal to 2/6 + 2/3
2/9 = 1/9 + 1/9
2/9 = 0.5/9 + 1.5/9 (which simplifies to 1/18 + 3/18, also giving 2/9)
2/9 = 0.5/9 + 0.5/9 + 0.5/9 + 0.5/9 = 1/18 + 1/18 + 1/18 + 1/18
I basically split it up into more and more fractions that add up to give 2/9. So, in short, there are infinitely many ways to do it.

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 394

Question 9:
Holly’s garden is divided into 5 equal sections. She will fence the garden into 3 areas by grouping some equal sections together. What part of the garden could each fenced area be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 394 Question 9
a. What information do you need to use?

Answer:
We need the information about the equal sections and fence the garden into 3 areas by grouping some equal sections together.

b. How can writing an equation help you solve the problem?

Answer: The equation helps to find what part of the garden could each fenced area be.

Explanation:
If you write an equation with 3 addends whose sum is 5/5, you could find the possible sizes of each fenced area. The size of each section is 1/5. Each addend represents the size of a fenced area.

c. How can drawing a model help you write an equation?

Answer: If you draw a model that shows 5 fifth-size parts representing the sections, you can see how to group the parts into 3 areas in different ways.

d. Show how you can solve the problem.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 img_1

Go Math Chapter 7 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Question 9:
Complete the sentence.
The garden can be fenced into ______, ______, and ______ parts or ______, ______, and ______ parts.

Answer: 3/5, 1/5 and 1/5 parts or 2/5, 2/5 and 1/5 parts

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 395

Question 1:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 394 Question 1
Answer: 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/5 is 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5.

Question 2:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 }= \)

Answer: 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 3/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Question 3:
\(\frac { 6 }{ 12 }= \)

Answer: 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Question 4:
\(\frac { 4 }{ 4 }= \)

Answer: 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Question 5:
\(\frac { 7 }{ 10 }= \)

Answer: 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 7/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Question 6:
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } =\)

Answer: 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Review/Test Pdf Question 7:
Miguel’s teacher asks him to color \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) of his grid. He must use 3 colors: red, blue, and green. There must be more green sections than red sections. How can Miguel color the sections of his grid to follow all the rules?

Answer: 1/8 red, 1/8 blue, and 2/8 green

Explanation:
If there are 8 tiles, coloring \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) means coloring 4 tiles. Using those three colors, we could use each 1 time with 1 leftover. Since we must have more green, we would use it twice; this would give us 2 green, 1 red and 1 blue.
Since the grid is not necessarily 8 squares, we must account for this by saying 2/8 green, 1/8 red, and 1/8 blue.

Question 8:
Petra is asked to color \(\frac { 6 }{ 6 }\) of her grid. She must use 3 colors: blue, red, and pink. There must be more blue sections than red sections or pink sections. What are the different ways Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow all the rules?

Answer: 3/6 blue, 2/6 red, 1/6 pink

Explanation:
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
The different ways in which Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow the rules are;
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
All these three ways follows the rules that; there must be three colors an also Blue sections are more than red sections or pink sections.

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 396

Question 1:
Jorge wants to write \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) as a sum of unit fractions. Which of the following should he write?
(a) \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } +\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 }+\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jorge wants to write \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) as a sum of unit fractions.
The sum of the unit fraction for \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) is \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2:
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) ?
(a) \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8}+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } +\frac {3 }{ 8 } +\frac { 1 }{ 8 } +\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
The fraction equivalent to \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) is \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 3:
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices. What fraction of the apple is left?
(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 3 }{ 6 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices.
6 – 2 = 4
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } \) – \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4:
Which of the following numbers is a prime number?
(a) 1
(b) 11
(c) 21
(d) 51

Answer: 11

Explanation:
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.
11 is a multiple of 1 and itself.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5:
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class. She gives each group as many cubes as she can. How many unit cubes are left over?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 6

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class.
She gives each group as many cubes as she can.
100 divided by 7 is 14 r 2, so there are 2 leftover.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6:
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels. She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel. How many dimes and nickels does Jessie have in all?
(a) 84
(b) 82
(c) 80
(d) 28

Answer: 84

Explanation:
Given,
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels.
She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel.
43 dimes and 41 nickles
43 + 41 = 84
Jessie has 84 dimes and nickels in all.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 399

Question 1:
Adrian’s cat ate \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \) of a bag of cat treats in September and \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \) of the same bag of cat treats in October. What part of the bag of cat treats did Adrian’s cat eat in both months? Use the model to find the sum \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)+\(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \). How many fifth-size pieces are shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 399 Question 1
Use the model to find the sum \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)+\(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \). How many fifth-size pieces are shown? fifth-size pieces

Answer: 4/5

Explanation:
Given,
Adrian’s cat ate \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \) of a bag of cat treats in September and \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \) of the same bag of cat treats in October.
From the above figure, we can see that there are 4 fifth size pieces.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)+\(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \).

Use the model to find the sum.
Question 2:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 399 Question 2
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } +\frac { 2 }{ 4 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/4

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that there are 3 one-fourth shaded parts.
So, \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } +\frac { 2 }{ 4 } =\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Question 3:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 399 Question 3
\(\frac { 6 }{ 10 } +\frac { 3 }{ 10 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that there are 9 one-tenth shaded parts.
So, \(\frac { 6 }{ 10 } +\frac { 3 }{ 10 } =\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \).

Find the sum. Use models to help.
Question 4:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 6/6 = 1

Explanation:
3/6 and 3/6 has same numerators and same denominators so we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 6 }{ 6 } \)
6/6 = 1

Question 5:
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } +\frac { 1 }{ 3 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 2/3

Explanation:
1/3 and 1/3 has same numerators and same denominators so we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } +\frac { 1 }{ 3 } =\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)

Question 6:
\(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 7/8

Explanation:
Given the expressions 5/8 and 2/8.
The above fractions have the same denominators but the numerators are different.
So, \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 } =\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Find the sum. Use models or iTools to help.
Question 7:
\(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 } =\frac { }{ } \)
Answer: 7/8

Explanation:
Given the expressions 5/8 and 2/8.
The above fractions have the same denominators but the numerators are different.
So, \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 } =\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Question 8:
\(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } +\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { }{ } \)
Answer: 4/5

Explanation:
2/5 and 2/5 have the same numerators and same denominators so we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } +\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)

Question 9:
\(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } +\frac { 1 }{ 6 } =\frac { }{ } \)
Answer: 5/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions 4/6 and 1/6.
The above fractions have the same denominators but the numerators are different.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } +\frac { 1 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Question 10:
Jason is making a fruit drink. He mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) quart of grape juice with \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) quart of apple juice. Then he adds \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) quart of lemonade. How much fruit drink does Jason make?
\(\frac { }{ } \) quart.
Answer: \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \) quart.

Explanation:
Given that,
Jason is making a fruit drink. He mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) quart of grape juice with \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) quart of apple juice.
Then he adds \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) quart of lemonade
Add all the three fractions to how much fruit drink Jason makes.
2/8 + 3/8 + 1/8 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \) quart.

Question 11:
A sum has five addends. Each addend is a unit fraction. The sum is 1. What are the addends?

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
Given that,
A sum has five addends. Each addend is a unit fraction. The sum is 1.
1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 = 5/5 = 1
Thus the addend is 1/5.

Question 12:
In a survey, \(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } \) of the students chose Friday and \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 } \) chose Saturday as their favorite day of the week. What fraction shows the students who chose Friday or Saturday as their favorite day? Shade the model to show your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 399 Question 12
\(\frac { }{ } \)
Answer: \(\frac { 9 }{ 12 } \)

Explanation:
Given that,
In a survey, \(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } \) of the students chose Friday and \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 } \) chose Saturday as their favorite day of the week.
Add both the fractions 4/12 and 5/12
\(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } \) + \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 12 } \)

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole Page No – 400

Question 13:
Model Mathematics Jin is putting colored sand in a jar. She filled \(\frac {2 }{ 10} \) of the jar with blue sand and \(\frac { 4}{ 10} \) of the jar with pink sand. Describe one way to model the part of the jar filled with sand.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 400 Question 13

Answer: \(\frac { 4}{ 10} \)

Explanation:
the answer is 4/10 because 4/10 + 2/10= 6/10+ 4/10 = 10/10. a bit confusing
4 + 2 = 6 right the, 6 + 4 = 10 so 10/10.

Have you ever seen a stained glass window in a building or home? Artists have been designing stained glass windows for hundreds of years.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 400 Question 13 - i

Help design the stained glass sail on the boat below.

Materials • color pencils

Look at the eight triangles in the sail. Use the guide below to color the triangles:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 400 Question 13 - ii

  • \(\frac {2 }{8 } \) blue
  • \(\frac {3 }{8 } \) red
  • \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) orange
  • \(\frac {1 }{8 } \) yellow

Question 14:
Write an Equation Write an equation that shows the fraction of triangles that are red or blue.
Answer: \(\frac {3 }{8 } \) red

Question 15:
What color is the greatest part of the sail? Write a fraction for that color. How do you know that fraction is greater than the other fractions? Explain.
Answer: Red

Explanation:
Among all the colors Red color has the greatest part of the sail.

Add Fractions Using Models – Page No 401

Find the sum. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page 401 Question 1

Answer: 3/6

Question 2:
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10 } +\frac { 5 }{ 10 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 9/10
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_6

Go Math Lesson 7.6 4th Grade Answers Question 3:
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } +\frac { 2 }{ 3 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/3
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Add & Subtract Fractions Img_7

Question 4:
\(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } +\frac { 1 }{ 4 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/4
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_8

Question 5:
\(\frac { 2 }{ 12 } +\frac { 4 }{ 12 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 6/12
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_9

Question 6:
\(\frac { 1 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/6
Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_10

Question 7:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 12 } +\frac { 9 }{ 12 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 12/12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_11

Question 8:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } +\frac { 4 }{ 8 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 7/8

Go Math 4th Grade Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_12

Question 9:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } +\frac { 1 }{ 4 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 4/4
Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_13

Question 9:
\(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Img_14

Question 10:
\(\frac { 6 }{ 10 } +\frac { 3 }{ 10 } =\frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 9/10
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Img_15

Question 11:
Lola walks \(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) mile to her friend’s house. Then she walks \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) mile to the store. How far does she walk in all?

Answer: \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile

Explanation:
Given,
Lola walks \(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) mile to her friend’s house.
Then she walks \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) mile to the store.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) + \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \)
Therefore she walked \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile in all.

Question 12:
Evan eats \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of it. What fraction of the pan of lasagna do they eat in all?
Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of the pan

Explanation:
Given,
Evan eats \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of it.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Question 13:
Jacqueline buys \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) yard of pink ribbon. How many yards of ribbon does she buy in all?

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yard

Explanation:
Given,
Jacqueline buys \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) yard of pink ribbon.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus Jacqueline bought \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yards of ribbon in all.

Question 14:
Shu mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) pound of peanuts with \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) pound of almonds. How many pounds of nuts does Shu mix in all?

Answer: 3/3 pound

Explanation:
Given,
Shu mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) pound of peanuts with \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) pound of almonds.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \)
Therefore Shu mix \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) pounds of nuts in all.

Add Fractions Using Models – Lesson Check – Page No 402

Question 1:
Mary Jane has \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of a medium pizza left. Hector has \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of another medium pizza left. How much pizza do they have altogether?

(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Mary Jane has \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of a medium pizza left.
Hector has \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of another medium pizza left.
To find how much pizza do they have altogether we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
Therefore Mary Jane and Hector has \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \) pizza altogether.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2:
Jeannie ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of an apple. Kelly ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of the apple. How much did they eat in all?

(a) \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
(b) \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)
(c) \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)
(d) \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeannie ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of an apple.
Kelly ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of the apple.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 3:
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards. She is making 12 of each kind. How many greeting cards is she making?

(a) 120
(b) 132
(c) 156
(d) 168

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards.
She is making 12 of each kind.
To find how many greeting cards she is making we have to multiply 14 and 12.
14 × 12 = 168.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Go Math Chapter 7 Test Practice and Homework Lesson 7.8 Question 4:
Jefferson works part-time and earns $1,520 in four weeks. How much does he earn each week?

(a) $305
(b) $350
(c) $380
(d) $385

Answer: $380

Explanation:
Jefferson works part-time and earns $1,520 in four weeks.
1520 – 4 weeks
? – 1 week
1520/4 = $380
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5:
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day. Using such water fixtures, about how many gallons of water would the average American use in December?

(a) about 1,200 gallons
(b) about 1,500 gallons
(c) about 1,600 gallons
(d) about 2,000 gallons

Answer: about 1,500 gallons

Explanation:
Given,
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day.
1 day – 45 gallons
31 days – ?
45 × 31 = 1395 gallons
The number near to 1395 is 1500 gallons.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6:
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center. He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles. One of every 3 squares will be a cork square. If he uses 12 squares for the center, how many will be cork squares?

(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center.
He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles.
One of every 3 squares will be a cork square.
12/3 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Add Fractions Using Models – Lesson Check – Page No 405

Question 1:
Lisa needs 4/5 pound of shrimp to make shrimp salad. She has 1/5 pound of shrimp. How much more shrimp does Lisa need to make the salad?
Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 405 Q1
Subtract \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } – \frac { 1 }{ 5 }\). Use the model to help.
Shade the model to show how much shrimp Lisa needs.
Then shade the model to show how much shrimp Lisa has.
Compare the difference between the two shaded rows.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } – \frac { 1 }{ 5 } = \frac {■ }{ 5} \)
Lisa needs _____ pound more shrimp.

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given that,
Lisa needs 4/5 pounds of shrimp to make shrimp salad. She has 1/5 pound of shrimp.
The denominators have the same numbers and numerators have different numbers.
4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5
Thus Lisa needs 1/5 pounds more shrimp.

Use the model to find the difference.

Question 2:
\(\frac { 3 }{ 6 } – \frac { 2 }{ 6 } = \frac {■ }{ 6} \)
Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 405 Q2

Answer: 1/6

Explanation:
Given two fractions 3/6 and 2/6
Denominators are same but the numerators are different.
3/6 – 2/6 = 1/6

Question 3:
\(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } – \frac { 5 }{ 10 } = \frac {■ }{ 10} \)
Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 405 Q 3

Answer: 3/10

Explanation:
Given two fractions 8/10 and 5/10
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different.
8/10 – 5/10 = 3/10

Subtract. Use models to help.

Question 4:
\(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } – \frac { 2 }{ 8 } = \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 3/8

Explanation:
Given two fractions 5/8 and 2/8
Denominators are same but the numerators are different.
\(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } – \frac { 2 }{ 8 } = \frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions img_1

Question 5:
\(\frac { 7 }{ 12 } – \frac { 2 }{ 12 } = \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 5/12

Explanation:
Given two fractions 7/12 and 2/12
Denominators are same but the numerators are different.
\(\frac { 7 }{ 12 } – \frac { 2 }{ 12 } = \frac { 5 }{ 12 } \)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions img_2

Question 6:
\(\frac { 3 }{4 } – \frac { 2 }{ 4 } = \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 1/4

Explanation:
Given two fractions 3/4 and 2/4
Denominators are same but the numerators are different.
\(\frac { 3 }{4 } – \frac { 2 }{ 4 } = \frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions img_3

Question 7:
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } – \frac { 1 }{ 3 } = \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 1/3

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions img_4

Question 8:
\(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } – \frac { 5 }{ 8 } = \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 2/8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions img_5

Question 9:
Explain how you could find the unknown addend in \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) + _____ = 1 without using a model.
Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
1 can be written in the fraction form as 6/6
2/6 + x = 6/6
x = 6/6 – 2/6
x = 4/6

Add Fractions Using Models – Lesson Check – Page No 406

Question 10:
Mrs. Ruiz served a pie for dessert two nights in a row. The drawings below show the pie after her family ate dessert on each night. What fraction of the pie did they eat on the second night?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 406 Q 10

\( \frac { }{ } \)

Answer: 10/12

a. What do you need to know?

Answer: We need to find the fraction of the pie did they eat on the second night.

b. How can you find the number of pieces eaten on the second night?

Answer: We can find the number of pieces eaten on the second night by dividing the number of eaten pieces by the total number of pieces.

c. Explain the steps you used to solve the problem.
Complete the sentences.
After the first night, _______ pieces were left.
After the second night, _______ pieces were left.
So, _______ of the pie was eaten on the second night.

Answer:
After the first night, 9 pieces were left.
After the second night, 2 pieces were left.
So, 10 of the pie was eaten on the second night.

Question 11:
Make Connection Between Models Judi ate \(\frac { 7}{8} \) of a small pizza and Jack ate \(\frac { 2}{ 8 } \) of a second small pizza. How much more of a pizza did Judi eat?
\(\frac { }{ } \)
Answer: \(\frac {5}{8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
Make Connection Between Models Judi ate \(\frac { 7}{8} \) of a small pizza and Jack ate \(\frac { 2}{ 8 } \) of a second small pizza.
\(\frac {7}{8} \) – \(\frac {2}{8} \) = \(\frac {5}{8} \)
Therefore Judi eat \(\frac {5}{8} \) of a pizza.

Question 12:
Keiko sewed \(\frac { 3}{4} \) yard of lace on her backpack. Pam sewed \(\frac { 1}{4} \) yard of lace on her backpack. Shade the model to show how much more lace Keiko sewed on her backpack than Pam
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 406 Q 12
\(\frac { ■ }{  ■ } \)
Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given,
Keiko sewed \(\frac { 3}{4} \) yard of lace on her backpack. Pam sewed \(\frac { 1}{4} \) yard of lace on her backpack.
\(\frac {3}{4} \) – \(\frac {1}{4} \) = \(\frac {2}{4} \)

Subtract Fractions Using Models – Page No 407

Subtract. Use fraction strips to help.
Question 1:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Subtract Fractions Using Models Q1
Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given the fraction, 4/5 and 1/5
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
4/5 – 1/5 = 3/5

Question 2:
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3}{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1}{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 7.8 Subtraction with Renaming Question 3:
\(\frac { 5}{ 6 } – \frac { 1}{ 6 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 5}{ 6 } – \frac { 1}{ 6 } = \frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Question 4:
\(\frac { 7}{ 8 } – \frac { 1}{ 8 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 6/8

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 8 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 8 } – \frac { 1}{ 8 } = \frac { 6 }{ 8 } \)

Question 5:
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } – \frac { 2}{ 3 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 3 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } – \frac { 2}{ 3 } = \frac { 1}{ 3 } \)

Question 6:
\(\frac { 8}{ 10 } – \frac { 2}{ 10 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 6/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 10 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 8}{ 10 } – \frac { 2}{ 10 } = \frac { 6 }{ 10 } \)

Question 7:
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 8:
\(\frac { 7}{ 6 } – \frac {5}{ 6 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 5 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 6 } – \frac {5}{ 6 } = \frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)

Problem Solving
Use the table for 9 and 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Subtract Fractions Using Models Q9
Question 9:
Ena is making trail mix. She buys the items shown in the table. How many more pounds of pretzels than raisins does she buy?
\(\frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 5/8 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Ena is making trail mix.
pretzels = 7/8
Raisins = 2/8
To find the number of more pounds of pretzels than raisins she buy
we have to subtract both the fractions.
7/8 – 2/8 = 5/8

Question 10:
How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy?
\(\frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/8 pound

Explanation:
Granola = 5/8
Banana Chips = 3/8
To find How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy we have to subtract both the fractions.
5/8 – 3/8 = 2/8 pounds

Subtract Fractions Using Models – Page No 408

Question 1:
Lee reads for \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) hour in the morning and \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) hour in the afternoon. How much longer does Lee read in the morning than in the afternoon?
(a) 5 hours
(b) \(\frac { 5}{ 4} \)
(c) \(\frac { 4}{ 4} \)
(d) \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)

Answer: \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)

Explanation:
Given,
Lee reads for \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) hour in the morning and \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) hour in the afternoon.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) – \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) = \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)
Lee read \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \) hour in the morning than in the afternoon.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2:
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add Fractions Using Models - Lesson Check - Page No 408 Q2
(a) \(\frac { 3}{ 6} – \frac { 2}{ 6} = \frac { 1}{ 6} \)
(b) \(\frac { 2}{ 6} – \frac { 1}{ 6} = \frac { 1}{ 6} \)
(c) \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)
(d) 1 – \( \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac {3}{ 6} \)

Answer: \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can say that \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 3:
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days. The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow. How much snow would that city have received in the 3 days?

(a) 20 inches
(b) 30 inches
(c) 50 inches
(d) 60 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Given,
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days.
2 × 3 inches = 6 inches
The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow.
6 × 10 inches = 60 inches
Therefore the city has received 60 inches of snow in 3 days.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Additional Practice 7.8 Add Mixed Numbers Answer Key Question 4:
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \) of the veggie sandwich were eaten. Which sandwich had the least amount left?

(a) chicken
(b) tuna
(c) roast beef
(d) veggie

Answer: veggie

Explanation:
Given,
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \) of the veggie sandwich were eaten.
Compare the fractions \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \), \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) , \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \).
Among all the fractions veggie has the least fraction.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5:
Deena uses \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) cup milk and \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) cup oil in a recipe. How much liquid does she use in all?

(a) \(\frac {1}{ 8} \) cup
(b) \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup
(c) \(\frac {6}{ 8} \) cup
(d) 5 cups

Answer: \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup

Explanation:
Given,
Deena uses \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) cup milk and \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) cup oil in a recipe.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) + \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) = \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup
Therefore she used \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup of milk in all.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6:
In the car lot, \(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) of the cars are white and \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) of the cars are blue. What fraction of the cars in the lot are either white or blue?
(a) \(\frac { 1}{ 12} \)
(b) \(\frac { 7}{ 24} \)
(c) \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)
(d) 7

Answer: \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)

Explanation:
Given,
In the car lot, \(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) of the cars are white and \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) of the cars are blue.
\(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) + \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) = \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Subtract Fractions Using Models – Page No 411

Question 1:
9 twelfth-size parts − 5 twelfth-size parts =
\(\frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 4/12

Explanation:
9 twelfth-size parts − 5 twelfth-size parts
9 × \(\frac { 1 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 12 } \)
5 × \(\frac { 1 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 } \)
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 9 }{ 12 } \) – \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } \)

Question 2:
\(\frac { 3}{ 12} + \frac {8}{ 12 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 11/12

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 3 }{ 12 } \) and \(\frac { 8 }{ 12 } \)
Add both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 12} + \frac {8}{ 12 } = \frac { 11 }{ 12 } \)

Question 3:
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } + \frac {1}{ 3 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/3

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) and \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
Add both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } + \frac {1}{ 3 } = \frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)

Question 4:
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac {1}{ 4 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac {1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 5:
\(\frac { 2}{ 6 } + \frac {2}{ 6 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) and \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)
Add both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac { 2}{ 6 } + \frac {2}{ 6 } = \frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Question 6:
\(\frac { 3}{ 8 } – \frac {1}{ 8 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/8

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) and \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8 } – \frac {1}{ 8 } = \frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)

Question 7:
\(\frac { 6}{ 10 } – \frac {2}{ 10 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 4/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 6 }{ 10 } \) and \(\frac { 2 }{ 10 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 6}{ 10 } – \frac {2}{ 10 } = \frac { 4 }{ 10 } \)

Question 8:
\(\frac { 1}{ 2 } – \frac {1}{2 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) and \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 2 } – \frac {1}{2 } \) = 0

Question 9:
\(\frac {5}{ 6 } – \frac {4}{ 6 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 1/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \) and \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac {5}{ 6 } – \frac {4}{ 6 } = \frac { 1 }{ 6 } \)

Question 10:
\(\frac { 4}{ 5 } – \frac {2}{ 5 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/5

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) and \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 4}{ 5 } – \frac {2}{ 5 } = \frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)

Question 11:
\(\frac { 1}{ 4 } + \frac {1}{ 4 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
Add both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 4 } + \frac {1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 12:
\(\frac { 9}{ 10 } – \frac {5}{ 10 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 4/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) and \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \)
Subtract both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 9}{ 10 } – \frac {5}{ 10 } = \frac { 4 }{ 10 } \)

Question 13:
\(\frac { 1}{ 12 } + \frac {7}{ 12 } = \frac { —}{ — } \)

Answer: 8/12

Explanation:
Given the fractions,
\(\frac { 1 }{ 12 } \) and \(\frac { 7 }{ 12 } \)
Add both the fractions
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 12 } + \frac {7}{ 12 } = \frac { 8 }{ 12 } \)

Question 14:
Christopher mixes \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) gallon of red paint with \(\frac { 5}{ 8} \) gallon of blue paint to make purple paint. He uses \(\frac { 2}{8} \) gallon of the purple paint. How much purple paint is left?
\(\frac { —}{ — } \) gallon

Answer: \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \) gallon

Explanation:
Given,
Christopher mixes \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) gallon of red paint with \(\frac { 5}{ 8} \) gallon of blue paint to make purple paint.
He uses \(\frac { 2}{8} \) gallon of the purple paint.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) + \(\frac { 5}{ 8} \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 8 } \)
\(\frac { 8 }{ 8 } \) – \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \) gallon

Question 15:
A city worker is painting a stripe down the center of Main Street. Main Street is \(\frac { 8}{ 10} \) mile long. The worker painted \(\frac { 4}{ 10} \) mile of the street. Explain how to find what part of a mile is left to paint.
\(\frac { —}{ — } \) mile

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 } \) mile

Explanation:
Given,
A city worker is painting a stripe down the center of Main Street.
Main Street is \(\frac { 8}{ 10} \) mile long.
The worker painted \(\frac { 4}{ 10} \) mile of the street.
\(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } \) – \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 } \) mile

Math Homework Book Grade 4 Lesson 7 Subtract Unlike Fractions Question 16:
Sense or Nonsense? Brian says that when you add or subtract fractions with the same denominator, you can add or subtract the numerators and keep the same denominator. Is Brian correct? Explain.

Answer: Correct

Explanation:
The statement of Brian is correct because when you add or subtract fractions with the same denominator, you can add or subtract the numerators and keep the same denominator.

Question 17:
The length of a rope was \(\frac { 6}{8} \) yard. Jeff cut the rope into 3 pieces. Each piece is a different length measured in eighths of a yard. What is the length of each piece of rope?

Answer: \(\frac { 2}{8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
The length of a rope was \(\frac { 6}{8} \) yard.
Jeff cut the rope into 3 pieces. Each piece is a different length measured in eighths of a yard.
Divide \(\frac { 6}{8} \) into 3 pieces.
\(\frac { 6}{8} \) ÷ 3 = \(\frac { 2}{8} \)

Question 18:
For 18a–18d, choose Yes or No to show if the sum or difference is correct.

a. \(\frac { 3}{ 5 } – \frac {1}{ 5 } = \frac {4 }{5 } \)
(i) yes
(ii) no

Answer: no

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 5 } – \frac {1}{ 5 } = \frac {2 }{5 } \)
Thus the above statement is not correct.

b. \(\frac { 1}{ 4 } – \frac {2}{4 } = \frac {3 }{8 } \)
(i) yes
(ii) no

Answer: no

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 4 } – \frac {2}{4 } = \frac {1 }{4 } \)
Thus the above statement is not correct.

c. \(\frac { 5}{ 8} – \frac {4}{ 8 } = \frac {1 }{8 } \)
(i) yes
(ii) no

Answer: yes

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 5}{ 8} – \frac {4}{ 8 } = \frac {1 }{8 } \)
Thus the above statement is correct.

d. \(\frac { 4}{ 9 } – \frac {2}{ 9 } = \frac {6 }{9 } \)
(i) yes
(ii) no
Answer: no

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
d. \(\frac { 4}{ 9 } – \frac {2}{ 9 } = \frac {2 }{9 } \)
Thus the above statement is not correct.

Sense or Nonsense? – Page No. 412

Question 19.
Harry says that \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\). Jane says \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning. Draw a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 412 Q 19
Type below:
___________

Answer: Jane’s Answer Makes Sense. Because the numerators are the same but the denominators are different. So, in order to add the fractions first, they have to make the denominators equal.
1/4 + 1/8 = 2/8 + 1/8 = 3/8

Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 413

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 413 Q 1

Answer: 12/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{12}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3 = 1

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10 and 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 413 Q 10

Question 10.
Guy finds how far his house is from several locations and makes the table shown. How much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to the library is \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile
The distance from Guy’s house to the cafe is \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
To find how much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe subtract both the fractions.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Question 11.
If Guy walks from his house to school and back, how far does he walk?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10/10 mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to school = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
From school to house \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\) mile

Add and Subtract Fractions – Lesson Check – Page No. 414

Question 1.
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\)pound of green grapes. How many pounds of grapes did Mr. Angulo buy in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. 2 pounds

Answer: 1 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\)pound of green grapes.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 414 Q 2
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that, the equation of the model is
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 6 muffins in a package. How many packages will be needed to feed 48 people if each person has 2 muffins?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 16
d. 24

Answer: 16

Explanation:
There are 6 muffins in a package.
Number of people = 48
48/6 = 8
Also given that each person gets 2 muffins.
8 × 2 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice. Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice. What is the least number of shelves
needed for all the juice boxes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 7
c. 11
d. 88

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice.
Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice.
First, add the boxes of orange juice and apple juice.
32 + 56 = 88 boxes of juice
Now divide 88 by 8
88/8 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers Lesson 7.7 Answer Key Question 5.
A machine makes 18 parts each hour. If the machine operates 24 hours a day, how many parts can it make in one day
Options:
a. 302
b. 332
c. 362
d. 432

Answer: 432

Explanation:
Given,
A machine makes 18 parts each hour.
Multiply the number of parts with the number of hours.
18 × 24 = 432 parts in a day.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 414 Q 6
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
By observing the figure we can say that the equation is \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 415

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 415 Q 1

Question 1.
A ___________ always has a numerator of 1.
________________

Answer: unit fraction

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 2.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 1/3 + 1/3 + 1/3

Explanation:
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The unit fraction of 3/3 is 1/3 + 1/3 + 1/3

Question 3.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer. The unit fraction of 4/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12.

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 415 Q 4
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
By using the above model we can write the equation
3/5 – 2/5 = 1/5

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 415 Q 5
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
By using the above model we can write the equation
5/6 – 1/6 = 4/6

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 415 Q 6
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}8}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Find the sum or difference.

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/5

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{4}{4}-\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{4}-\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 416

Question 14.
Tyrone mixed \(\frac{7}{12}\) quart of red paint with \(\frac{1}{12}\) quart of yellow paint. How much paint does Tyrone have in the mixture?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) quart

Answer: 8/12 quart

Explanation:
Given that,
Tyrone mixed \(\frac{7}{12}\) quart of red paint with \(\frac{1}{12}\) quart of yellow paint.
Add both the fraction of paints.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\) quart
Therefore Tyrone has \(\frac{8}{12}\) quart in the mixture.

Question 15.
Jorge lives \(\frac{6}{8}\) mile from school and \(\frac{2}{8}\) mile from a ballpark. How much farther does Jorge live from school than from the ballpark?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: 4/8 mile

Explanation:
Given,
Jorge lives \(\frac{6}{8}\) mile from school and \(\frac{2}{8}\) mile from a ballpark.
Subtract both the fractions.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
Therefore Jorge live \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile from school than from the ballpark.

Question 16.
Su Ling started an art project with 1 yard of felt. She used \(\frac{2}{6}\) yard on Tuesday and \(\frac{3}{6}\) yard on Wednesday. How much felt does Su Ling have left?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: 1/6 yard

Explanation:
Given,
Su Ling started an art project with 1 yard of felt.
She used \(\frac{2}{6}\) yard on Tuesday and \(\frac{3}{6}\) yard on Wednesday.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) – \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard
Therefore, Su Ling \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard left.

Question 17.
Eloise hung artwork on \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bulletin board. She hung math papers on \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the same bulletin board. What part of the bulletin board has artwork or math papers?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given,
Eloise hung artwork on \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bulletin board.
She hung math papers on \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the same bulletin board.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) part of the bulletin board has artwork or math papers.

Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 419

Write the unknown numbers. Write mixed numbers above
the number line and fractions greater than one below the number line.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 419 Q 1
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-419-Q-1

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 2.
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/8

Explanation:
Given the expression,
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = (1 × 8 + 1)/8 = 9/8

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = (5 × 1 + 3)/5 = \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Question 4.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/3

Explanation:
Given the expression,
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = (3 × 1 + 2)/3 = \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 5.
\(\frac{11}{4}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
\(\frac{11}{4}\)
Convert from the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{11}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
\(\frac{6}{5}\)
Convert from the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{13}{10}\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
\(\frac{13}{10}\)
Convert from the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{13}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 8.
2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{27}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
2 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{27}{10}\)

Question 9.
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Question 10.
4 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{22}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
4 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)

Use Repeated Reasoning Algebra Find the unknown numbers.

Question 11.
\(\frac{13}{7}\) = 1 \(\frac{■}{7}\)
■ = _____

Answer: 1 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
\(\frac{13}{7}\)
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
\(\frac{13}{7}\) = 1 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Question 12.
■ \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{23}{6}\)
■ = _____

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given the expression,
■ \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{23}{6}\)
■ \(\frac{5}{6}\) × 6 = 23
■ ×  = 23 – 5
■ = 18/6
■ = 3

Question 13.
\(\frac{57}{11}\) = ■ \(\frac{■}{11}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{11}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression,
\(\frac{57}{11}\) = ■ \(\frac{■}{11}\)
Convert from the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{57}{11}\) = 5 \(\frac{2}{11}\)

Question 14.
Pen has \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup and \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup measuring cups. What are two ways he could measure out 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of flour?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cups and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup

Explanation:
Pen has \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup and \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup measuring cups.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cups + 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)-cup

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Pdf Lesson 7.7 Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers Question 15.
Juanita is making bread. She needs 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. Juanita only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour will Juanita use to prepare the bread?
_____ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour

Answer: 14 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour

Explanation:
Juanita is making bread. She needs 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. Juanita only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup measuring cup.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore she needs 14 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour.

Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 420

Use the recipe to solve 16–18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 420 Q 16

Question 16.
Reason Quantitatively Cal is making energy squares. How many \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter are used in the recipe?
_____ \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter

Explanation:
Given that 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter are used in the recipe.
We have to find how many \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter are used in the recipe.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)  + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Therefore 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanut butter are used in the recipe.

Question 17.
Suppose Cal wants to make 2 times as many energy squares as the recipe makes. How many cups of bran cereal should he use? Write your answer as a mixed number and as a fraction greater than 1 in simplest form.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Take the amount of bran Cal is using and multiply it by 2
Given that 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of bran cereal is used in the recipe.
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 2
= \(\frac{13}{4}\) × 2
= \(\frac{13}{2}\)
= 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of bran cereal he should use.

Question 18.
Cal added 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of raisins. Write this mixed number as a fraction greater than 1 in the simplest form.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Cal added 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of raisins.
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Question 19.
Jenn is preparing brown rice. She needs 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of brown rice and 2 cups of water. Jenn has only a \(\frac{1}{8}\)– cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups each of rice and water will Jenn use to prepare the rice?
brown rice: ________ \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups
water: _________ \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups

Answer:
Number of water cups = 16
Number of brown rice cups = 12

Explanation:
Brown rice needed = 1 1/2 cups = 3/2 cups
Water needed = 2 cups
Measuring cups = 1/8
No. of cups used of water = 2/1/8 = 16
No. of cups used of rice = 3/2/1/8 = 12 cups

Question 20.
Draw a line to show the mixed number and fraction that have the same value.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 420 Q 20
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-420-Q-20

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers – Page No. 421

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 1.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 421 Q 1

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 5.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Question 6.
1 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Question 7.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Question 8.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 9.
\(\frac{31}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{20}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) = 1 + 1 = 2

Question 11.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{13}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{23}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{19}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{9}{2}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups does Julie need to measure out 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins?
She needs ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Question 18.
If Julie needs 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal, how many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal will she use?
She will use ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Answer: 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore Julie needs 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal.

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers – Lesson Check – Page No. 422

Question 1.
Which of the following is equivalent to \(\frac{16}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{6}{3}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{16}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\)cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe. How much flour does the cake recipe call for?
Options:
a. 3 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 4 cups
d. 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\)cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book. She put 14 stamps on each page. If she completely filled 16 pages, how many stamps did she put in the book?
Options:
a. 224
b. 240
c. 272
d. 275

Answer: 224

Explanation:
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book.
She put 14 stamps on each page.
If she completely filled 16 pages
Multiply 14 with 16 pages.
14 × 16 = 224 pages
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours. How many miles does he need to drive each hour?
Options:
a. 48 miles
b. 50 miles
c. 52 miles
d. 54 miles

Answer: 54 miles

Explanation:
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours.
Divide the number of miles by hours.
324/6 = 54 miles
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons. Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon. Which colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker?
Options:
a. red and green
b. red and blue
c. green and blue
d. red, green, and blue

Answer: green and blue

Explanation:
Given,
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons.
Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon.
Green and Blue colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed. She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder. How much bird seed does Stephanie have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. \(\frac{10}{8}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
Given,
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed.
She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers – Page No. 425

Write the sum as a mixed number with the fractional part less than 1.

Question 1.
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
+3 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
+3 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
4 \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 2.
1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
8 \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 9 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 3.
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
———————–
_______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 6

Find the difference.

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
-2 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
-2 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{2}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Go Math Book Grade 4 Fractions and Properties of Addition Lesson 7.9 Question 5.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
6 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
-3 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
-3 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
3 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Write the sum as a mixed number with the fractional part less than 1.

Question 7.
7 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
+4 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
+4 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 8.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
11 \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 12

Question 9.
5 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
+3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
+3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
9 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 10.
5 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
+4 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
+4 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
9 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Find the difference.

Question 11.
5 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
5 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
-4 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
-4 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
3 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
-1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
-1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 14.
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
———————–
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference.

Question 15.
\(1 \frac{3}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\) = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
First add the whole numbers
1 + 2 = 3
3/8 + 7/8 = 10/8
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction
10/8 = 5/4 = 1 1/4
3 + 1 1/4 = 4 1/4

Question 16.
\(6 \frac{5}{8}\) – 4 = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(6 \frac{5}{8}\) – 4
Subtract the whole numbers
6 – 4 = 2
= 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 17.
\(9 \frac{1}{2}+8 \frac{1}{2}\) = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+ 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
18

Question 18.
\(6 \frac{3}{5}+4 \frac{3}{5}\) = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
+ 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
11 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 19.
\(8 \frac{7}{10}-\frac{4}{10}\) = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
 – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 20.
\(7 \frac{3}{5}-6 \frac{3}{5}\) = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
+ 6 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
1

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers – Page No. 426

Solve. Write your answer as a mixed number.

Question 21.
Make Sense of Problems The driving distance from Alex’s house to the museum is 6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles. What is the round-trip distance?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 13 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles

Explanation:
Given that,
The driving distance from Alex’s house to the museum is 6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles.
To find the round-trip distance we have to multiply the driving distance with 2.
6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) × 2 = 13 \(\frac{4}{10}\)
= 13 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles

Question 22.
The driving distance from the sports arena to Kristina’s house is 10 \(\frac{9}{10}\) miles. The distance from the sports arena to Luke’s house is 2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles. How much greater is the driving distance between the sports arena and Kristina’s house than between the sports arena and Luke’s house?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles

Explanation:
Given,
The driving distance from the sports arena to Kristina’s house is 10 \(\frac{9}{10}\) miles.
The distance from the sports arena to Luke’s house is 2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles.
10 \(\frac{9}{10}\) –  2 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
First, subtract the whole numbers and then subtract the fractions
10 – 2 = 8
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles

Question 23.
Pedro biked from his house to the nature preserve, a distance of 23 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles. Sandra biked from her house to the lake, a distance of 12 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles. How many miles less did Sandra bike than Pedro?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles

Explanation:
Pedro biked from his house to the nature preserve, a distance of 23 4/5 miles. Converting 23 4/5 miles to an improper fraction, it becomes 119/5 miles.
Sandra biked from her house to the lake, a distance of 12 2/5 miles.
Converting 12 2/5 miles to an improper fraction, it becomes 62/5 miles.
Therefore, the difference in the number of miles biked by Sandra and Pedro is
119/5 – 62/5 = 57/5 = 11 2/5 miles

Subtraction with Renaming Lesson 7.8 Question 24.
During the Martinez family trip, they drove from home to a ski lodge, a distance of 55 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles, and then drove an additional 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles to visit friends. If the family drove the same route back home, what was the distance traveled during their trip?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 68 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles

Explanation:
Given,
During the Martinez family trip, they drove from home to a ski lodge, a distance of 55 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles, and then drove an additional 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles to visit friends.
55 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 67 \(\frac{8}{5}\) = 68 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles

Question 25.
For 25a–25d, select True or False for each statement.
a. 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{6}{8}\) is equal to 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
Given the statement 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{6}{8}\) is equal to 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\).
First add the whole numbers
2 + 1 = 3
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
3 +1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\).
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 25.
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{12}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{2}{12}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{12}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{2}{12}\).
First add the whole numbers
1 + 1 = 2
\(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\)

\(\frac{2}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{6}{12}\)
= 2 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 25.
c. 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) is equal to 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) is equal to 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\).
5 – 2 = 3
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 25.
d. 5 \(\frac{5}{8}\) – 3 \(\frac{2}{8}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\).
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
5 \(\frac{5}{8}\) – 3 \(\frac{2}{8}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
First, subtract the whole numbers
5 – 3 = 2
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers – Page No. 427

Find the sum. Write the sum as a mixed number, so the fractional part is less than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 427 Q 1

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7

4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 6 + 1 = 7

Question 3.
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 \(\frac{4}{3}\)
= 5 + 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
13 \(\frac{8}{5}\)
13 + 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 5.
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
5 \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6

Question 8.
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Find the difference.

Question 9.
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Question 10.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
-3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
-3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 12.
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
James wants to send two gifts by mail. One package weighs 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. The other package weighs 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. What is the total weight of the packages?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
Tierra bought 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards blue ribbon and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards yellow ribbon for a craft project. How much more blue ribbon than yellow ribbon did Tierra buy?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) 
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers – Lesson Check – Page No. 428

Question 1.
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet. How many feet of pipe does he have in all?
Options:
a. 5 feet
b. 5 \(\frac{6}{12}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{10}{12}\) feet
d. 6 feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet.
Add both the lengths
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
= 5 \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Go Math 4th Grade Lesson 7.7 Answer Key Question 2.
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of lining. How much total fabric is needed?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
b. 3 yards
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of lining.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each. How much will she get for the cards?
Options:
a. $258
b. $358
c. $368
d. $468

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Given,
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each.
To find how much will she get for the cards
23 × 16 = 368
Therefore she will get $368 for the cards.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs. About how much time can she spend with each dog?
Options:
a. about 10 minutes
b. about 20 minutes
c. about 25 minutes
d. about 26 minutes

Answer: about 20 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs.
145/7 = 20.7
Therefore she can spend about 20 minutes with each dog.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples. She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself. How many apples will Frieda keep for herself?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples.
She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself.
12 + 15 = 27
27/8
27 – 24 = 3
Thus Frieda keep for herself 3 apples.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300. A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250. How much greater was the selling price than the purchase price?
Options:
a. $4,950
b. $5,050
c. $5,150
d. $5,950

Answer: $4,950

Explanation:
Given,
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300.
A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250.
$80,250 – $75,300 = $4,950
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers – Page No. 431

Question 1.
Rename both mixed numbers as fractions. Find the difference.
3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{■}{6}\)
−1 \(\frac{4}{6}\) = – \(\frac{■}{6}\)
—————————————-
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to the improper fractions.
3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{21}{6}\)
1 \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{10}{6}\)
\(\frac{21}{6}\)
– \(\frac{10}{6}\)
\(\frac{11}{6}\)
Convert from improper fractions to the mixed fractions.
\(\frac{11}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Find the difference.

Question 2.
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
− \(\frac{2}{3}\)
———————
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
\(\frac{4}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 3.
4 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
− 1 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
———————
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
4 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{47}{10}\)
1 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{19}{10}\)
\(\frac{47}{10}\)
– \(\frac{19}{10}\)
\(\frac{28}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
− \(\frac{8}{12}\)
———————
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
3 \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{41}{12}\)
\(\frac{41}{12}\)
− \(\frac{8}{12}\)
2 \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 5.
8 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
− 2 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
———————
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{81}{10}\)
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{29}{10}\)
\(\frac{81}{10}\)
–\(\frac{29}{10}\)
\(\frac{52}{10}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
2
− 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
———————
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
2
− 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
− 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
———————
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{21}{5}\)
3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{17}{5}\)
\(\frac{21}{5}\)
–\(\frac{17}{5}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the difference.

Question 8.
\(4 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
4 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{25}{6}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{17}{6}\)
\(\frac{25}{6}\)
–\(\frac{17}{6}\)
\(\frac{8}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 9.
\(6 \frac{9}{12}-3 \frac{10}{12}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
6 \(\frac{9}{12}\)
– 3 \(\frac{10}{12}\)
2 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 10.
\(3 \frac{3}{10}-\frac{7}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{33}{10}\)
\(\frac{33}{10}\)
– \(\frac{7}{10}\)
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 11.
4 – 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{5}\)
4
–\(\frac{13}{5}\) 
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 12.
Lisa mixed 4 \(\frac{2}{6}\) cups of orange juice with 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) cups of pineapple juice to make fruit punch. She and her friends drank 3 \(\frac{4}{6}\) cups of the punch. How much of the fruit punch is left?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Lisa mixed 4 \(\frac{2}{6}\) cups of orange juice with 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) cups of pineapple juice to make fruit punch.
She and her friends drank 3 \(\frac{4}{6}\) cups of the punch.
Convert from mixed fractions to improper fractions.
4 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
7 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Now subtract 3 \(\frac{4}{6}\) from 7 \(\frac{3}{6}\).
7 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
-3 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers – Page No. 432

Rename the fractions to solve.

Many instruments are coiled or curved so that they are easier for the musician to play, but they would be quite long if straightened out completely.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 432 Q 13

Question 13.
Analyze Relationships Trumpets and cornets are brass instruments. Fully stretched out, the length of a trumpet is 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet and the length of a cornet is 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) feet. The trumpet is how much longer than the cornet?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
Trumpets and cornets are brass instruments. Fully stretched out, the length of a trumpet is 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet and the length of a cornet is 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) feet.
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 4 = 1
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet
Therefore trumpet is \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet longer than the cornet.

Question 14.
Tubas, trombones, and French horns are brass instruments. Fully stretched out, the length of a tuba is 18 feet, the length of a trombone is 9 \(\frac{11}{12}\) feet, and the length of a French horn is 17 \(\frac{1}{12}\) feet. The tuba is how much longer than the French horn? The French horn is how much longer than the trombone?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, convert the fractions to decimals making the trombone 8.93 feet and the french horn 17.21 feet. The tuba would be 0.79 feet longer than the french horn, and the french horn would be 8.23 feet longer than the trombone. However, if you need the answer to remain a fraction, the tuba would be 11/14 feet longer than a french horn, and a french horn would be 8 3/14 feet longer than a trombone.

Question 15.
The pitch of a musical instrument is related to its length. In general, the greater the length of a musical instrument, the lower its pitch. Order the brass instruments identified on this page from lowest pitch to the highest pitch.
____________
____________
____________

Answer:
Tuba
French Horn
Trombone

Explanation:
By seeing the above answer we can write the order of the brass instruments from the lowest pitch to the highest pitch. The order is tuba, french horn, and trombone.

Go Math Grade 4 Lesson 7.8 Answer Key Question 16.
Alicia had 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)yards of fabric. After making a tablecloth, she had 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\) yards of fabric. Alicia said she used 2 \(\frac{3}{6}\) yards of fabric for the tablecloth. Do you agree? Explain.
______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
An easier way to do this is to make the fractions improper fractions.
3 1/6 can be rewritten as 19/6. 1 4/6 can be rewritten as 10/6.
Multiply the denominator by the number at its side, and add it to the numerator.
2 3/6 is 15/6.
Subtract 10/6 from 19/6.
19/6-10/6=9/6.
9/6 is not 15/6, therefore she did not use 2 3/6 yards of fabric.

Record Subtraction with Renaming – Page No. 433

Find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 433 Q 1

Question 2.
6
– 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
6 – 3 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
3 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 2 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
12 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
– 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
12 – 7 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
8 – 3 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
– 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 4 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\) = – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 8.
10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
10 – 8 = 2
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Question 9.
7 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10.
9 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
– 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 4 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 11.
9 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 12.
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 13.
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
4 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
– 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
4 – 1 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 15.
5 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
– 3 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 3 = 2
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 16.
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl. How much is left?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl.
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 1 = 4
4 – 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 18.
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair. He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair. How many pounds of roasted almonds did he sell at the fair?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair.
He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair.
First subtract the whole numbers
25 – 3 = 22
22 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Record Subtraction with Renaming – Lesson Check – Page No. 434

Question 1.
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. Reggie has 5 cups of sugar. How much will he have left after making both recipes?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
Reggie has 5 cups of sugar.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt. How much extra fabric will she have left after making the skirt?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt.
First, subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
Next, subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
2 – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame. If he decorates 8 picture frames, how many beads will he put on each frame?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 14
d. 16

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given,
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame
128/8 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option d.

My Homework Lesson 7 Subtract Mixed Numbers Answer Key Question 4.
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors. She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party. What is the least number of party favors Madison should make?
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 30
d. 32

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given,
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors.
She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party.
To find the least number of party favors, we have to consider the number of guests.
In this case, there are two possibilities—6 or 8.
For 6: 6, 12, 18, 24 (Add 6 to each number)
For 8: 8, 16, 24 (Add 8 to each number)
Now in both series, the least number (that is in common) is 24. Hence, Madison should make at least 24 party favors.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people. If the bus is full on each one-way trip, how many passengers are carried by the bus each day?
Options:
a. 96
b. 162
c. 182
d. 192

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Given,
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people.
4 × 24 = 96
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears. How many cups of peaches and pears are in the fruit salad?
Options:
a. 4 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:
Given,
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 4 cups
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Record Subtraction with Renaming – Page No. 437

Question 1.
Complete. Name the property used.
\(\left(3 \frac{4}{10}+5 \frac{2}{10}\right)+\frac{6}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
The property used is associative property.
9 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(\left(3 \frac{4}{10}+5 \frac{2}{10}\right)+\frac{6}{10}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
(3 \(\frac{4}{10}\) + 5 \(\frac{2}{10}\)) + \(\frac{6}{10}\)
3 + 5 = 8
8 + \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Now add the fractions
8 + \(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\)
8 + \(\frac{12}{10}\)
Convert from improper fractions to the mixed fractions.
\(\frac{12}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{10}\)
8 + 1 \(\frac{2}{10}\) = 9 \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Thus \(\left(3 \frac{4}{10}+5 \frac{2}{10}\right)+\frac{6}{10}\) = 9 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 2.
\(\left(2 \frac{7}{8}+3 \frac{2}{8}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given
\(\left(2 \frac{7}{8}+3 \frac{2}{8}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
(2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{2}{8}\)) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
2 + 3 = 5
5 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
5 + \(\frac{9}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
6 + \(\frac{10}{8}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus \(\left(2 \frac{7}{8}+3 \frac{2}{8}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 3.
\(1 \frac{2}{5}+\left(1+\frac{3}{5}\right)\)
______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(1 \frac{2}{5}+\left(1+\frac{3}{5}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
1 + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
1 + 1 + \(\frac{5}{5}\)
1 + 1 + 1 = 3
Thus \(1 \frac{2}{5}+\left(1+\frac{3}{5}\right)\) = 3

Question 4.
\(5 \frac{3}{6}+\left(5 \frac{5}{6}+4 \frac{3}{6}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(5 \frac{3}{6}+\left(5 \frac{5}{6}+4 \frac{3}{6}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
5 + 4 = 9
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{6}\)
5 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{8}{6}\)
5 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 10 \(\frac{2}{6}\) = 15 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus \(5 \frac{3}{6}+\left(5 \frac{5}{6}+4 \frac{3}{6}\right)\) = 15 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+1 \frac{1}{4}\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+1 \frac{1}{4}\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
(1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 + 1 = 2
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Add the whole numbers
2 + 2 = 4
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus \(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+1 \frac{1}{4}\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(12 \frac{4}{9}+1 \frac{2}{9}\right)+3 \frac{5}{9}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 17 \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(\left(12 \frac{4}{9}+1 \frac{2}{9}\right)+3 \frac{5}{9}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
12 + 1 = 13
Add the fraction in the group.
\(\frac{4}{9}\) + \(\frac{2}{9}\) + 3 \(\frac{5}{9}\)
= 13 \(\frac{6}{9}\) + 3 \(\frac{5}{9}\)
= 16 \(\frac{11}{9}\)
= 17 \(\frac{2}{9}\)
Thus \(\left(12 \frac{4}{9}+1 \frac{2}{9}\right)+3 \frac{5}{9}\) = 17 \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Question 7.
\(\left(\frac{3}{12}+1 \frac{8}{12}\right)+\frac{9}{12}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Given,
\(\left(\frac{3}{12}+1 \frac{8}{12}\right)+\frac{9}{12}\)
First add the fractions in the group.
\(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{11}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{20}{12}\)
= 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus \(\left(\frac{3}{12}+1 \frac{8}{12}\right)+\frac{9}{12}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 8.
\(\left(45 \frac{1}{3}+6 \frac{1}{3}\right)+38 \frac{2}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 90 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(45 \frac{1}{3}+6 \frac{1}{3}\right)+38 \frac{2}{3}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
45 + 6 = 51
(51 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)) + 38 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
51 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 38 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 89 \(\frac{4}{3}\)
= 90 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus \(\left(45 \frac{1}{3}+6 \frac{1}{3}\right)+38 \frac{2}{3}\) = 90 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\left(103 \frac{1}{2}+12\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 116

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{1}{2}+\left(103 \frac{1}{2}+12\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
103 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 12 = 115 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
115 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 116
Thus \(\frac{1}{2}+\left(103 \frac{1}{2}+12\right)\) = 116

Question 10.
\(\left(3 \frac{5}{10}+10\right)+11 \frac{5}{10}\)
______

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(3 \frac{5}{10}+10\right)+11 \frac{5}{10}\)
First add the whole numbers in the group.
3 + 10 = 13
13 + \(\frac{5}{10}\) + 11 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Add the whole numbers
13 + 11 = 24
24 + \(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 25
Thus \(\left(3 \frac{5}{10}+10\right)+11 \frac{5}{10}\) = 25

Question 11.
Pablo is training for a marathon. He ran 5 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Friday, 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on Saturday, and 7 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Sunday. How many miles did he run on all three days?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 19 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles

Explanation:
Given,
Pablo is training for a marathon. He ran 5 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Friday, 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on Saturday, and 7 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Sunday.
Add all the fractions to find how many miles he runs on all three days.
5 \(\frac{4}{8}\) + 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 7 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers
5 + 6 + 7 = 18
18 + \(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= 18 + \(\frac{13}{8}\)
= 19 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles
Therefore Pablo runs 19 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on all three days.

Question 12.
At lunchtime, Dale’s Diner served a total of 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\) pots of vegetable soup, 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pots of chicken soup, and 4 \(\frac{3}{6}\) pots of tomato soup. How many pots of soup were served in all?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pots

Answer: 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pots

Explanation:
Given,
At lunchtime, Dale’s Diner served a total of 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\) pots of vegetable soup, 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pots of chicken soup, and 4 \(\frac{3}{6}\) pots of tomato soup.
2 \(\frac{2}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 4 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
First add the whole numbers
2 + 3 + 4 = 9
Next add the fractions.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{6}\)
9 + \(\frac{10}{6}\) = 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pots
Therefore 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pots of soup were served in all.

Use the expressions in the box for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 437 Q 13

Question 13.
Which property of addition would you use to regroup the addends in Expression A?
______ property

Answer: Associative Property

Explanation:
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped.
Expression A is \(\frac{1}{8}\) + (\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\))
The denominators of all three fractions are the same. So, the property for expression A is Associative Property.

Question 14.
Which two expressions have the same value?
________ and _________

Answer: A and C

Explanation:
Expression A is \(\frac{1}{8}\) + (\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\))
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + (\(\frac{11}{8}\) = \(\frac{12}{8}\)
Expression B is 1/2 + 2
1/2 + 4/2 = 5/2
Expression C is \(\frac{3}{7}\) + (\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{4}{7}\))
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{7}{14}\) + \(\frac{8}{14}\) = \(\frac{15}{14}\)
\(\frac{15}{14}\) + \(\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{15}{14}\) + \(\frac{6}{14}\) = \(\frac{21}{14}\)
Thus the expressions A and C has the same value.

Question 15.
Match the equation with the property used.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 437 Q 15
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-437-Q-15

Record Subtraction with Renaming – Page No. 438

Pose a Problem
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 438 Q 16

Question 16.
Costumes are being made for the high school musical. The table at the right shows the amount of fabric needed for the costumes of the male and female leads. Alice uses the expression \(7 \frac{3}{8}+1 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{4}{8}\) to find the total amount of fabric needed for the costume of the female lead. To find the value of the expression using mental math, Alice used the properties of addition.
\(7 \frac{3}{8}+1 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{4}{8}=\left(7 \frac{3}{8}+1 \frac{5}{8}\right)+2 \frac{4}{8}\)
Alice added 7 + 1 and was able to quickly add \(\frac{3}{8}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\) to the sum of 8 to get 9. She added 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\) to 9, so her answer was 11 \(\frac{4}{8}\).
So, the amount of fabric needed for the costume of the female lead actor is 11 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards.
Write a new problem using the information for the costume for the male lead actor.
Pose a Problem                     Solve your problem. Check your solution.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Alice used the expressions 1 2/8 + 2 3/8 + 5 6/8 to find the total amount of frabric needed for the costume of the male lead. What is the total amount of fabric needed for the costume?
Answer: Alice wrote the expressions as (1 2/8 + 5 6/8) + 2 3/8 and simplified it by adding the whole number parts and the fraction parts in the parentheses.
Then she added the mixed number: 1 + 5 + 1 + 2 3/8 = 9 3/8.
So, the male leads costume needed 9 3/8 yards of fabric.

Question 16.
Identify Relationships Explain how using the properties of addition makes both problems easier to solve.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The properties make the properties the easier to solve because you can rearrange the mixed numbers so that their fraction parts add to 1.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 439

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 439 Q 1

Question 2.
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 2 = 5
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
10 + 5 = 15
15 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
15 + \(\frac{13}{8}\)
16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 5 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
3 + 5 = 8
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
8 + 8 = 16
16 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{5}\)
17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\) = 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) + 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 + 5 = 9
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 9 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + 9 = 15
15 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
6 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 10 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 10 = 16
16 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + 9 = 25
25 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\)
25 + \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\) = 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 1 = 7
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + 3 = 10
10 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
10 + \(\frac{7}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Therefore \(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 1 = 4
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 +\(\frac{2}{8}\)
7 + 4 = 11
11 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\)
11 + \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus \(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 50

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 20 \(\frac{2}{10}\) + 15 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
20 + 15 = 35
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\)
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 + 1 = 50
Thus \(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\) = 50

Question 9.
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
13 \(\frac{2}{12}\) + 8 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
13 + 8 = 21
21 + \(\frac{2}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
21 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
30 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Thus \(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. What is the length of all three tables when pushed end to end?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + 4 + 2 = 10
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
10 + 1 = 11
Therefore the length of all three tables when pushed end to end is 11 feet.

Question 11.
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard. He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain. How many total bags of mulch does Mr. Warren use?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard.
He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
6 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Lesson Check – Page No. 440

Question 1.
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long. The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. How long was the board?
Options:
a. 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
b. 7 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
d. 8 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet

Answer: c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long.
The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long.
Add three pieces.
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 5 + \(\frac{6}{6}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6
6 + 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday. He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday. He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday. How many pounds of apples did Harry pick those three days?
Options:
a. 132 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
b. 141 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
c. 142 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds
d. 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday.
He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday.
He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday.
45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Add the whole numbers first
45 + 42 + 54 = 141
141 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
141 + 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator. Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges. How many oranges were left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
d. 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Explanation:
Given,
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator.
Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges.
6 + 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Darlene was asked to identify which of the following numbers is prime. Which number should she choose?
Options:
a. 2
b. 12
c. 21
d. 39

Answer: 2

Explanation:
A prime number is an integer, or whole number, that has only two factors 1 and itself.
In the above options, all are composite numbers except 2.
Therefore 2 is a prime number.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly. Which of the following is NOT a way the teacher could arrange the chairs?
Options:
a. 10 rows of 10 chairs
b. 8 rows of 15 chairs
c. 5 rows of 20 chairs
d. 4 rows of 25 chairs

Answer: 8 rows of 15 chairs

Explanation:
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly.
15 × 8 = 120
So, 8 rows of 15 chairs are not the way to arrange the chairs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each. How much money did Nic spend on chairs?
Options:
a. $196
b. $348
c. $448
d. $600

Answer: c. $448

Explanation:
Given,
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each.
28 × 16 = 448
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Lesson Check – Page No. 443

Question 1.
Last week, Sia ran 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles each day for 5 days and then took 2 days off. Did she run at least 6 miles last week? First, model the problem. Describe your model.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
I will model the problem using fraction strips. I need a 1 strip for the whole and a 1/4 part for each of the 5 days. My model has a total of five 1 strops and five 1/4 parts.

Question 1.
Then, regroup the parts in the model to find the number of whole miles Sia ran.
Sia ran ___________ whole miles and ___________ mile.
Finally, compare the total number of miles she ran to 6 miles.
So, Sia ___________ run at least 6 miles last week.
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles _____ 6 miles

Answer:
Sia ran 6 whole miles and 1/4 mile.
So, Sia did run at least 6 miles last week.
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles > 6 miles

Question 2.
What if Sia ran only \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each day. Would she have run at least 6 miles last week? Explain.
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
She would have run \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{15}{4}\) or 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles.

Question 3.
A quarter is \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar. Noah has 20 quarters. How much money does he have? Explain.
$ _____

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Since each quarter is 1/4 dollar, each group of 4 quarters is 1 dollar. Since 4/4 + 4/4 + 4/4 + 4/4 + 4/4 = 20/4, Noah has 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 5 dollars

Question 4.
How many \(\frac{2}{5}\) parts are in 2 wholes?
_____

Answer: 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{5}\)/2 = 5

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Lesson Check – Page No. 444

Question 5.
A company shipped 15,325 boxes of apples and 12,980 boxes of oranges. How many more boxes of apples than oranges did the company ship?
_____ boxes

Answer: 2345 boxes

Explanation:
Given,
A company shipped 15,325 boxes of apples and 12,980 boxes of oranges.
Subtract 12,980 from 15,325 boxes
15,325 – 12,980 = 2,345 boxes.

Go Math Workbook Grade 4 Lesson 16 Add and Subtract Fractions Answer Key Question 6.
Analyze A fair sold a total of 3,300 tickets on Friday and Saturday. It sold 100 more on Friday than on Saturday. How many tickets did the fair sell on Friday?
_____ tickets

Answer: 1700 tickets

Explanation:
Given,
Analyze A fair sold a total of 3,300 tickets on Friday and Saturday. It sold 100 more on Friday than on Saturday.
3,300 – 100 = 3,200 tickets
3200/2 = 1,600 tickets
It sold 1600 tickets on saturday and 1700 tickets on Friday.

Question 7.
Emma walked \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile on Monday, \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile on Tuesday, and \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile on Wednesday. If the pattern continues, how many miles will she walk on Friday? Explain how you found the number of miles.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: \(\frac{5}{4}\) miles

Explanation:
I made a table that shows each day and the distance she walked. Then I looked for a pattern. The pattern showed that she walked 1/4 mile more each day. I continued the pattern to show she walked 4/4 mile on Thursday and 5/4 miles on Friday.

Question 8.
Jared painted a mug \(\frac{5}{12}\) red and \(\frac{4}{12}\) blue. What part of the mug is not red or blue?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Jared painted a mug \(\frac{5}{12}\) red and \(\frac{4}{12}\) blue.
We have to find What part of the mug is not red or blue that means \(\frac{3}{12}\) part is neither red nor blue.

Question 9.
Choose the number that correctly completes the sentence.
Each day, Mrs. Hewes knits \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a scarf in the morning and \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a scarf in the afternoon.
It will take Mrs. Hewes Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 444 Q 9 days to knit 2 scarves.
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
Each day, Mrs. Hewes knits \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a scarf in the morning and \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a scarf in the afternoon.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus it takes 3 days to knit 2 scarves.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 445

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each child in the Smith family was given an orange cut into 8 equal sections. Each child ate \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the orange. After combining the leftover sections, Mrs. Smith noted that there were exactly 3 full oranges left. How many children are in the Smith family?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - New Page No. 445 Q 1

Question 2.
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days. In 4 days, who covers the greater distance?
_________

Answer: Val

Explanation:
Given,
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) × 4
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{5}\) × 4 = 10.4
10.4 > 10
Thus Val covers the greater distance.

Question 3.
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts. How many 2-pound bags of peanuts should Chad buy so that he can fill the \(\frac{5}{6}\) -pound bags without having any peanuts left over?
_________ 2-pound bags

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus 5 2-pound bags of peanuts are left.

Question 4.
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards. How many boards did the carpenter start with?
_________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards.
4 of the original boards have a summed length of 20 units. 5 x 4 = 20.
Since 2/5 is left from each board, you simply add them until the 2’s add to 20.
So, 2 x 10 = 20. Hence, there are 10 2/5 boards.
That’s just 4 of the boards that the 2/5 make up, but that should also mean that there are 10 3/5 boards as well.
30/5 + 20/5 = 50/5 = 10

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Lesson Check – Page No. 446

Question 1.
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long. How long was the ribbon?
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 feet
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 4
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × 4 = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game. They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them. How many friends went to the game?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 2

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game.
They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them
2 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 5
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches. What was the total distance the frog jumped?
Options:
a. 35 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
b. 36 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches
c. 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
d. 38 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches

Answer: 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches

Explanation:
Given,
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches.
First add the whole numbers
12 + 8 + 15 = 35
Next add the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
35 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which expression should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions.
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue. What fraction of the squares did she color blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
The teacher gave this pattern to the class: the first term is 5 and the rule is add 4, subtract 1. Each student says one number. The first student says 5. Victor is tenth in line. What number should Victor say?
Options:
a. 17
b. 19
c. 20
d. 21

Answer:
given
a=5
d=4-1=3
to find t10
tn=a + (n-1) d
t10=5 + (10-1) 3
t10=5 + 27
t10 = 32
victor is tenth in line,therefore he should say the number 32

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 447

Question 1.
A painter mixed \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart of red paint with \(\frac{3}{4}\) blue paint to make purple paint.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 447 Q 1
How much purple paint did the painter make?
_____ quart of purple paint

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given,
A painter mixed \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart of red paint with \(\frac{3}{4}\) blue paint to make purple paint.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{4}\) or 1.

Question 2.
Ivan biked 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours on Monday, 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours on Tuesday, and 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours on Wednesday. What is the total number of hours Ivan spent biking?
Ivan spen _______ hours biking.
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Ivan biked 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours on Monday, 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours on Tuesday, and 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours on Wednesday.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
First add the whole numbers,
1 + 2 + 2 = 5
2/3 + 1/3 + 2/3 = 5/3
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
5/3 = 1 2/3
5 + 1 1/3  = 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 3.
Tricia had 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards of fabric to make curtains. When she finished she had 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric left. She said she used 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards of fabric for the curtains. Do you agree? Explain.
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
When I subtract 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) and 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\), the answer is not 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\).
The mixed number 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) needs to be regrouped as a mixed number with a fraction greater than 1.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 3 \(\frac{9}{8}\)
So, 3 \(\frac{9}{8}\) – 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{6}{8}\) or 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 448

Question 4.
Miguel’s class went to the state fair. The fairground is divided into sections. Rides are in \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the fairground. Games are in \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fairground. Farm exhibits are in \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the fairground.
Part A
Use the model. What fraction of the fairground is rides and games?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 448 Q 4
The fraction of the fairground with games and rides is ______ .
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Miguel’s class went to the state fair. The fairground is divided into sections. Rides are in \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the fairground.
Games are in \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fairground.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 4.
Part B
How much greater is the part of the fairground with rides than with farm exhibits? Explain how the model could be used to find the answer.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
I could shade 6 sections to represent the section with the rides, and then I could cross out 1 section to represent the farm exhibits. This leaves 5 sections, so the part of the fairground with rides is 5/10 or 1/2 greater than the part with farm exhibits.

Question 5.
Rita is making chili. The recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of tomatoes. How many cups of tomatoes, written as a fraction greater than one, are used in the recipe?
_____ cups

Answer: 11/4 cups

Explanation:
Given,
Rita is making chili. The recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of tomatoes.
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 11/4 cups

Question 6.
Lamar’s mom sells sports equipment online. She sold \(\frac{9}{10}\) of the sports equipment. Select a way \(\frac{9}{10}\) can be written as a sum of fractions. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
e. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
f. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\) = 6/10 ≠ 9/10
b. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) = 9/10
c. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\) = 8/10
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = 9/10
e. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) = 10/10 ≠ 9/10
f. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = 9/10
Thus the suitable answers are b, d, f.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 449

Question 7.
Bella brought \(\frac{8}{10}\) gallon of water on a hiking trip. She drank \(\frac{6}{10}\) gallon of water. How much water is left?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) gallons

Answer: \(\frac{2}{10}\) gallons

Explanation:
Given,
Bella brought \(\frac{8}{10}\) gallon of water on a hiking trip.
She drank \(\frac{6}{10}\) gallon of water.
To find how much water is left we have to subtract the two fractions.
\(\frac{8}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\) gallons

Question 8.
In a survey, \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the students chose Saturday and \(\frac{1}{10}\) chose Monday as their favorite day of the week. What fraction shows the students who chose Saturday or Monday as their favorite day?
Part A
Shade the model to show your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 449 Q 8
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
In a survey, \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the students chose Saturday and \(\frac{1}{10}\) chose Monday as their favorite day of the week.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 8.
Part B
How are the numerator and denominator of your answer related to the model? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The numerator shows the number of parts shaded. The denominator shows the size of the parts.

Question 9.
Match the equation with the property used.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 449 Q 9
Type below:
__________________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-449-Q-9

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 450

Question 10.
For numbers 10a–10e, select Yes or No to show if the sum or difference is correct.
(a) \(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different. So, add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 10.
(b) \(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}=\frac{5}{5}\)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different. So, add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}=\frac{5}{5}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 10.
(c) \(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{6}=\frac{5}{12}\)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different. So, add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{6}=\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 10.
(d) \(\frac{6}{12}-\frac{4}{12}=\frac{2}{12}\)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different. So, subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{12}-\frac{4}{12}=\frac{2}{12}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 10.
(e) \(\frac{7}{9}-\frac{2}{9}=\frac{9}{9}\)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
Denominators are the same but the numerators are different. So, subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{7}{9}-\frac{2}{9}=\frac{5}{9}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 11.
Gina has 5 \(\frac{2}{6}\) feet of silver ribbon and 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) of gold ribbon. How much more silver ribbon does Gina have than gold ribbon?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet more silver ribbon.

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) feet more silver ribbon.

Explanation:
Given,
Gina has 5 \(\frac{2}{6}\) feet of silver ribbon and 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) of gold ribbon.
5 \(\frac{2}{6}\) – 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
= \(\frac{32}{6}\) – \(\frac{16}{6}\)
= \(\frac{16}{6}\)
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) feet more silver ribbon
Therefore Gina has 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) feet more silver ribbon than gold ribbon.

Question 12.
Jill is making a long cape. She needs 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards of blue fabric for the outside of the cape. She needs 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards of purple fabric for the lining of the cape.
Part A
Jill incorrectly subtracted the two mixed numbers to find how much more blue fabric than purple fabric she should buy. Her work is shown below.
\(4 \frac{1}{3}-3 \frac{2}{3}=\frac{12}{3}-\frac{9}{3}=\frac{3}{3}\)
Why is Jill’s work incorrect?
Type below:
__________________

Answer:
Jill changed only the whole number parts of the mixed number to thirds. She forgot to add the fraction part of the mixed number.

Question 12.
Part B
How much more blue fabric than purple fabric should Jill buy? Show your work.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{13}{3}\) – \(\frac{11}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Jill should buy \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard more blue fabric than purple fabric.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 451

Question 13.
Russ has two jars of glue. One jar is \(\frac{1}{5}\) full. The other jar is \(\frac{2}{5}\) full.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 451 Q 13
Use the fractions to write an equation to find the amount of glue Russ has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 451 Question 13
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-451-Question-13

Explanation:
Given,
Russ has two jars of glue. One jar is \(\frac{1}{5}\) full.
The other jar is \(\frac{2}{5}\) full.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 14.
Gertie ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile during physical education class. Sarah ran \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile during the same class. How much farther did Gertie run than Sarah? Shade the model to show your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 451 Q 14
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given that,
Gertie ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile during physical education class.
Sarah ran \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile during the same class.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 15.
Teresa planted marigolds in \(\frac{2}{8}\) of her garden and petunias in \(\frac{3}{8}\) of her garden. What fraction of the garden has marigolds and petunias?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Teresa planted marigolds in \(\frac{2}{8}\) of her garden and petunias in \(\frac{3}{8}\) of her garden.
Add both the fractions 2/8 and 3/8 to find the fraction of the garden has marigolds and petunias.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 16.
Draw a line to show the mixed number and fraction that have the same value.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 451 Q 16

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-Page-No.-451-Q-16

Question 17.
Each day, Tally’s baby sister eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of rice cereal in the morning and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of rice cereal in the afternoon. It will take Tally’s sister Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 451 Q 17 days to eat 2 cups of rice cereal.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Each day she eats 1/2 cups of rice. But we want to know how long it will take to each 2 cups worth. so lets make an equation.
1/2 × x = 2
x = 4
Thus It will take 4 days to eat 2 cups of rice cereal.

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 452

Question 18.
Three girls are selling cases of popcorn to earn money for a band trip. In week 1, Emily sold 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cases, Brenda sold 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cases, and Shannon sold 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cases.
Part A
How many cases of popcorn have the girls sold in all? Explain how you found your answer.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cases

Explanation:
Given,
Three girls are selling cases of popcorn to earn money for a band trip. In week 1, Emily sold 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cases, Brenda sold 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cases, and Shannon sold 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cases.
First I add the whole numbers 2 + 4 + 3 = 9 cases. Then I add the fractions by combining 3/4 + 1/4 into one whole.
So, 9 + 1 + 1/2 = 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cases

Question 18.
Part B
The girls must sell a total of 35 cases in order to have enough money for the trip. Suppose they sell the same amount in week 2 and week 3 of the sale as in week 1. Will the girls have sold enough cases of popcorn to go on the trip? Explain.
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
Given,
The girls must sell a total of 35 cases in order to have enough money for the trip.
Suppose they sell the same amount in week 2 and week 3 of the sale as in week 1.
If I add the sales from the 3 weeks, or 10 1/2 + 10 1/2 + 10 1/2, the sum is only 31 1/2 cases of popcorn. Thus is less than 35 cases.

Question 19.
Henry ate \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a sandwich. Keith ate \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the same sandwich. How much more of the sandwich did Keith eat than Henry?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the sandwich

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the sandwich

Explanation:
Given,
Henry ate \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a sandwich.
Keith ate \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the same sandwich.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the sandwich

Question 20.
For numbers 20a–20d, choose True or False for each sentence.
a. \(1 \frac{4}{9}+2 \frac{6}{9}\) is equal to 4 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{4}{9}+2 \frac{6}{9}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 2 = 3
4/9 + 6/9 = 10/9
Convert it into the mixed fractions
10/9 = 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
3 + 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 20.
b. \(3 \frac{5}{6}+2 \frac{3}{6}\) is equal to 5 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
First add the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
5/6 + 3/6 = 8/6
Convert it into the mixed fractions
8/6 = 1 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
5 + 1 \(\frac{2}{6}\) = 6 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 20.
c. \(4 \frac{5}{8}-2 \frac{4}{8}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{5}{8}-2 \frac{4}{8}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
5/8 – 4/8 = 1/8
= 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 20.
d. \(5 \frac{5}{8}-3 \frac{2}{8}\) is equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{5}{8}-3 \frac{2}{8}\)
5 – 3 = 2
5/8 – 2/8 = 3/8
= 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(5 \frac{5}{8}-3 \frac{2}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 21.
Justin lives 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles from his grandfather’s house. Write the mixed number as a fraction greater than one.
4 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{23}{5}\)

Explanation:
Justin lives 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles from his grandfather’s house.
Convert from mixed fractions to an improper fraction.
4 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{23}{5}\)

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 457

Question 1.
Use the picture to complete the equations.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 457 Q 1
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = _ + _ + _
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = _ × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer: 3

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
The unit fraction of \(\frac{3}{4}\) is \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the whole number is 3.

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{5}\) is \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Thus the whole number is 4.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{3}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Thus the whole number is 3.

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{3}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: 8

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{8}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{8}{3}\) = 8 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the whole number is 8.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ,
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6

Explanation:
The next four multiples of \(\frac{1}{6}\) is \(\frac{2}{6}\) , \(\frac{3}{6}\) , \(\frac{4}{6}\) , \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ,
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2/3, 3/3, 4/3, 5/3

Explanation:
The next four multiples of \(\frac{1}{3}\) is \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{3}{3}\), \(\frac{4}{3}\) and \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{5}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 5 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the whole number is 5.

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{9}{4}\) is \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = 9 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the whole number is 9.

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{100}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{100}\)

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{3}{100}\) is \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\)
\(\frac{3}{100}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Thus the whole number is 3.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) ,
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2/10, 3/10, 4/10, 5/10

Explanation:
The next four multiples of \(\frac{1}{10}\) is 2/10, 3/10, 4/10, 5/10

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ,
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
The next four multiples of \(\frac{1}{8}\) is 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8.

Question 12.
Robyn uses \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blueberries to make each loaf of blueberry bread. Explain how many loaves of blueberry bread she can make with 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of blueberries.
_____ loaves of blueberry bread

Answer: 5 loaves of blueberry bread

Explanation:
Given,
Robyn uses \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of blueberries to make each loaf of blueberry bread.
The unit fraction for 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
=  5 loaves of blueberry bread

Question 13.
Nigel cut a loaf of bread into 12 equal slices. His family ate some of the bread and now \(\frac{5}{12}\) of the loaf is left. Nigel wants to put each of the leftover slices in its own bag. How many bags does Nigel need?
_____ bags

Answer: 5 bags

Explanation:
Given,
Nigel cut a loaf of bread into 12 equal slices. His family ate some of the bread and now \(\frac{5}{12}\) of the loaf is left.
Nigel wants to put each of the leftover slices in its own bag.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= 5 bags

Question 14.
Which fraction is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{5}\)? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{7}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\), \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
The multiples of the \(\frac{1}{5}\) is \(\frac{4}{5}\), \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Fractions and Properties of Addition – Page No. 458

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 15.
Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Page No. 458 Q 15
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The boy’s statement makes sense. Because 4/5 is not the multiple of 1/4.

Question 15.
For the statement that is nonsense, write a new statement that makes sense.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 4/5 is the multiple of 1/5.

Conclusion:

Use the practice and Homework pages to provide 4th grade students with more practice of the concepts of add and subtract fractions. Encourage students to use our Go Math Answer Key to record the answers. To solve more questions go through the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Homework Practice FL pdf.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 7 Answer Key Pdf Add and Subtract Fractions Read More »

Scroll to Top